Mise En

102283-Catalog 102283-Catalog 102283-Catalog 786210 Batch8 unilog cesco-content

: Pdf 536491-Attachment 536491-Attachment 786210 Batch8 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 445

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

1.1

In 1898 Thomas & Betts was founded in New York. The corporate
head quarters now reside in Memphis, Tennessee with the company
being listed on the New York stock exchange. Thomas & Betts has now
over 100 years of experience of successfully supplying quality products
to the market by using innovative design and manufacturing
techniques. Thomas & Betts is a global player having presence in
Europe, North & Central America, Australia and the Far- & Middle East.
Worldwide the 12,000 employees are dedicated to ensuring that
Thomas & Betts is fast, flexible and customer focused.
The basis of Thomas & Betts product superiority has always been
innovative engineering. No other company can match our record of
“firsts” in product development that increases performance whilst
reducing installation time and human error. To name three:
The first Solderless Lug, a boost to safety in complex electrical installations.

managing wires easier and quicker for professional applications as well
as home improvement specialists and do-it-yourself enthusiasts and
can be used in the most adverse conditions: heat, humidity, cold…
When reliability and performance are required, knowledgeable professionals turn to the original Ty-Rap® cable tie.
The first Ty-Rap® cable ties were used in 1958,
which means that in 2008 we celebrate the
50th anniversary of Ty-Rap®.
The European Headquarters are located at
Rhode-St-Genèse near Brussels. From a logistics
point of view we have a Centralised European Distribution Centre in La
Louvière, Belgium, supplying to our customers throughout Europe.
Our manufacturing sites throughout Europe include Germany, France,
Hungary, UK and The Netherlands.

Color-Keyed® system of compression connectors designed to ensure
that proper installation procedures were used, quickly became the
industry standard.

Whilst one of our main business remains in the Electrical Products,
Thomas & Betts also has leading brands along with significant market
share in Emergency Lighting, Safety Systems, Steel Structures, Communications, Electronic Systems Protection, Earthing and Lightning
protection.

The original Ty-Rap® cable ties were introduced to manage complex
wire harnesses used in aircraft manufacturing. The Ty-Rap® cable ties
are designed to make the task of fastening, bundling, clamping and

Maintaining the technical excellence of existing products along with
new product innovation is part of our core competence as we continue
to provide competitive solutions to our customers across the world.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1

1.1

Your European Connection
EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS
Thomas & Betts
200 Chaussée de Waterloo
B-1640 Rhode-St-Genèse
Belgium
Tel: +32 (0) 2 359 82 00
Fax: +32 (0) 2 359 82 01
EUROPEAN Customer Service
Garocentre
Rue de l'Yser 260/D11
B-7110 Houdeng-Goegnies
Belgium
Tel: +32 (0) 64 88 63 88
Fax: +32 (0) 64 88 65 50

2

UNITED KINGDOM
Wilford Road
Nottingham NG2 1EB
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0)115 964 3700
Fax: +44 (0)115 986 0538

MIDDLE EAST
Thomas & Betts Ltd.Br.
Office 107 5EA East Wing
Dubai Airport Free Zone
PO Box 54567
Dubai
United Arab Emirates
Tel: +9714 609 1635
Fax: +9714 609 1636

FRANCE
Route de Saint-Martin d'Ordon
89330 Piffonds
France
Tel: +33 386 86 48 55
Fax: +33 386 86 48 44
Service Client
Tel: +33 (0)1 41 83 16 95/96
Fax: +33 (0)1 41 83 16 97

GERMANY
AUSTRIA / SWITZERLAND /
EAST EUROPE /
THE NETHERLANDS / NORDIC
Thomas & Betts Vertriebs GmbH
Lindberghstrasse 5
D-64625 Bensheim
Deutschland
Tel: +49 (0) 6251 669 0
Fax: +49 (0) 6251 669 155
Customer Service
Tel: +49 (0) 6251 669 199/165/132
Fax: +49 (0) 6251 669 176

ITALY
Via Paracelso 26
Centro Colleoni
I-20041 Agrate Brianza - Milano
Italia
Tel: +39 039 657 90 28/22/34
Fax: +39 039 657 90 77
Servizio Clientela
Tel: +39 039 657 90 32
Fax: +39 039 657 90 80

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Fastening systems

4

Electrical and mechanical
spring steel fasteners

146

Heat shrink systems

224

Conduit & fittings

260

Termination systems

338

Index

446

3

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Make sure it’s secure
with Ty-Rap ® cable ties

4

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
FASTENING SYSTEMS
1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB
Features & Benefits

4
8

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
Product reference structure
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Natural
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - UV-resistant black
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Natural - Euroslot packaging
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - UV-resistant black - Euroslot packaging
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Workbench boxes
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Coloured
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Multi-coloured
Printed cable ties
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Flame retardant
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Heat stabilised
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Heat stabilised + UV-resistant
Polyamide 4.6 cable ties - Extra high temperature
Polyamide 12 cable ties - UV-resistant
Polypropylene cable ties - Weatherable
Detectable cable ties
Fluoropolymer cable ties - ECTFE
Fluoropolymer cable ties - ETFE

10
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

Special ties with steel locking barb
Integrated mounting hole cable ties
Panel mounting cable ties
Blind mounting cable ties
Integrated peg / nail cable ties
Releasable cable ties
Cable ties with identification tag
Identification tags

27
27
28
29
31
32
36
38

Cable support system with metallic locking barb
Pre-assembled Deltec cable ties
Strap on reel
Double locking heads
Deltec Kits
Cable spacers, bases, hangers

39
39
40
41
42
42

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES

44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES

64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES

74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING

122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

134

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5

1.1

Make sure it’s secure
with Ty-Rap ® cable ties
Thomas & Betts invented the Ty-Rap® cable tie to solve the

Thomas & Betts’ broad offering of cable ties is designed to make

problem of harnessing the hundreds of wires used in

the task of fastening, bundling, clamping and managing wires

manufacturing aircraft and revolutionised the world of

easier and quicker for industrial applications, construction, com-

fastening. Today, the Ty-Rap® brand remains the bench-

munications, utility and OEM professionals as well as home im-

mark for excellence and innovation in wire management.

provement specialists and do-it-yourself enthusiasts.

6

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Ty-Rap® Premium Cable Ties with
Steel Locking Barb to bundle,
secure and manage your cables

When strength, aesthetics, reliability and performance are re-

Engineered for labour savings and high performance, Ty-Rap®

quired, knowledgeable professionals turn to the original and the

cable ties are commonly used in a variety of applications.

best source for cable ties and accessories.
The corrosion-proof, non-magnetic stainless steel locking device

When you choose a Ty-Rap® cable tie from Thomas & Betts, you

inside the tie head guarantees the strongest and most durable

can count on quality, performance and innovation to make your

locking you will ever find on the market. Ty-Rap can be used in

work easier.

®

the most adverse conditions: humidity, heat, cold,…

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

7

1.1
Features & Benefits
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

8

1

“The Grip of Steel” Non-Magnetic Stainless Steel Locking Barb – marine grade
type 316 - that firmly anchors inside the tie head, ensures a strong, reliable and long
lasting fastening under adverse conditions.

2

Rounded Edges, on the head and the strap, provide a comfortable
handling of the ties and prevent sharp edges from damaging the cables.
This gradual transition from the strap to the head protects the material
against breaking at this most critical point. The edges of the head are
also rounded off to offer maximum protection from injury.

3

Smooth, Notchless Body, reduces stress concentration points, making the
Ty-Rap® ties stronger and thinner than conventional ties with notched bodies.
The low-profile design of the head allows secure tying in tight spaces.
No serration, means infinite adjustment (tensioned right every time).

1

4

Ribbed and Stippled Surface,
to prevent the tie from slipping around and along the bundle under vibration
conditions and external shock.

5

Angled Tail (turned up)
for fast and easy insertion into the locking head
and ideally suited to being picked up from a flat work area.

6

Non-Slip Tail, for an easy grip
and pulling through the head during tensioning.

7

Extensive Range of Approvals:
Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Bureau Veritas, UL, VG and MIL.

8

Most Extensive Choice of Special Materials:
in addition to Polyamide 6.6 (standard, UV-resistant, heat stabilised, flame retardant,
heat stabilised / UV-resistant), Polyamide 4.6 (extra high temperature) and Polyamide 12,
the Ty-Rap® ties are available in Polypropylene, Fluoropolymer (ECTFE), Fluoropolymer
(ETFE) and the recently introduced Detectable Polyamide 6.6 and Detectable Polypropylene.
UL 94 V-0, UL 94 V-2 and UL 94 HB.

3

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
6

E49405

5

TYPE
APPROVED

2

Wide Range of Size Combinations:
several lengths up to 1143 mm, in 6 typical widths with
a tensile strength up to 780N, to fasten cable bundles
with a diameter up to 330mm.

9

Wide Choice of Colours:
10 standard colours are available, along
with a range of special colours and the
capability to supply customised pre-printed
ties on demand, in any one of the 10 standard
colours.

10

Dedicated Tooling,
to ensure that the excess end of the Ty-Rap® tie
is automatically cut off and the slight over cut
retracts into the head, eliminating the risk of
injury from protruding sharp edges.

11

Different Types of Packaging,
including the unique “workbench boxes” for fast
working without problems or losses. Recyclable packaging
for a better contribution to the environment.

Outstanding Range of Special Ties,
all with the famous stainless steel locking device:
ties with mounting hole or integrated peg/nail,
panel mounting ties, identification ties with integrated label,...

Broad Range of Mounting Bases and Accessories.

UV-resistant

Flame
retardant

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Heat
resistant

Weatherproof

Low
temperature
flexibility

4

12

13

14

Radiation
resistant

Chemically
resistant

Low smoke

Detectable

9

1.1
Product reference structure
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

To the standard Product Reference, you can add special order codes for: material, packaging size, material properties and colours.
Example:
Tie

Dimension Code

TY

XXXXM

TY

C

5

Material

Packaging size

– Standard,
Polyamide 6.6

– Standard,
1000/500 pieces

H – Heat stabilised
Polyamide 6.6
(+105 °C)

B – Workbench box,
1000 pieces

HT – High temperature
resistant Polyamide 4.6
(+150 °C)

5 – Small bags
100/50 pieces

C – Polyamide 12
P – Polypropylene
Z – ETFE Fluoropolymer
V – ECTFE Fluoropolymer
D – Toughened weatherable

25 M X R

X

Rack
Bag with Euroslot

– UV-resistant

■

X-A – UV-resistant
■
and heat stabilised
(+105°C)
FR – Flame-retardant
according to
UL 94 V-0

▲

-NDT– Detectable
Polyamide 6.6
-PDT– Detectable buoyant
Polypropylene

acetal*

10

Material properties

●

Available in 1000/500 packs only

■

UV-resistant material, colour: black

▲

Flame-retardant material, colour: milky white (approx. RAL 1013)

●

Colour

RAL (TY23, TY24
and TY25 only)
= natural
0 = black
1 = brown
2 = red
3 = orange
4 = yellow
5 = green
6 = blue
7 = purple
8 = grey
9 = white

9017
8004
3027
2003
1018
6017
5012
4005
7032
9001

Note:
When ordering types
conforming to MIL 3367,
colour “9” corresponds to
“natural”

* Only for Deltec cable ties

Note: Nylon (Polyamide) is inherently susceptible to environmental conditions. Ty-Rap® cable ties are moisturised to optimum performance levels at
machine-side and should be stored in cool dry areas out of direct sunlight. Cable ties are packaged in plastic bags to contain moisture and should
remain sealed until ready for use.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Natural
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
The main characteristics of the Ty-Rap® cable ties are shown on pages
8 and 9.
• Standard version (Polyamide 6.6), to cover most indoor applications
• Several lengths and 6 typical widths with a tensile strength up to
780N, to cover the most demanding applications
• Wide range of colours
• Packaging: OEM bulk quantities in recyclable polythene bags
• Also available in small bags with Euroslot (see page 13) and in
workbench boxes (see page 15)
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Natural (other colours see page 16)
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

MIL Spec.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness
[mm]

*

*

*

*

TYPE
APPROVED

E49405

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

[pieces]

TY23M

MS-3367-4

92

2.4

1.0

2 - 16

80

1000

TY232M
TY234M
TY24M
TY242M
TY26M
TY244M
TY25M

–
–
MS-3367-5
–
–
–
MS-3367-1

203
356
140
204
284
368
186

2.4
2.4
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
4.8

1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.3

2 - 50
2 - 102
2 - 29
2 - 50
2 - 76
2 - 103
3.5 - 45

80
80
180
180
130
130
220

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

TY253M
TY28M
TY271M

MS-3367-7
MS-3367-2
–

295
361
150

4.8
4.8
7.6

1.3
1.4
1.5

3.5 - 78
3.5 - 102
6 - 31

220
220
540

1000
1000
500

TY272M
TY27M
TY275M
TY277M
TY29M
TY53510M
TY54513M

–
MS-3367-3
–
–
MS-3367-6
–
–

223
340
457
617
771
889
1143

6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
8.2
8.2

1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.5
1.7
1.7

6 - 50
6 - 90
6 - 127
6 - 177
6 - 229
to 254
to 330

540
540
540
540
540
780
780

500
500
500
500
500
50
50

ERG50
WT193A

ERG50
ERG120
WT193A

ERG120
L-500-EU

WT3D
L-500-EU

Description of product reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133
* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

11

1.1
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - UV-resistant black
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
The main characteristics of the Ty-Rap® cable ties are shown on pages
8 and 9.
• UV-resistant version, especially recommended for outdoor applications
• Also available in heat stabilised + UV-resistant version, for outdoor
applications that also require a resistance to high temperature
(+105 °C). See page 20 (TY...MX-A series)
• Several lengths and 6 typical widths with a tensile strength up to
780N, to cover the most demanding applications
• Packaging: OEM bulk quantities in recyclable polythene bags
• Also available in small bags with Euroslot (see page 14) and in
workbench boxes (see page 15)
*

12

Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

TYPE
APPROVED

E49405

Product Ref.

*

*

MIL Spec.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Black
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Tooling

[pieces]

TY23MX
TY232MX
TY234MX
TY24MX
TY242MX
TY26MX

MS-3367-4
–
–
MS-3367-5
–
–

92
203
356
140
204
284

2.4
2.4
2.4
3.6
3.6
3.6

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1

2 - 16
2 - 50
2 - 102
2 - 29
2 - 50
2 - 76

80
80
80
180
180
130

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

TY244MX
TY25MX
TY253MX

–
MS-3367-1
MS-3367-7

368
186
295

3.6
4.8
4.8

1.1
1.3
1.3

2 - 103
3.5 - 45
3.5 - 78

130
220
220

1000
1000
1000

TY28MX
TY271MX
TY272MX
TY27MX
TY275MX
TY277MX
TY29MX
TY53510MX
TY54513MX

MS-3367-2
–
–
MS-3367-3
–
–
MS-3367-6
–
–

361
150
223
340
457
617
771
889
1143

4.8
7.6
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
8.2
8.2

1.4
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.5
1.7
1.7

3.5 - 102
6 - 31
6 - 50
6 - 90
6 - 127
6 - 177
6 - 229
to 254
to 330

220
540
540
540
540
540
540
780
780

1000
500
500
500
500
500
500
50
50

ERG50
WT193A

ERG50
ERG120
WT193A

ERG120
L-500-EU

WT3D
L-500-EU

Description of product reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133
* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Natural - Euroslot packaging
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
The main characteristics of the Ty-Rap® cable ties are shown on pages
8 and 9.
• Standard version (Polyamide 6.6), to cover most indoor applications
• Packaging in small polythene bags with Euroslot, ideal for display
and point-of-sales promotion (rack)
• Several lengths and 6 typical widths with a tensile strength up to
780N, to cover the most demanding applications
• Very convenient for small series production: 100 pieces (for cable
ties from 2.4 mm to 4.8 mm width) or 50 pieces (for cable ties
7.0 mm width and above)
Technical Information
***
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Natural**
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

MIL Spec.

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

***

TYPE
APPROVED

E49405

Length
L
[mm]

***

***

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

[pieces]

TY523MR

MS-3367-4

92

2.4

1.0

2 - 16

80

100

TY5232MR
TY5234M*
TY524MR
TY5242MR
TY526MR
TY5244MR
TY525MR

–
–
MS-3367-5
–
–
–
MS-3367-1

203
356
140
204
284
368
186

2.4
2.4
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
4.8

1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.3

2 - 50
2 - 102
2 - 29
2 - 50
2 - 76
2 - 103
3.5 - 45

80
80
180
180
130
130
220

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

TY5253MR
TY528MR
TY5271MR

MS-3367-7
MS-3367-2
–

295
361
150

4.8
4.8
7.6

1.3
1.4
1.5

3.5 - 78
3.5 - 102
6 - 31

220
220
540

100
100
50

TY5272MR
TY527MR
TY5275M*
TY5277M*
TY529M*

–
MS-3367-3
–
–
MS-3367-6

223
340
457
617
771

6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9

1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.5

6 - 50
6 - 90
6 - 127
6 - 177
6 - 229

540
540
540
540
540

50
50
50
50
50

ERG50
WT193A

ERG50
ERG120
WT193A

ERG120
L-500-EU

* Product References TY5234M, TY5275M, TY5277M and TY529M have no Euroslot
** For other colours, please contact your Sales Office
*** Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

13

1.1
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - UV-resistant black - Euroslot packaging
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
The main characteristics of the Ty-Rap® cable ties are shown on pages
8 and 9.
• UV-resistant version, especially recommended for outdoor applications
• Packaging in small polythene bags with Euroslot, ideal for display
and point-of-sales promotion (rack)
• Several lengths and 6 typical widths with a tensile strength up to
780N, to cover the most demanding applications
• Very convenient for small series production: 100 pieces (for cable ties
from 2.4 mm to 4.8 mm width) or 50 pieces (for cable ties 7.0 mm
width and above)
**

Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

TYPE
APPROVED

E49405

Product Ref.

Technical Information

**

**

MIL Spec.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Black
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

[pieces]

TY523MXR

MS-3367-4

92

2.4

1.0

2 - 16

80

100

TY5232MXR
TY5234MX*
TY524MXR
TY5242MXR
TY526MXR
TY5244MXR
TY525MXR

–
–
MS-3367-5
–
–
–
MS-3367-1

203
356
140
204
284
368
186

2.4
2.4
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
4.8

1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.3

2 - 50
2 - 102
2 - 29
2 - 50
2 - 76
2 - 103
3.5 - 45

80
80
180
180
130
130
220

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

TY5253MXR
TY528MXR
TY5271MXR

MS-3367-7
MS-3367-2
–

295
361
150

4.8
4.8
7.6

1.3
1.4
1.5

3.5 - 78
3.5 - 102
6 - 31

220
220
540

100
100
50

ERG120
WT193A

TY5272MXR
TY527MXR
TY5275MX*
TY5277MX*
TY529MX*

–
MS-3367-3
–
–
MS-3367-6

223
340
457
617
771

6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9

1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6

6 - 50
6 - 90
6 - 127
6 - 177
6 - 229

540
540
540
540
540

50
50
50
50
50

ERG120
L-500-EU

ERG50
WT193A

ERG50

* Product References TY5234MX, TY5275MX, TY5277MX and TY529MX have no Euroslot
** Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

14

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Workbench boxes
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
• An attractive packaging option for high volume manual assembly:
1000 pieces in a workbench box - easy to reach, hence timesaving
• This user-friendly packaging allows fast working without problems or losses
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant black**
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free,
UV-resistant (black)

MIL Spec.

Colour

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

*

TYPE
APPROVED

E49405

Product Ref.

*

*

*

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

[pieces]

TYB23M

MS-3367-4

natural

92

2.4

1.0

2 - 16

80

1000

TYB23MX
TYB232M
TYB232MX
TYB24M
TYB24MX
TYB25M

MS-3367-4
–
–
MS-3367-5
MS-3367-5
MS-3367-1

UV-resistant black
natural
UV-resistant black
natural
UV-resistant black
natural

92
203
203
140
140
186

2.4
2.4
2.4
3.6
3.6
4.8

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.3

2 - 16
2 - 50
2 - 50
2 - 29
2 - 29
3.5 - 45

80
80
80
180
180
220

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

TYB25MX

MS-3367-1

UV-resistant black

186

4.8

1.3

3.5 - 45

220

1000

ERG50
WT193A

ERG50, ERG120
WT193A

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations
** For other colours, please contact your Sales Office.
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

15

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Coloured
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
• Wide choice of colours: 10 standard colours are available, along with
a range of special colours and the capability to supply customised
pre-printed ties on demand, in any one of the 10 standard colours.
• Several lengths and 6 typical widths with a tensile strength up to
780N, to cover the most demanding applications
Technical Information

**

Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

**

TYPE
APPROVED

E49405

Product Ref.

**

**

MIL Spec.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
See table
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Tooling

[pieces]

TY23M-*
TY232M-*
TY234M-*

MS-3367-4
–
–

92
203
356

2.4
2.4
2.4

1.0
1.0
1.0

2 - 16
2 - 50
2 - 102

80
80
80

1000
1000
1000

TY24M -*
TY242M-*
TY26M-*

MS-3367-5
–
–

140
204
284

3.6
3.6
3.6

1.1
1.1
1.1

2 - 29
2 - 50
2 - 76

180
180
130

1000
1000
1000

TY244M-*
TY25M-*
TY253M-*
TY28M-*
TY271M-*
TY272M-*
TY27M-*

–
MS-3367-1
MS-3367-7
MS-3367-2
–
–
MS-3367-3

368
186
295
361
150
223
340

3.6
4.8
4.8
4.8
7.6
6.9
6.9

1.1
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.6

2 - 103
3.5 - 45
3.5 - 78
3.5 - 102
6 - 31
6 - 50
6 - 90

130
220
220
220
540
540
540

1000
1000
1000
1000
500
500
500

TY275M-*
TY277M-*
TY29M-*

–
–
MS-3367-6

457
617
771

6.9
6.9
6.9

1.6
1.6
1.5

6 - 127
6 - 177
6 - 229

540
540
540

500
500
500

L-500-EU

–
–

889
1143

8.2
8.2

1.7
1.7

to 254
to 330

780
780

50
50

WT3D
L-500-EU

TY53510M-*
TY54513M-*

ERG50
WT193A

ERG50
ERG120
WT193A

ERG120

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133
For cable ties in a specific colour, replace * in the Product Reference by the colour code:
0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 3 = orange, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 7 = purple, 8 = grey and 9 = white

For example: TY23M-1 defines a brown TY23M cable tie. Contact your Sales Office for product availability.

16

** Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales office for approvals limitations

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Multi-coloured
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
• Multi-coloured TY25M cable ties in a single, convenient package
• Supplied in bags of 100 ties containing ten ties of each of the ten
standard colours (TY25M-0 to TY25M-9)
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour

Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to + 85°C
Black, brown, red, orange, yellow,
green, blue, purple, grey, white
(10 ties of each colour)
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free
TYPE
APPROVED

E49405

Product Ref.

TY525M-CLRS

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

186

4.8

1.3

3.5 - 45

220

100

Tooling

[pieces]
ERG50, ERG120, WT193A

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Printed cable ties
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
Thomas & Betts extends its highly respected existing capabilities in
cable tie manufacture with its in-house printing equipment in order to
respond flexibly to customer requirements and to allow rapid delivery.
This service is offered for ties having a width of minimum 4.6 mm
(batches of minimum 5,000 ties approximately)
• The cable tie is printed using a Hot foil transfer process
• The print is highly durable
• The basic character set is in accordance with DIN1451- (3 mm
character height)
• Text colours: Red, Orange, Yellow, Bright-Yellow, Green, Blue,
Brown, Dark-Brown, Black, White
Please contact your Sales Office for other character sets and special
stamping designs.
17

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Flame retardant
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
• Flame retardant version. Ideal for use when low flammability and
low smoke are necessary such as public transport, tunnels, etc.
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
White
UL 94 V-0
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

Product Ref.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

TY23MFR

92

TY232MFR
TY24MFR
TY25MFR
TY28MFR
TY27MFR

203
140
186
360
340

2.4

1.0

2 - 16

80

1000

2.4
3.6
4.8
4.8
7.0

1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.6

2 - 50
2 - 29
3.5 - 45
3.5 - 102
6 - 90

80
180
220
220
540

1000
1000
1000
1000
500

Tooling

[pieces]
ERG50
WT193A
ERG50, ERG120
WT193A
ERG120, L-500-EU

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

18

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Heat stabilised
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
• Heat stabilised version, for applications up to 105°C.
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +105°C
Natural (may have a greenish tint)
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

Product Ref.

TYH23M / TYHB23M

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Tooling

[pieces]

92

2.4

1.0

2 - 16

80

1000

TYH232M
TYH24M
TYH242M*
TYH26M
TYH25M
TYH253M*
TYH28M

203
140
208
284
186
290
360

2.4
3.6
3.6
3.6
4.8
4.8
4.8

1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1

2 - 50
2 - 29
2 - 50
2 - 76
3.5 - 45
3.5 - 78
3.5 - 102

80
130
130
130
220
220
220

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

TYH272M*
TYH27M
TYH29M*

222
340
771

7.6
7.0
6.9

1.6
1.6
1.5

6 - 50
6 - 90
6 - 229

540
540
530

500
500
500

ERG50
WT193A

ERG50
ERG120
WT193A
ERG120
L-500-EU

* Not UL recognised
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

19

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Heat stabilised + UV-resistant
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
• Heat stabilised + UV-resistant version, for outdoor applications
that also require a resistance to high temperature (+105°C)
• For OEM and MRO applications like: transportation, lawn / garden /
farm / construction equipment, recreational vehicles
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +105°C
Black
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant, heat stabilised,
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

Product Ref.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

TY23MX-A

92

2.3

0.9

TY24MX-A
TY25MX-A
TY27MX-A

140
186
340

3.6
4.8
6.9

1.1
1.2
1.6

2 - 16

80

1000

2 - 29
3.5 - 45
6 - 89

180
220
540

1000
1000
500

Tooling

[pieces]
ERG50, ERG120*
WT193A
ERG120, L-500-EU

* ERG120 can not be used with TY23MX-A and TY24MX-A
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

20

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polyamide 4.6 cable ties - Extra high temperature
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
• Extreme continuous temperature rating: -40°C to +150°C (in air)
• For high temperature environments in industrial, OEM, MRO and
commercial construction applications such as: metal processing,
paper mills, lighting, automotive
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 4.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +150°C
Light green
UL 94 V-2
Extra high temperature resistant,
Halogen free, Silicon free

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

TYHT23M
TYHT25M

92
186

2.3
4.8

0.9
1.2

2 - 16
3.5 - 45

80
220

1000
1000

TYHT28M
TYHT27M
TYHT277M

360
340
617

4.8
6.9
7.0

1.3
1.6
1.6

3.5 - 102
6 - 89
6 - 177

220
540
540

1000
500
500

Tooling

[pieces]
ERG120*, ERG50
WT193A
ERG120, L-500-EU

* ERG120 can not be used with TYHT23M
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

21

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polyamide 12 cable ties - UV-resistant
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
• Polyamide 12 UV-resistant version, remains flexible in cold & dry
environments.
• Ages better and has a better chemical resistance than Polyamide 6.6
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

TYC25MX
TYC525MX
TYC28MX
TYC272MX
TYC27MX
TYC527MX
TYC29MX

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

186
186
360
222
340
340
771

4.8
4.8
4.8
7.6
7.0
7.0
7.6

Polyamide 12
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Black
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

1.1
1.1
1.1
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6

3.5 - 45
3.5 - 45
3.5 - 102
6 - 50
6 - 90
6 - 90
6 - 229

150
150
150
380
380
380
380

1000
100
1000
500
500
50
500

Tooling

[pieces]
ERG50
ERG120
WT193A
ERG120
L-500-EU

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

22

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Polypropylene cable ties - Weatherable
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
• Polypropylene weatherable version, for increased resistance to
chemicals
• Resistant against inorganic acids, polyhydric alcohols, neutral and
basic salts
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Polypropylene
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Black
UL 94 HB
UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

TYP23MX
TYP25MX

92
186

2.4
4.8

1.0
1.1

2 - 16
3.5 - 45

50
130

1000
1000

TYP28MX
TYP27MX

360
340

4.8
7.0

1.1
1.6

3.5 - 102
6 - 90

130
270

1000
500

Tooling

[pieces]
ERG50
WT193A
ERG120, L-500-EU

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

23

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Detectable cable ties
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
The new Ty-Rap® Detectable Cable Ties from Thomas & Betts incorporate a unique compound (patent pending) that can be detected by
X-Ray equipment, metal detectors and visual inspection equipment.
Particularly recommended for applications in food, pharmaceutical
and other contamination-sensitive industries using detection systems,
where cable tie installation residuals (cut tails) are not allowed in the
finished product.
• Detectable by metal detectors set at minimum 1.5 mm diameter
ferrous sphere
• Detectable by X-Ray equipment
• Bright blue colour for an easy visual detection
• Help achieve the HACCP EU-Directive
• Available in standard Polyamide 6.6 or in buoyant Polypropylene
version for liquid-processing applications
• Available in 4 different sizes in convenient small bags with Euroslot
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating

Polyamide 6.6 or Polypropylene
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Bright blue
UL 94 V-2 (Polyamide 6.6)
UL 94 HB (Polypropylene)
Halogen free, silicone free

Other properties

Product Ref.

Material

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from...to
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

Polyamide 6.6
Polyamide 6.6

92
186

2.4
4.8

2 - 16
3.5 - 45

80
220

100
100

ERG50, WT193A
ERG50, ERG120

TY528M-NDT
Polyamide 6.6
TY527M-NDT
Polyamide 6.6
DETECTABLE POLYPROPYLENE

360
340

4.8
7.0

3.5 - 102
6 - 90

220
540

100
50

WT193A
ERG120, L-500-EU

TY523M-PDT
TY525M-PDT
TY528M-PDT
TY527M-PDT

92
186
360
340

2.4
4.8
4.8
7.0

2 - 16
3.5 - 45
3.5 - 102
6 - 90

50
130
130
270

100
100
100
50

[pieces]

DETECTABLE POLYAMIDE 6.6
TY523M-NDT
TY525M-NDT

Polypropylene
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
Polypropylene

ERG50, WT193A
ERG120, L-500-EU

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

24

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Fluoropolymer cable ties - ECTFE
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
• Outstanding characteristic: lower smoke density when burnt
• Recommended for applications where smoke generation is a concern, such as plenum areas
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Fluoropolymer ECTFE
316 grade stainless steel
-46°C to +140°C
Maroon
UL 94 V-0
UV-resistant, low smoke

E49405

Product Ref.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

TYV23M
TYV523M
TYV25M

92
92
186

TYV525M

186

Tooling

2.4
2.4
4.8

1.0
1.0
1.1

2 - 16
2 - 16
3.5 - 45

80
80
220

1000
100
1000

ERG50
WT193A
ERG50, ERG120

4.8

1.1

3.5 - 45

220

100

WT193A

[pieces]

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

25

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Fluoropolymer cable ties - ETFE
Premium cable ties with steel locking barb
•
•
•
•

ETFE Fluoropolymer version, resistant to chemicals and to radiation
Non-outgassing properties for zero gravity applications
The best all around plastic material for cable ties
Typical applications include: nuclear, power plants, space industry,
etc.

Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

E49405

Product Ref.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

TYZ23M*
TYZ523M*
TYZ25M

92
92
186

TYZ525M
TYZ28M
TYZ528M
TYZ27M
TYZ527M

186
360
360
340
340

Fluoropolymer ETFE
316 grade stainless steel
-46°C to +150°C
Aquamarine
UL 94 V-0
UV-resistant, Silicone free, inert to most
solvents and chemicals, hydrolytically
stable, radiation resistant. Non-outgassing
properties for zero gravity applications.

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

2.4
2.4
4.8

1.0
1.0
1.1

2 - 16
2 - 16
3.5 - 45

80
80
220

1000
100
1000

4.8
4.8
4.8
7.0
7.0

1.1
1.1
1.1
1.6
1.6

3.5 - 45
3.5 - 102
3.5 - 102
6 - 90
6 - 90

220
220
220
540
540

100
500
100
100
50

Tooling

[pieces]

ERG50
ERG120**
WT193A

ERG120, L-500-EU

* Product Ref. TYZ23M and TYZ523M are UL listed (E49405), all other items are UL recognized
** ERG120 not to be used on TYZ23M
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

26

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Integrated mounting hole cable ties
Special ties with steel locking barb
• Can be directly mounted onto a support with screws, bolts or rivets
• Mounting and bundling in one maintenance-friendly assembly.
• Typical application: cable harness manufacture and pre- and endmounting of bundles and parts. Maintenance friendly mounting of
cables, tubes and parts in all types and sizes of machines and
installations - indoor and outdoor.
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free
Silicone free

*
E49405

Colour

VG *
approved
VG95387
part 4, type B

TYF35M, TYF535M

TY...M, TY...MX

Product Ref.

*

Diameter of
mounting hole
[mm]

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum
tensile strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Tooling

[pieces]

TY33M
TY533M

natural
natural

3.0
3.0

102
102

2.3
2.3

0.9
0.9

2 - 16
2 - 16

80
80

1000
100

TY33MX
TY533MX
TY34M
TY534M
TY34MX
TY534MX
TY635M

UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
natural
natural
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
natural

3.0
3.0
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.0

102
102
151
151
151
151
198

2.3
2.3
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.7

0.9
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1

2 - 16
2 - 16
2 - 29
2 - 29
2 - 29
2 - 29
3.5 - 45

80
80
180
180
180
180
220

1000
100
1000
100
1000
100
1000

TY635MX
TY35M
TY535M

UV-resistant black
natural
natural

4.0
5.1
5.1

198
199
199

4.7
4.7
4.7

1.1
1.1
1.1

3.5 - 45
3.5 - 45
3.5 - 45

220
220
220

1000
1000
100

TY35MX
TY535MX
TY1435M
TY37M
TY537M
TY37MX
TY537MX
TYF35M
TYF535M

UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
natural
natural
natural
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
natural
natural

5.1
5.1
6.7
6.7
6.7
6.7
6.7
4.0
4.0

199
199
198
356
356
356
356
186
186

4.7
4.7
4.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
7.7
4.7
4.7

1.1
1.1
1.1
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.2
1.2

3.5 - 45
3.5 - 45
3.5 - 45
6 - 90
6 - 90
6 - 90
6 - 90
3.5 - 45
3.5 - 45

220
220
220
540
540
540
540
220
220

1000
100
1000
500
50
500
50
1000
100

ERG50
WT193A

ERG50
ERG120
WT193A

ERG120
L-500-EU
ERG50, ERG120
WT193A

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

27

1.1
Panel mounting cable ties
Special ties with steel locking barb
• Fastening and clip-mounting in one
• Fast pre- or on-site-assembly for a range of panel thickness up to
4.0 mm
• Fast and secure clip-mounting
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties
*

*

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free
Silicone free

E49405
TY...

696-...

Product Ref.

Colour

Diameter
Length
of mounting
L
hole
[mm]
[mm]

Width
W

Thickness

[mm]

[mm]

Bundle
diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum
Suitable for
Quantity
tensile
board/wall
strength thickness from to
[N]
[mm]
[pieces]

Tooling

ANCHOR TYPE
TY54SM
TY54SMX

natural
UV-resistant black

4.5 - 5.2
4.5 - 5.2

150
150

3.5
3.5

1.0
1.0

2 - 32
2 - 32

130
130

0.1 - 2.5
0.1 - 2.5

1000
1000

ERG50
ERG120**

TY38M
natural
TY38MX
UV-resistant black
STANDARD TYPE

6.4 - 6.7
6.4 - 6.7

200
200

4.7
4.7

1.3
1.3

3.5 - 44
3.5 - 44

220
220

1.0 - 4.0
1.0 - 4.0

1000
1000

WT193A

696-41836
696-41836X

5.8 - 7.5
5.8 - 7.5

197
197

4.8
4.8

1.1
1.1

3.5 - 45
3.5 - 45

220
220

2.2 - 3.7
2.2 - 3.7

1000
1000

ERG50 , ERG120
WT193A

natural
UV-resistant black

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations
** ERG120 only to be used with TY38M and TY38MX
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

28

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Blind mounting cable ties
Special ties with steel locking barb
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Suitable for hard-to-reach areas
Fast hidden mounting on walls and vehicle chassis
Twist off the locking head
Pull the tie end through the fastening hole
Place locking head on tie end
Pull tight and cut off excess
In the locked state, the locking head neatly covers the mounting
hole

Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

TYG34M
TYG534M
TYG34MX
TYG534MX

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free
Silicone free

Colour

Diameter
of mounting
[mm]

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

natural
natural
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black

6.4 - 7.0
6.4 - 7.0
6.4 - 7.0
6.4 - 7.0

160
160
160
160

3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6

E49405

Thickness Bundle diameter
Minimum
Quantity
from ... to
tensile strength
[mm]
[mm]
[N]
[pieces]
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1

2 - 32
2 - 32
2 - 32
2 - 32

180
180
180
180

1000
100
1000
100

Tooling

ERG50
WT193A

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

29

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Blind mounting cable ties
Special ties
• Suitable for hard-to-reach areas
• Fast hidden mounting on walls and vehicle chassis
• Ideal for mounting on vehicle chassis. Can still be released before
final tensioning
• In the locked state, the locking head neatly covers the mounting
hole
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Diameter of
mounting hole
[mm]

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

TY41M

8.1 - 17.3

244

TY541M

8.1 - 17.3

244

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
UV-resistant black
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Minimum
tensile strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

5.7

1.7

5 - 60

300

500

5.7

1.7

5 - 60

300

50

Tooling

[pieces]
ERG120

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

30

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Integrated peg / nail cable ties
Special ties with steel locking barb
• TY545MX, with integrated nail for mounting onto wood or similar
materials
• TY544MX, with integrated peg for mounting onto porous concrete
or similar materials (masonry)
• Very simple application
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
UV-resistant black
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

TY544MX

TY545MX

Product Ref.

TY544MX
TY545MX

Diameter of
mounting hole
[mm]

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

6.4
–

200
200

4.6
4.7

1.0
1.0

[mm]

Bundle diameter
Minimum
from ... to
tensile strength
[mm]
[N]
3.5 - 45
4.7 - 38.1

220
220

Mounting
hole depth
[mm]

Quantity

25 min.
–

50
50

Tooling

[pieces]
ERG50, ERG120
WT193A

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

31

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Releasable cable ties
Special ties
• For temporary but strong bundling, especially during control box
wiring
• Very simple application
• Available in 2 lengths for different applications
• May be re-used many times
• No tooling necessary
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Pull end of tie through head. Turn tie end back on itself and insert
into side of clip. To open, release tie end from clip and open tie.

Product Ref.

TYR505
TYR508

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum
tensile strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

190
364

4.7
4.7

1.19
1.19

10 - 44
10 - 102

220
220

100
100

[pieces]

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

32

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Releasable lashing ties with incorporated fastener
Special ties
•
•
•
•
•
•

Rugged one-piece construction, for heavy-duty applications
Releasable and re-usable, ideal for temporary installations
Fast and durable
Easy handling
No tooling necessary
Specially developed accessories, like the wall plug TC5359 and
the mounting bases TC5355 to TC5357 (see page 95 for details)

Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
UV-resistant black
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Introduce the cable tie tail into the lower slot in the head. Tighten the tie
and pull it back. Slide in the tie under the catch from the side until it snaps
into position.

Product Ref.

TY409
TY5409

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

483
483

12.7
12.7

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Minimum
tensile strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

2.0
2.0

45 - 121
45 - 121

890
890

100
25

[pieces]

33

1.1
Releasable 2-piece lashing ties, pre-assembled version
Special ties
• Heavy-duty lashing ties, in cut lengths with pre-assembled heads
• Also available on reel with separate heads (see page 35)
• UV-resistant Polypropylene, ideal for applications where chemical
resistance is important (heads in weatherable rigid Polyamide 6.6)
• Extremely robust (670N)
• Easily releasable & reusable
• 2 types of head: type A: no mounting hole
type B: with mounting hole
• Typical applications: Indoor and outdoor fastening of cables, pipes
and other parts in industry, shipbuilding, chemical industry etc
Technical Information
Material - Tie
Material - Head
Temperature range

TY54XXPX

Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Weatherable Polypropylene
Polyamide 6.6
Head: -40°C to +85°C
Tie: -55°C to +110°C
UV-resistant black
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant, Halogen free

TY53418PX

Product Ref.

TY53418PX
TY5418PX
TY5424PX
TY5442PX
TY5460PX

Diameter of
mounting hole
[mm]

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum
tensile strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

6.9
–
–
–
–

457
457
610
1067
1524

13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2

1.9
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8

45 - 127
45 - 127
10 - 178
10 - 305
10 - 457

670
670
670
670
670

25
25
25
10
10

[pieces]

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

34

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Releasable 2-piece lashing ties on reel with separate heads
Special ties
• Heavy-duty lashing ties on reel with separate heads
• Also available in cut lengths with pre-assembled heads
(see page 34)
• UV-resistant Polypropylene, ideal for applications where chemical
resistance is important (heads in weatherable rigid Polyamide 6.6)
• Extremely robust (670N)
• Easily releasable & reusable
• 2 types of head: type A: no mounting hole
type B: with mounting hole
• Typical applications: Indoor and outdoor fastening of cables, pipes
and other parts in industry, shipbuilding, chemical industry etc.
• Product Ref. 696-41563: lashing tie on reel (300 m), in weatherable Polypropylene
• Product Ref. 696-41562: separate head, type A (no mounting
hole), weatherable Polyamide 6.6 (200 pieces)
• Product Ref. 696-41614: separate head, type B (with mounting
hole), weatherable Polyamide 6.6 (200 pieces) Mounting hole:
Ø 6.9 mm
• Product Ref. TY4100PX: kit containing 30 m of lashing tie on
reel + 50 separate heads, type A
696-41562

696-41563

Technical Information
Material - Tie
Material - Head
Temperature range

Weatherable Polypropylene
Polyamide 6.6
Head: -40°C to +85°C
Tie: -55°C to +110°C
UV-resistant black
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant, Halogen free

Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

696-41614

TY4100PX

696-41563

Product Ref.

696-41563
696-41562
696-41614
TY4100PX

Lashing tie, dimensions
length
width
thickness
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
300
–
–
30

13.2
–
–
13.2

1.8
–
–
1.8

Separate locking heads
Quantity
[pieces]
–
200
200
50

type

Min. tensile strength
of assembly
[N]

–
Type A, no mounting hole
Type B, with mounting hole
Type A, no mounting hole

670
670
670
670

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

35

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Cable ties with identification tag
Special ties with steel locking barb
• Identification ties with incorporated label for durable marking and
tying
• Label forms onto the bundle for types TY512M, TY51M and protrudes for ties TY532M and TY53M
• Type 51M is MIL (MS-3368-5) approved
• Trouble-free installation
• Simple marking on the roughened writing surface using the special
marking pen WT163M-1 (black ink) or WT163M-3 (red ink) - See
page 38
• All edges are rounded to make installation easier
• Available in bulk packaging (500 / 1000 pieces) or in small packaging (100 pieces)
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

E49405
TY53M, TY553M, TY532M, TY5532M

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

TY51M, TY551M, TY512M, TY5512M

Product Ref.

TY51M
TY551M
TY512M
TY5512M
TY53M
TY553M
TY532M
TY5532M

36

MIL Spec.

MS-3368-5
MS-3368-5
–
–
–
–
–
–

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Label
dimensions
[mm]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

92
92
210
210
102
102
212
212

2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

10 - 16
10 - 16
10 - 51
10 - 51
2 - 16
2 - 16
2 - 51
2 - 51

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

25.4 x 7.9
25.4 x 7.9
25.4 x 7.9
25.4 x 7.9
20.6 x 9.3
20.6 x 9.3
20.6 x 9.3
20.6 x 9.3

500
100
1000
100
500
100
1000
100

Tooling

[pieces]

ERG50
WT193A

For other materials and colours contact your Sales Office
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Cable ties with identification tag
Special ties with steel locking barb
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Identification ties with incorporated label for durable marking and tying
Label forms onto the bundle
5 different versions, up to 4 straps, in bulk and small packaging
4 versions (up to 3 straps) are Mil-specified
Trouble free installation
Labelling of bundles up to 102 mm diameter
Simple marking on the roughened writing surface using the special
marking pen WT163M-1 / WT163M-3 (black or red)
• All edges are rounded and surfaces smoothed to make installation
easier
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Colour
Approvals
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
316 grade stainless steel
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
MIL: MS-3368 -1, -2, -3, -4
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

TY46MT, TY546MT

TY48M, TY548M

TY46M, TY546M

TY46MF, TY546MF

TY46MD, TY546MD

Product Ref.

TY48M
TY548M
TY46M
TY546M
TY46MD
TY546MD
TY46MT
TY546MT
TY46MF
TY546MF

MIL Spec.

MS-3368-2
MS-3368-2
MS-3368-1
MS-3368-1
MS-3368-3
MS-3368-3
MS-3368-4
MS-3368-4
–
–

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Label
dimensions
[mm]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

360
360
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1

19 - 102
19 - 102
9.5 - 45
9.5 - 45
9.5 - 45
9.5 - 45
9.5 - 45
9.5 - 45
9.5 - 45
9.5 - 45

220
220
220
220
220 x 2
220 x 2
220 x 3
220 x 3
220 x 4
220 x 4

13.1 x 57.2
13.1 x 57.2
13.1 x 27.0
13.1 x 27.0
29.7 x 27.0
29.7 x 27.0
46.0 x 27.0
46.0 x 27.0
63.1 x 27.0
63.1 x 27.0

1000
100
1000
100
500
50
500
100
250
50

For other materials and colours contact your Sales Office
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Tooling

[pieces]

ERG50
ERG120
WT193A

37

1.1
Identification tags
Special ties
• Tie fastening labels
• For use in combination with the special marking pen WT163M-1
& WT163M-3 from Thomas & Betts, or with a hot foil marking
• For secure labelling of bundles, parts etc
• Available in 3 shapes to suit all design requirements
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

TC123-TB to
TC128-TB
TC223-TB

TC224-TB to
TC228-TB
Product Ref.

Height
A
[mm]

Width
B
[mm]

Label
thickness
[mm]

Area for label
height
width
[mm]
[mm]

TC123-TB
TC124-TB
TC125-TB
TC126-TB
TC128-TB
TC223-TB
TC224-TB

19.6
19.6
19.6
19.6
19.6
19.6
19.6

32.0
38.0
44.7
51.0
63.5
32.3
38.0

0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.0
0.5

9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
18.0
9.5

TC225-TB
TC226-TB
TC228-TB

19.6
19.6
19.6

44.7
51.0
63.5

0.5
0.5
0.5

9.5
9.5
9.5

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

32.0
38.0
44.7
51.0
63.5
24.0
38.0

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

17
18
19
31
35
37
34

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

44.7
51.0
63.5

4.8
4.8
4.8

40
39
51

1000
1000
1000

Special marking pen
Special ties

38

• Optimally suited for fast and long-lasting writing on Polyamide
surfaces
• Fast-drying ink
• The ink is resistant to humidity, oil and light solvents
• Non toxic
• Available in 2 colours of ink
• Product. Ref. WT163M-1: black ink
• Product. Ref. WT163M-3: red ink

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Pre-assembled Deltec cable ties
Cable support system with metallic locking barb
• Provides a strong, long-life and cost saving method of securing
communication and overhead cables
• Double locking head with corrosion resistant locking barbs in copper
alloy
• Proven years of service: designed to last a minimum of
20 years outdoor
• No sharp edges: operator friendly, cable friendly!
• Easy to install, low installation costs
• Extremely robust ties, with high tensile strength (1110N) after fastening
• Available either in pre-cut and pre-assembled lengths, or on reels
with separate heads for total flexibility
• Choice of specific spacers and accessories
• Month and year of manufacture stamped into strap material
Technical Information
Material - Strap & head
Material - Locking barb
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

TYD510M
CSS-100
TYD5135M
CSS-160
TYD5270M

Toughened weatherable acetal
Marine grade, corrosion-resistant
copper alloy
-40°C to +85°C
UL 94 HB
Black
UV-resistant, Halogen free, superior
resistance to moisture and salt environments

Length
L
[mm]
1300.5
254.0
342.9
406.4
685.8

Width
W
[mm]

Bundle diameter
max.
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

10.0
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

390
60
90
110
200

1110
1110
1110
1110
1110

100
50
25
50
10

Tooling

[pieces]

WT3D
L-500-EU

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133
Note: the recommended maximum continuous static loading for the Deltec straps is 90 N per strap. For best results suggested spacing is 35 to 40 cm.
It is the responsibility of the user to determine whether or not their application meets our recommendation.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

39

1.1
Strap on reel
Cable support system with metallic locking barb
•
•
•
•

Strap on reel, with separate head
Total flexibility & no waste: cut at the desired length
Easy to store: reduced inventory
User friendly

Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

TYD-50R
696-41794

Toughened weatherable acetal
-40°C to +85°C
UL 94 HB
Black
UV-resistant, Halogen free, superior resistance to moisture and salt environments

Length per reel
L
[m]

Width
W
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

15.2
304.8

12.7
12.7

1110
1110

1
1

Tooling

[reels]
WT3D
L-500-EU

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133
Note: the recommended maximum continuous static loading for the Deltec straps is 90 N per strap. For best results suggested spacing is 35 to 40 cm. It is the
responsibility of the user to determine whether or not their application meets our recommendation.

40

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Double locking heads
Cable support system with metallic locking barb
Technical Information
Material - moulding
Material - locking barb
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

TYD-LH
696-41795

Toughened weatherable acetal
Marine grade, corrosion-resistant
copper alloy
-40°C to +85°C
UL 94 HB
Black
UV-resistant, Halogen free, superior resistance to moisture and salt environments

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Height
H
[mm]

Quantity

21.6
21.6

19.1
19.1

12.6
12.6

25
1000

[pieces]

To be assembled with Deltec strap on reel see page 40

41

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Deltec Kits
Cable support system with metallic locking barb
• Convenient kits containing several reels of strap and separate
locking heads, to provide all you need to be efficient on the field
• 2 configurations to match your need

Product Ref.

Reels
Length per reel
[mm]

CSS-5K
CSS-10K

Quantity
[reels]

Locking heads
Quantity
[pieces]

5
10

150
300

15.2
15.2

Cable spacers
Cable support system with metallic locking barb
• Stackable height in 12.7 mm increments, for any desired spacing
and all cable sizes - no need to stock multiple sizes of individual
height spacers
• Designed to retain strap on each side and cradle the cable, providing
restricted movement of spacer and preventing damage to cable
• Suitable for coaxial cables
• Can be used for parallel routing or for perpendicular cables
Technical Information

cable tie
cable

Material
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Weather-resistant polypropylene
-40°C to +85°C
UL 94 HB
Black
UV-resistant, Halogen free

cable tie
cable

Product Ref.

TCP5255
TCP360

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Height
H
[mm]

Quantity

53.3
53.3

30.5
30.5

12.7
12.7

25
100

[pieces]

42

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1
Base and hanger
Cable support system with metallic locking barb
• To secure the cables to all types of surfaces
Technical Information
Material
Colour

Zinc plated steel
Metallic

CSS-B

CSS-H
D

C

A
B
E

C

A

D
B

Product Ref.

CSS-B
CSS-H

B
[mm]

Dimensions
C
[mm]

D
[mm]

E
[mm]

Mounting hole
diameter
[mm]

Quantity

A
[mm]
48.4
22.5

14.3
22.2

7.1
29.8

15.1
13.6

5.6
8.3

6.7 (2x)
6.9

50
50

[pieces]

Note: see pages 79 to 100 for other mounting bases in Nylon

43

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Ty-Fast ® , Col-Ty™,
Safe-Ty™ and Ty-Grip™
All plastic cable ties
44

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
FASTENING SYSTEMS
1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB
1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES

4
44

All-plastic cable ties

48

Product reference structure

48

Standard cable ties

49

Standard cable ties - Jar

50

Extra-long cable ties

51

Heavy-duty cable ties

52

UL 94 V-0 flame retardant cable ties

53

Special all-plastic cable ties

54

Integrated mounting hole cable ties

54

Releasable panel mounting cable ties

55

Releasable cable ties

56

Cable ties with identification tag

57

Special double-headed ties

58

Low profile in-line fasteners

59

Hook & Loop fasteners

60

Heavy-duty installation ties

62

Heavy-duty double headed installation ties

62

Accessories

63

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES

64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES

74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING

122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

134

45

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Ty-Fast ® , Col-Ty™,
Safe-Ty™ and Ty-Grip™
All plastic cable ties
Thomas & Betts offers a complete range of all plastic cable

Ty-Fast® All plastic ties

ties to cover the most demanding applications.

The all-plastic cable ties are available in lengths from 91 mm to
1214 mm and widths from 2.4 mm to 13.2 mm, offering a loop
tensile strength up to 1120 N. Those cable ties will satisfy
bundling requirements up to 381 mm. Those cable ties are halogen

46

and silicone free Polyamide 6.6 and are available in 12 different
colours.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

All plastic ties
Heavy duty installation ties
Low profile inline fasteners
Hook & loop fasteners

Ty-Fast® cable ties meet international standards such as UL,

EDF HN33/S/62 and its low profile double locking head with ser-

Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Bureau Veritas,

ration on the outer side of the tie eliminates the risk of damage

Mil-Specifications and QPL. State-of-the-art robotic and raw

to the cable.

material handling equipment assures product and material
integrity throughout the manufacturing process. The integrally

Low-profile inline fasteners

formed Polyamide pawl combines low insertion and high locking

The Safe-Ty™ design from Thomas & Betts is ideal for use where

strength.

precision bundling is required and clearance is a necessity. A

A rounded, low-profile head makes for less snags, tails have im-

unique saddle back design curves to form a snug fit around the

proved two-sided finger grip design that helps the operator grasp

bundle, and allows for easy pull-trough in bulkheads and any

and pull ties snug. The Sure Grip tab keeps the tail from popping

other tight spaces.

out while being threaded, then holds it securely for final tightening
by hand or tool.

Hook & loop fasteners
Ty-Grip™ cable ties are very easy to release and re-use, making

Heavy duty installation ties

them ideal for applications where changes are anticipated or

Col-Ty™ - the heavy-duty installation tie - is mainly used for securing

continuous access is required. There is no risk of over-tightening

and bundling of cables in the utility and construction industries.

the cables, which makes the Ty-Grip™ hook & loop fasteners ideal

Col-Ty™ - made of Polyamide 12 - is ideal for hazardous environ-

for specific applications in fiber optics, computer network wiring,

ments, low temperatures and humidity. Col-Ty™ is conform to

telecom cables, etc.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

47

1.2
Product reference structure
All-plastic cable ties

Example:
Tie

Dimension Code

TY

XXXX

TY

100
Tie Length Code

Standard cable
ties with a
width up to
13.2 mm

48

for lengths
from 91 mm
up to
1214 mm

18

X

100

Tie Width /
Tensile Strength Code

Colour / Material

Additional code for
packaging

18 = 2.4 mm / (80N)
40 = 3.6 mm / (180N)
50 = 4.6 mm / (220N)
120 = 7.6 mm / (540N)
175 = 8.8 mm / (780N)
250 = 13.2 mm / (1120N)

All product references are made
of halogen free Polyamide 6.6,
UL 94 V-2, operating
temperature -40°C to +85°C
blank = natural
X = black, UV-stabilized
1 = brown
2 = red
3 = orange
4 = yellow
5 = green
6 = blue
7 = purple
8 = grey
9 = white
20 = black
39 = Heat stabilised, temperature
range: -40°C to +105°C, natural
* X = outdoor use, UV-stabilised,
(UL 94 HB for TY...-120X range),
black

[Blank] =
Bulk packaging (1000 /
500 / 50 ties according
to the size of the tie)
50 = 50 ties in a bag
with Euroslot
(only for Prod. Ref.
TY400-120)
100 = 100 ties in a bag
with Euroslot (not
available for Prod. Ref.
TY400-120 & TY800120)

Note: Nylon (Polyamide) is inherently susceptible to environmental conditions. Ty-Fast® cable ties are moisturised to optimum performance levels at machineside and should be stored in cool dry areas out of direct sunlight. Cable ties are packaged in plastic bags to contain moisture and should remain sealed until
ready for use.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Standard cable ties
All-plastic cable ties
State-of-the-art robotic and raw material handling equipment assures
product and material integrity throughout the manufacturing process.
• The integrally formed Polyamide pawl combines low insertion and
high locking strength
• A rounded, low-profile head makes for less snags
• Tails have improved two-sided finger grip design that helps the
operator grasp and pull ties snug
• Sure Grip tab keeps the tail from popping out while being
threaded, then holds it securely for final tightening by hand or tool
• Quick and easy pull through increases productivity, reduces operator fatigue
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Approvals
Flammability rating
Other properties

**
Polyamide 6.6 (*)
-40°C to +85°C
Natural as standard colour (*)
MIL: MS 3367-x (see table)
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

**

**

E49405

**

TYPE
APPROVED

(*) For other materials and colours see the product reference structure
page 48

Product Ref.

MIL Spec.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

[pieces]

TY075-18
TY100-18
TY125-18
TY200-18
TY125-40
TY200-40
TY300-40

MS-3367-4
–
–
–
MS-3367-5
–
–

91
112
136
203
141
205
290

2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
3.5
3.5
3.5

1.6 - 20
1.6 - 25
1.6 - 32
1.6 - 50
1.6 - 32
1.6 - 50
1.6 - 76

80
80
80
80
180
180
180

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

TY400-40
TY175-50
TY225-50

–
MS-3367-1
–

368
186
226

3.5
4.6
4.6

1.6 - 102
1.6 - 44
1.6 - 57

180
220
220

1000
1000
1000

TY300-50
TY400-50
TY200-120
TY400-120
TY800-120

–
MS-3367-2
–
MS-3367-3
–

291
366
219
375
706

4.6
4.6
7.6
7.6
7.6

1.6 - 76
1.6 - 102
4.8 - 50
4.8 - 102
4.8 - 203

220
220
540
540
540

1000
1000
500
500
50

ERG50
WT193A

ERG50
ERG120
WT193A
ERG120
L-500-EU
WT3D

** Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales office for approvals limitations
Description of Product Reference structure: see page 48
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

49

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Standard cable ties - Jars
All-plastic cable ties
• Ty-Fast® cable ties packed in an attractive plastic jar
• Ideal product for the distribution market
• Different dimensions in the same packaging: 112 mm x 2.4 mm,
141 mm x 3.6 mm and 186 mm x 4.7 mm
• Tensile strength from 80N to 220N
• Available in 3 different packaging configurations: 1 in natural
cable ties and 2 in black cable ties
• Ideal product when small volumes are needed for various applications
Technical Information

TYPE
APPROVED

E49405

Product Ref.

JTN-500

JTB-500

JTB1-500

Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Content

Colour

TY100-18-100
TY125-40-100
TY175-50-100
TY100-18-X-100
TY125-40-X-100
TY175-50-X-100
TY100-18-X-100
TY125-40-X-100
TY175-50-X-100

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black) Halogen free,
Silicone free

Mil Spec.

Length
L
[mm]

Width Bundle diameter
Minimum
Quantity
W
from ... to
tensile strength
[mm]
[mm]
[N]
[pieces]

natural

-

112

2.4

1.6 - 25

80

2 x 100

natural
natural
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black

MS-3367-5
MS-3367-1
MS-3367-5
MS-3367-1
MS-3367-5

141
186
112
141
186
112
141

3.6
4.7
2.4
3.6
4.7
2.4
3.6

1.6 - 32
1.6 - 44
1.6 - 25
1.6 - 32
1.6 - 44
1.6 - 25
1.6 - 32

180
220
80
180
220
80
180

1 x 100
2 x 100
2 x 100
1 x 100
2 x 100
2 x 100
2 x 100

UV-resistant black

MS-3367-1

186

4.7

1.6 - 44

220

1 x 100

Tooling

ERG50, WT193A
ERG50, ERG120, WT193A
ERG50, WT193A
ERG50, ERG120, WT193A
ERG50, WT193A
ERG50, ERG120, WT193A

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 48
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

50

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Extra-long cable ties
All-plastic cable ties
• Extremely long ties (up to 1214 mm)
• Robust construction (780N), for demanding applications where
superior tensile strength is required
• The extra long Ty-Fast® ties are available in natural colour for indoor
applications and in UV-resistant black for outdoor applications
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black)
Halogen free, Silicone free

TYPE
APPROVED

Product Ref.

Colour

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

E49405

Tooling

[pieces]

L-36-175-0-L
L-36-175-9-L

UV-resistant black
Natural

930
930

8.8
8.8

5 - 273
5 - 273

780
780

50
50

L-41-175-0-L
L-41-175-9-L
L-48-175-0-L
L-48-175-9-L

UV-resistant black
Natural
UV-resistant black
Natural

1036
1036
1214
1214

8.8
8.8
8.8
8.8

5 - 305
5 - 305
5 - 381
5 - 381

780
780
780
780

50
50
50
50

WT3D
L300FR
L-500-EU

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

51

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Heavy-duty cable ties
All-plastic cable ties
• Extremely robust ties (1120N), for demanding applications where
extreme tensile strength is required
• Available in natural colour for indoor applications and in UVresistant black for outdoor applications
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Colour

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black)
Halogen free, Silicone free

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

[pieces]

TYL300M
TYL300MX
TYL546M

natural
UV-resistant black
natural

300
300
546

13.2
13.2
13.2

75
75
140

1120
1120
1120

50
50
50

TYL546MX

UV-resistant black

546

13.2

140

1120

50

L-500-EU

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 48
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

52

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
UL 94 V-0 flame retardant cable ties
All-plastic cable ties
• Similar to our Ty-Rap® range of flame retardant ties, these all-plastic
ties are made from low smoke flame retardant Polyamide 6.6 and
meet the requirements of UL 94 V-0.
• Ideal for use where low flammability and low smoke are necessary
such as public transport / buildings, tunnels etc.
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Milky white
UL 94 V-0
Limited fire hazard (low smoke)
Halogen free, Silicone free

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

TS1025HF
TS1435HF
TS2045HF

100
140
200

2.5
3.5
4.5

2 - 24
2.5 - 36
3 - 51

90
180
220

100
100
100

TS2845HF
TS3645HF

280
360

4.5
4.5

5 - 76
5 - 101

220
220

100
100

TS3675HF

360

7.5

5 - 101

540

100

Tooling

[pieces]

ERG50
WT193A

ERG120, L-500-EU
WT3D

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

53

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Integrated mounting hole cable ties
Special all-plastic cable ties
• Cable tie can be directly mounted onto a support with screws,
bolts or rivets.
• Mounting and bundling in one maintenance-friendly assembly.
• Cable harness manufacture and pre- and end- mounting of bundles
and parts.
• UV-resistant version, especially recommended for outdoor applications
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant black
(see table)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black)
Halogen free, Silicone free

Flammability rating
Other properties
E49405

Product Ref.

Colour

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Fixing
screw size

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

[pieces]

L-5-30MH-0-C

UV-resistant black

152

3.3

M4

2 - 32

130

100

ERG50

L-5-30MH-9-C
L-7-50MH-0-C
L-7-50MH-9-C
L-11-50MH-0-C
L-11-50MH-9-C
L-14-50MH-0-C
L-14-50MH-9-C

natural
UV-resistant black
natural
UV-resistant black
natural
UV-resistant black
natural

152
208
208
314
314
382
382

3.3
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7

M4
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5

2 - 32
2 - 44
2 - 44
2 - 76
2 - 76
2 - 102
2 - 102

130
220
220
220
220
220
220

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

WT193A

L-14-120MH-0-C
L-14-120MH-9-C

UV-resistant black
natural

382
382

7.6
7.6

M6
M6

5 - 102
5 - 102

540
540

100
100

ERG120
L-500-EU, WT3D

ERG50
ERG120
WT193A
WT3D

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

54

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Releasable panel mounting cable ties
Special all-plastic cable ties
• Fastening and clip-mounting in one
• Fast pre- or on-site-assembly for a range of panel thickness up to
2.7 mm
• Fast and secure clip-mounting
• For use in 6.35 mm mounting hole
• Product References containing xxx-PMR-xxx are releasable
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black)
Halogen free, Silicone free
E49405

Product Ref.

Colour

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

L-5-50PM-0-C
UV-resistant black
L-5-50PM-9-D
natural
L-7-50PM-0-C
UV-resistant black
L-7-50PM-9-C
natural
RELEASABLE PANEL MOUNTING TIES

147
147
208
208

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

2 - 25
2 - 25
2 - 44
2 - 44

220
220
220
220

100
1000
100
100

ERG50, ERG120
L-500-EU
WT193A

TB-4-50PMR-9-C-EU*
natural
L-5-50PMR-0-C
UV-resistant black

110
147

4.8
4.8

2 - 22
2 - 25

220
220

100
100

ERG50, ERG120
L-500-EU

L-5-50PMR-9-C
L-7-50PMR-0-C
L-7-50PMR-9-C

147
208
208

4.8
4.8
4.8

2 - 25
2 - 44
2 - 44

220
220
220

100
100
100

WT193A
WT1-TB, WT2-TB

[pieces]

STANDARD PANEL MOUNTING TIES

natural
UV-resistant black
natural

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133
* Not UL registered

55

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Releasable cable ties
Special all-plastic cable ties
• Easy releasable and re-usable. UV-resistant version, especially
recommended for outdoor applications.
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant black
(see table)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black)
Halogen free, Silicone free

Flammability rating
Other properties

E49405

Product Ref.

Colour

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

[pieces]

L-5-50R-0-C

UV-resistant black

150

7.5

3 - 32

220

100

L-5-50R-9-C
L-8-50R-0-C
L-8-50R-9-C
L-10-50R-0-C
L-10-50R-9-C

natural
UV-resistant black
natural
UV-resistant black
natural

150
198
198
298
298

7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5

3 - 32
3 - 51
3 - 51
3 - 76
3 - 76

220
220
220
220
220

100
100
100
100
100

ERG120
L-500-EU
WT3D

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

56

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Cable ties with identification tag
Special all-plastic cable ties
• Identification ties with incorporated label for durable marking and
tying.
• Simple marking on the roughened writing surface using the special
marking pen WT163M-1 (black ink) or WT163M-3 (red ink)
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405
L-4-18ID-9-C

L-7-50ID-9-C

Product Ref.

L-4-18ID-9-C
L-4-18ID-9-M
L-7-50ID-9-C
L-7-50ID-9-M

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Label
dimensions
[mm]

Bundle diameter
max.
[mm]

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

102
102
200
200

2.5
2.5
4.7
4.7

7.9 x 24.7
7.9 x 24.7
30 x 13.3
30 x 13.3

19
19
44
44

80
80
220
220

100
1000
100
1000

Tooling

[pieces]
ERG50
WT193A
ERG50, ERG120
WT193A, L-500-EU

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

57

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Special double-headed ties
Special all-plastic cable ties
• The double-headed ties allow the parallel routing of two bundles
of cable with one single tie.
• Available in 3 different lengths.
Technical Information
Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Lo
op
1

Product Ref.

TB-50RLDH
TB-12-50RLDH
TB-15-50RLDH

Lo
op

2

Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Length
L

Width
W

[mm]

[mm]

200
300
370

4.8
4.8
4.8

Bundle diameter
Loop 1
Loop 2
from ... to
from ... to
[mm]
[mm]
2.5 - 47
2.5 - 72
2.5 - 100

2.0 - 45
2.0 - 70
2.0 - 97

Minimum tensile
strength

Quantity

[N]

[pieces]

220
220
220

1000
1000
1000

Tooling

ERG50, ERG120
WT193A
L-500-EU

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

58

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Low profile in-line fasteners
Special all-plastic cable ties
The Safe-Ty™ design from Thomas & Betts is ideal for use where
precision bundling is required and clearance is a necessity. A unique
saddle back design curves to form a snug fit around the bundle, and
allows for easy pull-through in bulkheads and any other tight spaces.
• Low-profile, contoured head reduces clearance required for the
bundle and enhances the appearance of your harness
• The safe-guard wall eliminates exposure to sharp edges
• The saddle back fits snug against the contour of the wiring
harness
• Sizes and colours available to accommodate various requirements
• Recommended in all applications where the aesthetics and the
user’s safety can be a concern (thanks to the rounded edges):
playgrounds, supermarket displays,...
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or UV-resistant (see table)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free
Silicone free

Colour

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

D
[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

Minimum
Quantity **
tensile strength
[N]
[pieces]

SF100-18
SF100-18X
SF200-18
SF200-18X
SF175-50
SF175-50X
SF300-50

natural*
UV-resistant black
natural*
UV-resistant black
natural*
UV-resistant black
natural*

118
118
206
206
201
201
288

2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
4.7
4.7
4.7

3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.5
4.5
4.5

3.2 - 25.4
3.2 - 25.4
3.2 - 50.8
3.2 - 50.8
4.7 - 44.5
4.7 - 44.5
4.7 - 76.2

80
80
80
80
220
220
220

100 / 1000
100 / 1000
100 / 1000
100 / 1000
100 / 1000
100 / 1000
100 / 1000

SF300-50X
SF400-50
SF400-50X

UV-resistant black
natural*
UV-resistant black

288
369
369

4.7
4.7
4.7

4.5
4.5
4.5

4.7 - 76.2
9.5 - 101.6
9.5 - 101.6

220
220
220

100 / 1000
100 / 1000
100 / 1000

SF400-120
SF400-120X
SF600-120
SF600-120X

natural*
UV-resistant black
natural*
UV-resistant black

370
370
533
533

7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6

6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9

9.5 - 101.6
9.5 - 101.6
9.5 - 152.4
9.5 - 152.4

540
540
540
540

100 / 1000
100 / 1000
100 / 1000
100 / 1000

Tooling

ERG50
WT193A

ERG50
ERG120
WT193A
L-500-EU

ERG120
L-500-EU
WT3D

* For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference: 0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 3 = orange, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey and
9 = white. For example: SF-175-50-2 (red)

** Standard quantity = 1000. For bags of 100 add -100 to the product reference, for example. SF100-18-100.
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133
Note: Nylon (Polyamide) is inherently susceptible to environmental conditions. Safe-Ty™ cable ties are moisturised to optimum performance levels at machineside and should be stored in cool dry areas out of direct sunlight. Cable ties are packaged in plastic bags to contain moisture and should remain sealed until
ready for use.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

59

1.2
Hook & Loop fasteners
Special cable ties
These handy ties are very easy to release and re-use, making them
ideal for applications where changes are anticipated or continuous
access is required.
• Quick bundling and re-adjustable tension
• No risk of over-tightening the cables, which makes the Ty-Grip™
Hook & Loop fasteners ideal for specific applications in fibre
optics, computer network wiring, telecom cables, etc.
• Multiple colours available for identifying specific bundles
• Different sizes available to accommodate varying bundle diameters
• Screw-mount and self-adhesive mounting bases provide multiple
mounting options
FO series loop ties are ideal for wrapping pre-determined bundle
diameters thanks to the convenient slotted head.

Technical Information FO Series
Material hook side
Material loop side
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Peel-off strength

Polyamide
Low density Polyethylene
-20°C to +104°C
Standard colour: black - see note after table
UL 94 HB
0.8N/cm

Technical Information FOL Series
Material hook
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Peel-off strength

Polyamide
-20°C to +93°C
Standard colour: black - see note after table
UL 94 HB
0.8N/cm

FOL series buckle ties provide added strength and stability thanks to
the high performance polyamide buckle.

Product Ref.

Maximum bundle ø
[mm]

Length
[mm]

Width
[mm]

Tensile strength
[N]

Quantity
[pieces]

50.8
50.8

228.6
228.6

12.7
19.1

180
220

10
10

88.9
88.9

330.2
330.2

12.7
19.1

180
220

10
10

76.2
127.0

304.8
457.2

19.1
19.1

220
220

10
10

FO SERIES LOOP TIES
FO200-40-0
FO200-50-0
FO350-40-0
FO350-50-0
FOL SERIES BUCKLE TIES
FOL300-50-0
FOL500-50-0

Standard colour: black
Replace “-0” in the Product Reference by the corresponding colour code: 1 = brown, 2 = red, 3 = orange, 4 = yellow,
5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey and 9 = white
For example: FO 200-40-2 defines a red FO200-40 type fastener

60

Contact your Sales Office for Product Availability in the other colours

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Hook & Loop fasteners
Special cable ties
These handy ties are very easy to release and re-use, making them
ideal for applications where changes are anticipated or continuous
access is required.
• Quick bundling and re-adjustable tension
• No risk of over-tightening the cables, which makes the Ty-Grip™
Hook & Loop fasteners ideal for specific applications in fibre
optics, computer network wiring, telecom cables, etc
• Multiple colours available for identifying specific bundles
• Different sizes available to accommodate varying bundle diameters
• Screw-mount and self-adhesive mounting bases provide multiple
mounting options
FOS series strip ties are pre-cut which makes bundling easy.
Technical Information FOS and FOR Series
Material hook side
Material loop side
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Peel-off strength

Polyamide
Low density Polyethylene
-20°C to +104°C
Standard colour: black - see note after table
UL 94 HB
0.8N/cm

FOR series rolled hook and loop allows customers to conveniently cut
pieces to desired lengths, eliminating waste.

Product Ref.

Maximum bundle ø
[mm]

Length
[mm]

Width
[mm]

Tensile strength
[N]

Quantity
[pieces]

FOS SERIES STRIP TIES
FOS150-50-0
FOS320-50-0
FOS500-50-0
FOR SERIES ROLLED STRIP

38.1
81.3
127.0

152.4
304.8
457.2

19.1
19.1

220
220

10
10

19.1

220

10

FOR180-50-0

Various

4572.0

19.1

220

1

Standard colour: black
Replace “-0” in the Product Reference by the corresponding colour code: 1 = brown, 2 = red, 3 = orange, 4 = yellow,
5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey and 9 = white
For example: FOS150-50-2 defines a red FOS150-50 type fastener

Contact your Sales Office for Product Availability in the other colours

61

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Heavy-duty double headed installation ties
Heavy-duty installation ties
• For securing and bundling of cables in the utility and construction
industries
• Low profile double locking head*
• Serrations on the outer side of the tie eliminates the risk of damage
to the cable
• Ideal for hazardous environments, low temperatures and humidity
• Conform to EDF HN33/S/62
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 12
-40°C to +80°C
Black
UL 94 HB
UV-resistant

Single locking head

Double locking head

Product Ref.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness

Minimum tensile
strength
[N]

Quantity

[mm]

Bundle diameter
from ... to
[mm]

CT-9-180-0-C*
CT-9-260-0-C

180
260

9
9

1.8
2.0

10 - 42
15 - 62

440
520

100
100

CT-9-360-0-C
CT-9-500-0-C
CT-9-750-0-C

360
510
760

9
9
9

2.0
2.4
2.4

25 - 92
74 - 140
74 - 220

520
550
550

100
100
100

Tooling

[pieces]

L300-FR
L-500-EU
WT3D

* Product Ref. CT-9-180-0-C has a single locking head
Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

62

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2
Accessories
Heavy-duty installation ties
• Wall plug suitable for ø 8 mm hole
• Simply drill hole and hammer the plug in
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 11/12
-40°C to +80°C
Black
UL 94 HB
UV-resistant

Product Ref.

L
[mm]

Ød1
[mm]

S
[mm]

H
[mm]

I
[mm]

F
[mm]

f
[mm]

Quantity
[pieces]

CT-5359

43.1

9.6

13.2

16

6.3

9.5

2.4

100

• Use 5 mm screw
• Cradle for ties up to 9 mm wide
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 11/12
-40°C to +80°C
Black
UL 94 HB
UV-resistant

Product Ref.

L
[mm]

I
[mm]

S
[mm]

H
[mm]

F
[mm]

d2
[mm]

Quantity
[pieces]

CT-3401

22.9

10.5

17.6

13.8

9.4

5.9

100

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

63

1.3

Ty-Met™ Stainless Steel
cable ties

64

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3
FASTENING SYSTEMS
1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB

4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES

44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES

64

Features & Benefits

68

Ball-Lock Type - uncoated

69

Ball-Lock Type - coated

70

Ladder Type - uncoated

71

Ladder Type - coated

72

Releasable Type

73

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES

74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING

122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

134

65

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3

Ty-Met™ Stainless Steel
cable ties
The Ty-Met™ stainless steel ties are the ultimate solution

The Ty-Met™ stainless steel ties provide a high mechanical

to install your cables in extreme conditions and hazardous

strength combined with chemical durability and temperature

areas, indoor and outdoor, such as the petrochemical and

resistance.

food processing industries, power stations, mining, ship-

They are available in three different types:

building, offshore and other aggressive environments.

• Ball-Lock Type: quick and reliable self-locking mechanism
• Ladder Type: easy application and strong locking system

66

• Releasable Type: can be unfastened for re-use

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3

Ty-Met™ stainless steel ties:
the ultimate solution to install
your cables in extreme conditions
and hazardous areas

All types are available in a broad range of lengths and two different

Available in uncoated version (for high temperature applications)

widths, providing extreme levels of tensile strength. Two grades of

or in fully coated version with non-toxic, halogen free Polyester

non-magnetic stainless steel (304 & 316) and a coated and an

coating, for a superior protection of cables and installer’s hands

uncoated version are available to cover most applications.

and for an improved insulation between dissimilar materials.
Halogen free, corrosion proof and resistant to salt water.

Ty-Met™ cable ties have international approvals such as UL,

A range of dedicated hand tools completes the product offering.

Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyd’s Register and Det Norske Veritas.

Two grades of non-magnetic stainless steel are available:
- 304 grade stainless steel, for standard applications
- 316 grade (marine grade) stainless steel, for extra corrosion
resistance

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

67

1.3
Features & Benefits
Stainless steel cable ties
The Ty-Met™ stainless steel ties are available in three different
types:
• Ball-Lock Type: quick and reliable self-locking mechanism
• Ladder Type: easy application and strong locking system
• Releasable Type: can be unfastened for re-use

Ball-Lock Type
Easy application and strong self-locking mechanism (steel ball), with low insertion force

Rounded edges and smooth surfaces, for
fast and safe hand installation

Uncoated or fully coated
with non-toxic, Halogen free Polyester

Angled / rounded tail,
for safer handling and easier insertion

Ladder Type
Self-locking mechanism (pawl and ratchet)

Low profile, flat head (no sharp edges),
for easy and safe installation

Uncoated or fully coated
with non-toxic, Halogen free Polyester

Larger slot at the end,
allows the use of a hook-type tool

Releasable Type
The unique buckle design allows the tie to be unfastened for re-use

Additional ears can be bent back over the fastened tie to increase the tensile strength

Fully coated
with non-toxic, Halogen free Polyester

Can be installed by hand,
and if necessary, the slots at the end
allow the use of a hook-type tool

68
UV-resistant

Fire-proof

Heat
resistant

Low temperature
flexibility

Weatherproof

Radiation
resistant

Chemically
resistant

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3
Ball-Lock Type - uncoated
Stainless steel cable ties
•
•
•
•

“Ball-Lock” self-locking mechanism
Uncoated version, for high temperature applications
Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
Two grades of non-magnetic stainless steel:
- 304 grade stainless steel, for standard applications
- 316 grade (marine grade) stainless steel, for extra corrosion
resistance
• Dedicated tooling: either Prod. Ref. CT3 for manual cutting, or
Prod. Ref. CT6 for tension setting tool with automatic cutting
• Applications: Installation of cables and pipes in extreme conditions
and hazardous areas, indoor and outdoor, such as: Petrochemical
and food processing industries, power stations, mining, shipbuilding, offshore, other aggressive environments
*

*

*

Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.
Stainless steel 304

A. 304 grade non-magnetic stainless steel
B. 316 grade non-magnetic stainless steel
-80°C to +538°C
Metallic
Absolutely fireproof
UV-resistant

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the
Product References. Contact your Sales Office for
approvals limitations

Product Ref.
Stainless steel 316

Length x
width [mm]

Material thickness
[mm]

YLS-4.6-100A
YLS-4.6-125A

YLS-4.6-100B
YLS-4.6-125B

100 x 4.6
125 x 4.6

0.26
0.26

YLS-4.6-150A
YLS-4.6-200A
YLS-4.6-300A
YLS-4.6-360A
YLS-4.6-520A
YLS-4.6-680A
YLS-4.6-840A

YLS-4.6-150B
YLS-4.6-200B
YLS-4.6-300B
YLS-4.6-360B
YLS-4.6-520B
YLS-4.6-680B
YLS-4.6-840B

150 x 4.6
200 x 4.6
300 x 4.6
360 x 4.6
520 x 4.6
680 x 4.6
840 x 4.6

YLS-4.6-1000A
YLS-4.6-1200A
YLS-4.6-1400A

YLS-4.6-1000B
YLS-4.6-1200B
YLS-4.6-1400B

YLS-7.9-100A
YLS-7.9-125A
YLS-7.9-150A
YLS-7.9-200A
YLS-7.9-300A
YLS-7.9-360A
YLS-7.9-520A
YLS-7.9-680A
YLS-7.9-840A
YLS-7.9-1000A
YLS-7.9-1200A
YLS-7.9-1400A

YLS-7.9-100B
YLS-7.9-125B
YLS-7.9-150B
YLS-7.9-200B
YLS-7.9-300B
YLS-7.9-360B
YLS-7.9-520B
YLS-7.9-680B
YLS-7.9-840B
YLS-7.9-1000B
YLS-7.9-1200B
YLS-7.9-1400B

Tensile strength
[N]

Quantity
[pieces]

20
22

440
440

100
100

0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26

24
50
80
100
150
200
250

440
440
440
440
440
440
440

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

1000 x 4.6
1200 x 4.6
1400 x 4.6

0.26
0.26
0.26

300
365
425

440
440
440

100
100
100

100 x 7.9
125 x 7.9
150 x 7.9
200 x 7.9
300 x 7.9
360 x 7.9
520 x 7.9
680 x 7.9
840 x 7.9
1000 x 7.9
1200 x 7.9
1400 x 7.9

0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26

20
22
24
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
365
425

1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

TYPE
APPROVED

E49405*

Max. bundle ø
[mm]

TYPE
APPROVED
PRODUCTS

Tooling

CT3
CT6

69

1.3
Ball-Lock Type - coated
Stainless steel cable ties
• “Ball-Lock” self-locking mechanism
• Fully coated version with non-toxic, halogen free Polyester coating,
for a superior protection of cables and installer’s hands and for
an improved insulation between dissimilar materials.
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• 316 grade (marine grade) stainless steel, for extra corrosion resistance
• Dedicated tooling: either Prod. Ref. CT3 for manual cutting, or
Prod. Ref. CT6 for tension setting tool with automatic cutting
• Applications: Installation of cables and pipes in extreme conditions
and hazardous areas, indoor and outdoor, such as: petrochemical
and food processing industries, power stations, mining, shipbuilding, offshore, other aggressive environments
*

*

*

Technical Information
TYPE
APPROVED

TYPE
APPROVED
PRODUCTS

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References.
Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

Product Ref.

70

Material
Coating
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

316 grade non-magnetic stainless steel
Polyester
-80°C to +150°C
Black
Absolutely fireproof
UV-resistant, Halogen free, non toxic

Length x
width [mm]

Material thickness
[mm]

Max. bundle ø
[mm]

Tensile strength
[N]

Quantity
[pieces]

YLS-4.6-100BC

100 x 4.6

0.36

20

440

100

YLS-4.6-125BC
YLS-4.6-150BC
YLS-4.6-200BC
YLS-4.6-300BC
YLS-4.6-360BC
YLS-4.6-520BC
YLS-4.6-680BC

125 x 4.6
150 x 4.6
200 x 4.6
300 x 4.6
360 x 4.6
520 x 4.6
680 x 4.6

0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36

22
24
50
80
100
150
200

440
440
440
440
440
440
440

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

YLS-4.6-840BC
YLS-4.6-1000BC
YLS-4.6-1200BC

840 x 4.6
1000 x 4.6
1200 x 4.6

0.36
0.36
0.36

250
300
365

440
440
440

100
100
100

YLS-4.6-1400BC
YLS-7.9-100BC
YLS-7.9-125BC
YLS-7.9-150BC
YLS-7.9-200BC
YLS-7.9-300BC
YLS-7.9-360BC
YLS-7.9-520BC
YLS-7.9-680BC
YLS-7.9-840BC
YLS-7.9-1000BC
YLS-7.9-1200BC
YLS-7.9-1400BC

1400 x 4.6
100 x 7.9
125 x 7.9
150 x 7.9
200 x 7.9
300 x 7.9
360 x 7.9
520 x 7.9
680 x 7.9
840 x 7.9
1000 x 7.9
1200 x 7.9
1400 x 7.9

0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36

425
20
22
24
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
365
425

440
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Tooling

CT3
CT6

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3
Ladder Type - uncoated
Stainless steel cable ties
The Ladder Type stainless steel ties from Thomas & Betts have a flat,
low profile head for easy application.
• Strong self-locking mechanism (pawl and ratchet), requires no
time consuming crimping or folding operations
• Flat and low profile head (no sharp edge), for easy installation
• Corrosion resistant 316 grade stainless steel for high mechanical
and chemical durability
• Uncoated version for high temperature applications
• Increased usable length (slots up to the end of the tail), allows
larger bundle diameters with the same tie length
• Larger slot at the end, allows the use of a hook-type tool
• Applications: Installation of cables and pipes in extreme conditions
and hazardous areas, indoor and outdoor, such as: petrochemical
and food processing industries, power stations, mining, shipbuilding, offshore and other aggressive environments

*

*

*

TYPE
APPROVED

Technical Information
Material
Coating
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

TYPE
APPROVED
PRODUCTS

316 grade stainless steel
Uncoated
-80°C to +538°C
Metallic
Absolutely fireproof
UV-resistant

T

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness
T
[mm]

YLD-7-150-B
YLD-7-225-B
YLD-7-300-B

150
225
300

7.0
7.0
7.0

0.30
0.30
0.30

YLD-7-450-B
YLD-7-610-B
YLD-12-150-B

450
610
150

7.0
7.0
12.0

YLD-12-225-B
YLD-12-300-B
YLD-12-450-B
YLD-12-610-B

225
300
450
610

12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0

Max. Bundle
diameter
[mm]

Minimum
tensile strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

43
67
91

445
445
445

100
100
100

CT1-TB

0.30
0.30
0.35

139
190
43

445
445
890

100
100
100

CT2-TB
CT3
CT4-TB

0.35
0.35
0.35
0.35

67
91
139
190

890
890
890
890

100
100
100
100

CT5
WT3S

[pieces]

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133
* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

71

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3
Ladder Type - coated
Stainless steel cable ties
The Ladder Type stainless steel ties from Thomas & Betts have a flat,
low profile head for easy application.

*

*

• Strong self-locking mechanism (pawl and ratchet), requires no
time consuming crimping or folding operations
• Flat and low profile head (no sharp edge), for easy installation
• Corrosion resistant 316 grade stainless steel for high mechanical
and chemical durability
• Fully coated version with non-toxic, Halogen free Polyester coating, for a superior protection of cables and installer’s hands and
for an improved insulation between dissimilar materials
• Increased usable length (slots up to the end of the tail), allows
larger bundle diameters with the same tie length
• Larger slot at the end, allows the use of a hook-type tool
• Applications: Installation of cables and pipes in extreme conditions
and hazardous areas, indoor and outdoor, such as: petrochemical
and food processing industries, power stations, mining, shipbuilding, offshore and other aggressive environments

*

TYPE
APPROVED

TYPE
APPROVED
PRODUCTS

Technical Information

T

Product Ref.

Length
L
[mm]

Width
W
[mm]

Thickness
T
[mm]

YLD-7-150-BC
YLD-7-225-BC
YLD-7-300-BC

150
225
300

7.0
7.0
7.0

0.41
0.41
0.41

YLD-7-450-BC
YLD-7-610-BC
YLD-12-150-BC

450
610
150

7.0
7.0
12.0

YLD-12-225-BC
YLD-12-300-BC
YLD-12-450-BC
YLD-12-610-BC

225
300
450
610

12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0

Material
Coating
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Max. Bundle
diameter
[mm]

316 grade stainless steel
Polyester
-80°C to +150°C
Black
Absolutely fireproof
UV-resistant, Halogen free, non-toxic

Minimum
tensile strength
[N]

Quantity

Tooling

43
67
91

445
445
445

100
100
100

CT1-TB

0.41
0.41
0.46

139
190
43

445
445
890

100
100
100

CT2-TB
CT3
CT4-TB

0.46
0.46
0.46
0.46

67
91
139
190

890
890
890
890

100
100
100
100

CT5
WT3S

[pieces]

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133
* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

72

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3
Releasable Type
Stainless steel cable ties
The Releasable Type stainless steel ties from Thomas & Betts have a
unique buckle design that allows the ties to be unfastened for re-use.
• Releasable and re-usable
• Corrosion resistant 316 grade stainless steel for high mechanical
and chemical durability
• Fully coated version with non-toxic, Halogen free Polyester coating,
for a superior protection of cables and installer’s hands and for an
improved insulation between dissimilar materials
• Fast, easy and reliable installation - can be installed by hand and if
necessary, the slots at the end of the tie allow the use of a hooktype tool
• The additional ears can be bent back over the fastened tie to increase the tensile strength
• Applications: Installation of cables and pipes in extreme conditions
and hazardous areas, indoor and outdoor, such as: petrochemical
and food processing industries, power stations, mining, shipbuilding, offshore and other aggressive environments

TYPE
APPROVED

TYPE
APPROVED
PRODUCTS

Technical Information
Material
Coating
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

*

*

*

316 grade stainless steel
Polyester
-80°C to +150°C
Black
Absolutely fireproof
UV-resistant, Halogen free, non-toxic

T

Length

Width

Thickness

W
[mm]

T
[mm]

Max. Bundle
diameter
[mm]

Minimum
tensile strength
[N]

Quantity

L
[mm]
YRL-5-150-BC

150

5.0

0.61

35

334 (1334 for DNV)

100

YRL-5-230-BC
YRL-5-330-BC
YRL-5-450-BC

230
330
450

5.0
5.0
5.0

0.61
0.61
0.61

60
95
130

334 (1334 for DNV)
334 (1334 for DNV)
334 (1334 for DNV)

100
100
100

YRL-5-650-BC
YRL-10-150-BC
YRL-10-230-BC
YRL-10-330-BC
YRL-10-450-BC
YRL-10-650-BC
YRL-10-750-BC
YRL-10-900-BC

650
150
230
330
450
650
750
900

5.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0

0.61
0.61
0.61
0.61
0.61
0.61
0.61
0.61

195
35
60
95
130
195
225
270

334 (1334 for DNV)
1112 (2000 for DNV)
1112 (2000 for DNV)
1112 (2000 for DNV)
1112 (2000 for DNV)
1112 (2000 for DNV)
1112 (2000 for DNV)
1112 (2000 for DNV)

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Tooling

[pieces]

CT1-TB
CT2-TB
CT4-TB

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145
For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133
* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

73

1.4

Mounting Bases,
Cable Clamps & Other
Fastening Accessories
74

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
FASTENING SYSTEMS
1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB

4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES

44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES

64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES

74

Overview

78

Mounting bases

79

Cable clamps

101

Accessories for flat cables

109

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING

122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

134

75

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Ty-Rap ® and Ty-Fast ®
Accessories
To complement the range of premium cable ties,

A wide range of material is offered, from the classic Polyamide

Thomas & Betts has also developed an extensive range of

6.6 to the high performance Fluoropolymer ETFE for applications

mounting bases, cable clamps and other fastening acces-

in tough conditions.

sories, to provide a professional solution to the most
demanding applications in cable management.

To better suit each kind of applications, these products exist in a
wide choice of shape & design, and with different mounting

76

methods, from self-adhesive to glue and / or screw mounting.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Mounting Bases,
Cable Clamps & Other
Fastening Accessories

In particular, with the new high performance mounting bases

Typical applications include wiring in:

(TC345 series), Thomas & Betts is now offering a mounting base

- control boxes & machine control devices

that leads the industry with more features and better performance:

- office equipment & home appliances

- new design & materials, for increased performance

- military & medical equipment

- special adhesive formulation, specifically for Nylon Mounting

- lighting & electronic equipment

bases
77

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Overview
Mounting Bases & Accessories
Self-adhesive mounting bases and clamps for screw and
rivet mounting
The main difference between a mounting base and a cable clamp is
the way the cable bundle can be mounted: while the cable bundle is
attached directly to the clamp, the mounting base requires a cable tie
to hold the bundle.
Thomas & Betts offers a wide range of mounting bases and cable
clamps, which can be self-adhesive or for screw and rivet mounting.

Mounting bases

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Standard material: Polyamide 6.6
Available in different types / material to suit any application
Available in a wide range of sizes
Temperature range: -40°C to +85°C (+105°C for short periods)
Low profile design
Easy to install
Extremely strong and durable adhesive
The self-adhesive film is foam backed (0.8 mm) to compensate
for any irregularities on the mounting surface
• When applicable Thomas & Betts accessories are UL recognised

Typical applications

Cable clamps

Wiring of:
• Control boxes
• Vehicles
• Office equipment
• Machine control devices
• Machine construction
• Military equipment
• Aeronautics
• Railway industry
• Electronic equipment
• Home appliances
• Lighting
• Medical equipment

78

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
2-way entry
Mounting bases
• Can be used in 2-way entry style for cable ties having a width up
to 7.6 mm
• For cable ties having a width up to 4.8 mm, the mounting bases
can be used in 4-way entry style
• Choice of 3 materials: standard Polyamide 6.6 (natural), UV-resistant
Polyamide 6.6 (black), Polyamide 6.6 flame retardant and ETFE
Fluoropolymer (aquamarine)
• Supplied either on a rubber based (synthetic polymer) closed cell
foam adhesive (installation: self-adhesive and/or screw) or without self-adhesive (installation: screw and/or 2-component glue*)
Technical Information TC347, TC347A, TC5347AR, TC347X
and TC5347AX
Material
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)
UL 94 V-2
(see table)
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,
Silicone free

Technical Information TC347FR (Flame retardant)
Material
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
UL 94 V-0
Natural
Halogen free, Silicone free

Technical Information TCZ347 (Fluoropolymer)
Material
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

TC347
TC347X
TC347FR
TCZ347
TC347A
TC5347AR
TC5347AX

ETFE Fluoropolymer
-46°C to +150°C
UL 94 V-0
Aquamarine
Silicone free, inert to most solvents and
chemicals, hydrolytically stable, radiation
resistant

Colour

natural
UV-resistant black
natural / flame retardant
aquamarine
natural
natural
UV-resistant black

Mounting
method
screw / glue*
screw / glue*
screw / glue*
screw / glue*
self-adhesive / screw
self-adhesive / screw
self-adhesive / screw

* Glue = Product Ref. TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

H
[mm]
7.8
7.8
7.8
7.8
8.5
8.5
8.5

Dimensions
W
L
[mm]
[mm]
28.6
28.6
28.6
28.6
29.0
29.0
29.0

28.6
28.6
28.6
28.6
29.0
29.0
29.0

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Quantity

7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6

4.4 (2x)
4.4 (2x)
4.4 (2x)
4.4 (2x)
4.4 (2x)
4.4 (2x)
4.4 (2x)

1000
1000
1000
500
1000
100
100

[pieces]

79

1.4
4-way entry - high performance
Mounting bases
• New design & materials, for increased performance
• Low profile shape (height: 5.1 mm), to save space and reduce the
torque forces on the mounting base
• Ramped cable tie entries, for easier insertion of the cable tie
• Longer struts (up to the edges of the base), for better adhesion
• Special adhesive formulation (specifically for Nylon mounting
bases) for high pull-off strength
• 2 kinds of self-adhesive material:
- rubber-based, for immediate adhesion (15 minutes set-up time)
- acrylic based, to have the possibility of repositioning the mounting
base initially (set-up time: 24 to 72 hours)
• Two holes to have the possibility to use additional screws, for even
stronger installations when required
• Supplied on two-up lining, for easy removal of the lining
Technical Information
Material - Moulding
Material - Self-adhesive
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Colours
Other properties

Product Ref.

Colour

Mounting method
L
[mm]

Polyamide or UV-resistant Polyamide
or flame retardant Polyamide (See table)
Rubber based or acrylic based (See table)
-40°C to +85°C
(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)
UL 94 V-2 or
UL 94 V-0 (for flame retardant Polyamide)
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,
Silicone free

Dimensions
For tie
Mounting Quantity
W
H
width up to holes ø
[mm] [mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[pieces]

TC345
TC345A
TC5345A

natural
natural
natural

glue* / screws
self-adhesive (rubber based) / screws
self-adhesive (rubber based) / screws

28.6
28.6
28.6

28.6
28.6
28.6

5.1
5.1
5.1

5.2
5.2
5.2

4.0
4.0
4.0

1000
1000
100

TC345AX
TC5345AX
TC345AFR

UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
natural / flame retardant

self-adhesive (rubber based) / screws
self-adhesive (rubber based) / screws
self-adhesive (rubber based) / screws

28.6
28.6
28.6

28.6
28.6
28.6

5.1
5.1
5.1

5.2
5.2
5.2

4.0
4.0
4.0

1000
100
1000

TC345AHTFR
TC5345AHTFR

natural / flame retardant
natural / flame retardant

self-adhesive (acrylic based) / screws
self-adhesive (acrylic based) / screws

28.6
28.6

28.6
28.6

5.1
5.1

5.2
5.2

4.0
4.0

1000
100

* Glue = Product Ref TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

80

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
4-way entry
Mounting bases
• Supplied either on a rubber based (synthetic polymer) closed cell
foam adhesive or without self adhesive (installation: screw and/or
2 component glue*)
• Available in standard Polyamide 6.6 (natural) or UV-resistant
Polyamide 6.6 (black)
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Colours
Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)
UL 94 V-2
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,
Silicone free

Colour

Mounting
method

L
[mm]

Dimensions
W
H
[mm]
[mm]

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Quantity
[pieces]

FOR TIE WIDTH UP TO 3.0 MM
TC050x050A
natural
TC050x050A-C
natural
TC050x050AX
UV-resistant black
TC050x050AX-C
UV-resistant black
FOR TIE WIDTH UP TO 3.6 MM

self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5

3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0

–
–
–
–

1000
100
1000
100

TC344
TC5344

natural
natural

screw / glue*
screw / glue*

19.1
19.1

19.1
19.1

4.9
4.9

3.6
3.6

3.0
3.0

1000
100

TC344A
TC5344AR
TC344AX

natural
natural
UV-resistant black

self-adhesive / screw
self-adhesive / screw
self-adhesive / screw

19.1
19.1
19.1

19.1
19.1
19.1

4.9
4.9
4.9

3.6
3.6
3.6

3.0
3.0
3.0

1000
100
1000

TC5344AX

UV-resistant black

self-adhesive / screw

19.1

19.1

4.9

3.6

3.0

100

* Glue = Product Ref TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

81

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
4-way entry - for wide cable ties
Mounting bases
• Supplied either on a rubber based (synthetic polymer) closed cell
foam adhesive or without self adhesive (installation: screw and/or
2 component glue*)
• Available in standard Polyamide 6.6 (natural) or UV-resistant
Polyamide 6.6 (black)
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Colours
Other properties

Product Ref.

Colour

Mounting
method

FOR TIE WIDTH UP TO 7.9 MM (38.1 MM x 38.1 MM BASE)
TC150x150
natural
screw / glue*

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)
UL 94 V-2
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,
Silicone free

Dimensions
W
[mm]

H
[mm]

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Quantity

L
[mm]

[pieces]

38.1

38.1

7.4

7.9

4.3

500

TC150x150L
natural
screw / glue*
TC150x150A
natural
self-adhesive / screw
TC150x150A-L
natural
self-adhesive / screw
TC150x150AX
UV-resistant black
self-adhesive / screw
TC150x150AX-L
UV-resistant black
self-adhesive / screw
FOR TIE WIDTH UP TO 7.9 MM (50.8 MM x 50.8 MM BASE)

38.1
38.1
38.1
38.1
38.1

38.1
38.1
38.1
38.1
38.1

7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4

7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9

4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3

50
500
50
500
50

TC200x200

50.8

50.8

7.4

7.9

4.3

500

TC200x200L
natural
screw / glue*
TC200x200A
natural
self-adhesive / screw
TC200x200A-L
natural
self-adhesive / screw
TC200x200AX
UV-resistant black
self-adhesive / screw
FOR TIE WIDTH UP TO 19.1 MM (50.8 MM x 50.8 MM BASE)

natural

50.8
50.8
50.8
50.8

50.8
50.8
50.8
50.8

7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4

7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9

4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3

50
500
50
500

TC368
TC368A

50.8
50.8

50.8
50.8

6.6
6.6

19.1
19.1

4.3
4.3

500
500

natural
natural

screw / glue*

screw / glue*
self-adhesive / screw

* Glue = Product Ref TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

82

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Low profile plates
Mounting bases
•
•
•
•

Low profile
Easy to use
Available in several materials
Self-adhesive or to be glued with 2-component glue*

Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free,
UV-resistant (black)

Colour

Mounting method
H
[mm]

T
[mm]

Dimensions
W
L
[mm] [mm]

Quantity

F
[mm]

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Weight

E
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

TC817-TB
TC342
TC342X
TC342A
TC5342A

natural
natural
UV-resistant black
natural
natural

glue*
glue*
glue*
self-adhesive
self-adhesive

4.8
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7

–
–
–
0.8
0.8

11.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0

11.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
29.0

–
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5

–
21.0
21.0
21.0
21.0

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

51
340
340
360
360

1000
1000
1000
1000
100

TC342A-X

UV-resistant black

self-adhesive

5.7

0.8

29.0

29.0

7.5

21.0

4.8

360

1000

* Glue = Product Ref. TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

83

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Self-adhesive mounting cradle
Mounting bases
• Accepts cable ties to 7.6 mm width
• Supplied “two-up” on closed cell foam with synthetic polymer
“rubber” based adhesive
• Use M3.5 self-tapping screw for added strength if desired
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
0°C to +65°C
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
Self adhesive and/or screw
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,
Silicone free

Slot

Product Ref.

Colour
H
[mm]

MCNY-1250-9-L
MCNY-1250-9-C
MCNY-1250-9-D
MCNY-1250-0-C

natural
natural
natural
UV-resistant black

7.2
7.2
7.2
7.2

Dimensions
T
L
[mm]
[mm]
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8

31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Quantity

W
[mm]
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6

50
100
500
100

[pieces]

* Glue = Product Ref. TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)
For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

84

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Saddle support
Mounting bases
•
•
•
•
•

Tie mounting bases with supporting saddle
For screw- or rivet-mounting
The prism-shape of the saddle prevents twisting around the fixture
High strength through compact design
Non-conductive, non-corrosive, resistant to fuels, lubricants and
most chemicals
• Available in UV-resistant, heat stabilised black version
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 6.6 or
heat stabilised Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C (Natural)
-40°C to +105°C (UV-resistant black)
Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)
Screw
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free, UV-resistant
(black)

Colour
H
[mm]

E49405

Dimensions
W
L
[mm]
[mm]

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Quantity

D
[mm]

[pieces]

TC140

natural

6.7

8.7

14.2

1.8

2.4

3.0

500

TC5140
TC141
TC5141

natural
natural
natural

6.7
7.5
7.5

8.7
11.1
11.1

14.2
17.0
17.0

1.8
2.3
2.3

2.4
4.8
4.8

3.0
3.8
3.8

100
500
100

TC142
TC5142
TC142X*

natural
natural
UV-resistant black /
heat stabilised
UV-resistant black /
heat stabilised

10.7
10.7
10.7

14.2
14.2
14.2

23.4
23.4
23.4

2.9
2.9
2.9

7.6
7.6
7.6

5.2
5.2
5.2

500
100
500

10.7

14.2

23.4

2.9

7.6

5.2

100

TC5142X*

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office
* Are not UL recognised

85

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Saddle support
Mounting bases
•
•
•
•
•

Tie mounting bases with supporting saddle
For screw- or rivet-mounting
The prism-shape of the saddle prevents twisting around the fixture
High strength through compact design
Non-conductive, non-corrosive, resistant to fuels, lubricants and
most chemicals
• Available in UV-resistant, heat stabilised black version
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Slot

Product Ref.

Colour
H
[mm]

SMNY-001-9-D
SMNY-001-0-D

natural
UV-resistant black
heat stabilised

7.1
7.1

Dimensions
W
L
[mm]
[mm]
9.8
9.8

15.2
15.2

Polyamide 6.6 or
heat stabilised Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C (Natural)
-40°C to +105°C (UV-resistant black)
Natural or UV-resistant black
Screw
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free, UV-resistant
(black)

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Quantity

D
[mm]
4.7
4.7

4.8
4.8

4.2
4.2

500
500

[pieces]

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

86

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Saddle-type mounting base
Mounting bases
The saddle-type mounting bases allow 3 possible cable mounting:
• the cables can be attached to a flat surface on which the base is
screwed
• the cable bundles can be mounted in parallel
• the cable bundles can be mounted crosswise
Can also be used for the mounting of cylindrical objects having a
diameter between 12.7 and 31.8 mm
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
Screw
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Diameter from
12.7 to 31.8 mm
D

Wire bundle

Saddle mounting plate

Thomas & Betts
Ty-Rap® cable ties

Product Ref.

TC92

H
[mm]

Dimensions
W
L
[mm]
[mm]

14.3

15.1

15.1

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

12.7 - 31.8

4.8

3.9

143

100

87

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Screw-mounted miniature bases
Mounting bases
• Low profile mounting base
• For screw- or rivet-mounting
• Easy to use thanks to the cable tie insertion guide
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
Fillister-head screw
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

T&B

Product Ref.
H
[mm]

Dimensions
W
L
[mm]
[mm]

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting hole ø
d
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

TC814-TB
TC112-TB

4.8
4.8

9.5
9.5

19.1
19.1

2.0
2.0

4.8
4.8

3.3
4.4

44
44

1000
1000

TC812-TB

4.8

9.5

19.1

2.0

4.8

5.1

44

1000

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

88

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Screw-mounted miniature bases
Mounting bases
• Extremely low profile
• For screw- or rivet-mounting
• Easy to use thanks to the cable tie insertion guide
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
Screw
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

TC804-TB

Product Ref.

TC104
TC102

H
[mm]

Dimensions
W
[mm]

L
[mm]

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting hole
øD1
øD2
[mm]
[mm]

TC804-TB
TC104

2.4
2.4

7.9
7.9

10.2
10.3

2.4
2.4

2.3
3.4

TC102

3.2

12.7

19.1

4.8

4.4

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

4.7
6.5

11
11

1000
1000

8.7

50

1000

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

89

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Screw-mounted - for wide cable ties
Mounting bases
•
•
•
•

Extremely low profile
For screw- or rivet-mounting
Easy to use thanks to the cable tie insertion guide
Secure fixing with 2 fastening holes

Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
2 screws
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

Product Ref.

TC815-TB

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

6.4

19.1

Dimensions
L
D
[mm]
[mm]
31.2

19.9

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting hole ø

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

6.4

7.6

5.3

278

500

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

90

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Screw-mounted - for crosswise fastening
Mounting bases
•
•
•
•

Extremely low profile
For screw- or rivet-mounting
Easy to use thanks to the cable tie insertion guide
Two ties can be fastened crosswise to securely fix cable intersections

Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
Screw
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

Product Ref.

TC828-TB
TC5828

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

3.8
3.8

10.1
10.1

Dimensions
L
D
[mm]
[mm]
22.5
22.5

1.5
1.5

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting hole ø

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

13.4
13.4

4.8
4.8

4.3
4.3

46
46

1000
100

91

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Screw-mounted - for crosswise fastening
Mounting bases
•
•
•
•

Extremely low profile
For screw- or rivet-mounting
Easy to use thanks to the cable tie insertion guide
Two ties can be fastened crosswise to securely fix cable intersections

Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
Screw
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

Product Ref.

TC826-TB

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

5.7

12.7

Dimensions
L
E
[mm]
[mm]
23.8

5.3

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting hole ø

Weight

Quantity

F
[mm]

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

2.0

4.8

4.4

102

1000

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

92

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Screw-mounted supporting bases
Mounting bases
• Supporting mounting base with strong hold thanks to 2 mounting
holes
• Can be screwed or riveted
• Allows double and/or crosswise (two ties) fixing
• For parallel and through mounting with support
• Suitable for large bundle diameters
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
2 screws
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free
E49405

Product Ref.
H
[mm]

W
[mm]

Dimensions
L
G
[mm] [mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Quantity

F
[mm]

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Weight

E
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

TC106

25.4

19.1

25.4

TC109

11.1

9.9

14.3

12.7

4.6

16.5

7.6

3.3 (x 2)

435

200

7.1

1.7

7.0

4.8

2.4 (x 2)

45

1000

93

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Screw-mounted strips for multiple bundling
Mounting bases
• Tie mounting strips for up to 6 bundles simultaneously
• When mounted, the tie is guided through the clamp for fast
assembly
Product Ref. TC1101 to TC1117
• Simple and strong flat mounting beams for fixing multiple cables,
bundles or components
• Mil. Specified (MS-3339-...-...)
• VG approved (VG 95387, item 2)
Product Ref. TC375 and TC376
• For vertical and double-side mounting
Product Ref. TC101 and TC103
• Elongated fastening hole on one end allows greater flexibility during mounting
Technical Information
E49405

Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method

TC375 &
TC376

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
2 screws (1 screw for Prod. Ref. TC376
& TC375)
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Flammability rating
Other properties
TC101 & TC103

TC1101 ... TC1117
Product Ref.

94

TC101
TC103
TC1101
TC1102
TC1103
TC1104
TC1105
TC1112
TC1113
TC1114
TC1115
TC1116
TC1117
TC375
TC376

Mil Spec.

–
–
MS-3339-1-9
MS-3339-2-9
MS-3339-3-9
MS-3339-4-9
MS-3339-5-9
MS-3339-11-9
MS-3339-6-9
MS-3339-7-9
MS-3339-8-9
MS-3339-9-9
MS-3339-10-9
–
–

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

3.2
5.1
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
5.2
5.2
5.2
5.2
5.2
5.2
19.1
17.0

12.7
15.8
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
17.5
17.5

Dimensions
L
D
[mm]
[mm]
50.0
79.0
44.0
76.0
108.0
140.0
171.0
244.0
53.3
91.4
130.0
168.0
206.0
93.0
44.0

35.6
59.6
31.8
31.8
31.8
31.8
31.8
38.1
38.1
38.1
38.1
38.1
38.1
–
–

E
[mm]
9.5
18.6
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3
6.4
6.4

Max. number For tie width
of bundles
up to
[mm]
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
5
2

4.8
7.6
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
4.8
4.8

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

5.2
6.9
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
4.8
4.8

151
505
160
280
400
520
650
1679
385
658
914
1190
1141
486
253

1000
500
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Weather resistant - Heavy-duty
Mounting bases
• Tie mounting base for outdoor installation
• A strong, weatherproof and durable outdoor fastening solution
for pipes, hoses, cables, etc.
Product Ref. TC5358 and TC5359
• Built-in plug for mounting into walls
• Easy to install: the plug is simply hammered into a hole
• The lamellar plug ensures high tensile strength and durability
Product Ref. TC5355 to TC5357
• For screw-fastening
• Ergonomically shaped for trouble-free installation
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method

UV-stabilised Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Black
Screw (for Product ref. TC5355 to
TC5357 only)
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Flammability rating
Other properties

TC5358-TC5359

TC5355-TC5356-TC5357

Product Ref.

Dimensions
L
E
[mm]
[mm]

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

TC5355
TC5356
TC5357
WALL PLUG

15.9
15.9
15.9

19.1
19.1
19.1

44.5
44.5
44.5

TC5358
TC5359

31.8
38.4

9.9
19.1

9.9
19.1

F
[mm]

f
[mm]

11.1
11.1
11.1

28.6
28.6
28.6

–
–
–

7.1
8.1

5.6
14.0

2.3
3.1

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting hole ø
d1
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

12.7
12.7
12.7

4.6
5.2
6.7

500
500
500

25
25
25

4.8
12.7

6.4 (in wall)
9.5 (in wall)

120
320

100
50

MOUNTING CRADLE

95

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Clip-in mounting bases for blind mounting
Mounting bases
• Clip-in tie mounting bases for housings, faceplates etc
• With fastening clip for blind-mounting and two openings for two
2.8 mm or 4.8 mm ties
• Low profile
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
Clip in
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

Product Ref.

TC121-TB

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

10.4

11.2

Dimensions
G
E
[mm]
[mm]
3.4

2.0

Panel thickness
from … to
[mm]

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

F
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

6.1

0.1 - 3.2

2.4 and 4.8

6.3

31

1000

96

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Clip-in mounting bases for surface mounting
Mounting bases
• Clip-in tie mounting bases for housings, faceplates etc
• With fastening clip for surface mounting
• Low profile
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural (TC823-TB & TC5823)
UV-resistant black (TC823X)
Clip in
UL 94 V-2
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,
Silicone free

T&B

E49405

Product Ref.

Dimensions
L
G
[mm]
[mm]

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

TC823-TB
TC5823

16.8
16.8

11.1
11.1

11.1
11.1

TC823X*

16.8

11.1

11.1

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Quantity

F
[mm]

Panel thickness
from … to
[mm]

Weight

E
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

3.6
3.6

5.1
5.1

5.8
5.8

0.1 - 3.2
0.1 - 3.2

4.8
4.8

6.2 - 6.5
6.2 - 6.5

68
68

1000
100

3.6

5.1

5.8

0.1 - 3.2

4.8

6.2 - 6.5

68

1000

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office
* Not UL recognised

97

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Rivet-mounted bases
Mounting bases
• Low profile mounting base with integrated rivet
• Easy to install into normal or blind holes: just hammer in the expanding harbour
• Parts are colour-coded according to hole diameter to avoid confusion
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
See table
Rivet mounted
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

E49405

L

Product Ref.

TC116-TB
TC118-TB
TC120

Colour

red
blue
yellow

W
[mm]

L
[mm]

F
[mm]

12.7
12.7
12.7

19.1
19.1
19.1

3.2
3.2
3.2

Dimensions
E
G
[mm] [mm]
13.9
13.9
13.9

8.6
8.6
8.6

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Quantity

J
[mm]

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Weight

H
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

15
15
15

3.9
4.5
5.2

4.8
4.8
4.8

3.7
4.4
4.9

70.5
71.0
71.5

1000
1000
1000

98

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Aluminium plates
Mounting bases
• Very strong mounting base for gluing or screw mounting or
self-adhesive mounting
• Low profile
• Soft material can be perfectly shaped onto any support
• Lightweight
• Does not age even under extreme temperatures
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Aluminium (3003, ASTMB-209)
-100°C to +450°C
(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)
Metallic
Glue (*) and / or screw or self-adhesive
Fire proof
UV-resistant

TC824-TB

TC105 and TC105AP

Product Ref.

TC105AP
TC105
TC5105
TC824-TB

Mounting
method
self-adhesive / screw
screw
screw
2-component glue*

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8

13.2
13.2
13.2
9.5

Dimensions
L
E
[mm] [mm]
25.4
25.4
25.4
34.9

4.8
4.8
4.8
–

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

F
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

4.9
4.9
4.9
–

67
67
67
69

1000
1000
100
1000

* Glue = Product Ref TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

99

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Special mounting bases for Ty-Rap ® cable ties
Mounting bases
• Easy to install: The Ty-Rap® is slid into the mounting base before
its installation
• Recommended for use with Ty-Rap® cable ties TY25M, TY253M
and TY28M (see page 11)
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)
Natural
Self-adhesive and / or screw-mounting
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

T&B

Product Ref.

Mounting
method

H
[mm]

Dimensions
W
L
[mm]
[mm]

For tie width
up to
[mm]

Adhesive strength
on steel
[N/cm]

Hole
diameter
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

TC353A

self-adhesive / screw

9.1

25.4

50.9

2.5

4.8

72

3.8

320

100

TC5353A
TC353

self-adhesive / screw
screw

9.1
8.4

25.4
26.5

50.9
52.0

2.5
1.4

4.8
4.8

72
--

3.8
3.8

320
320

25
100

See page 137 for self-adhesive material specifications.

100

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Heat stabilised self-aligning clamps
Cable clamps
• Moulded-in saddle washer enhances performance and appearance
• Self-alignment feature makes this clamp ideal for assembly applications
• 14 diameters and 2 widths with mounting holes for M4 and M5
screws
• Item numbers moulded-in for easy identification
• Indoor application
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Heat-stabilised Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +105°C
Black
Screw
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Product Ref.

T

Dimensions
E
T
[mm]
[mm]

D nominal diameter
[mm]

D1 closed diameter
[mm]

W4NY-125-0-C
W4NY-187-0-C

3.17
4.76

2.89
4.36

8.46
9.02

W4NY-250-0-C
W4NY-312-0-C
W4NY-375-0-C
W4NY-500-0-C
W6NY-562-0-C
W6NY-625-0-C
W6NY-687-0-C
W6NY-750-0-C
W6NY-812-0-C
W6NY-875-0-C
W6NY-1000-0-C
W6NY-1250-0-C

6.34
7.93
9.52
12.69
14.28
15.87
17.46
19.04
20.63
22.22
25.39
31.73

5.94
7.54
9.11
12.29
13.90
15.46
17.06
18.64
20.24
21.81
24.99
31.16

9.70
10.71
11.53
12.45
16.68
16.17
17.63
18.44
19.71
18.62
22.38
25.65

Z
[mm]

X
[mm]

[pieces]

1.02
1.02

9.52
9.52

4.24
4.24

6.53
5.53

100
100

1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.52

9.52
9.52
9.52
9.52
12.69
12.69
12.69
12.69
12.69
12.69
12.69
12.69

4.24
4.24
4.24
4.24
5.15
5.15
5.15
5.15
5.15
5.15
5.15
5.15

4.83
5.21
5.33
6.76
5.99
7.37
8.31
8.28
8.20
7.87
7.42
8.61

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Also available in quantities of 1,000 pieces. For other colours please contact your Sales Office

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Quantity
W
[mm]

101

1.4
Rigid PVC clamps
Cable clamps
• Open mounting clips
• Easy to use: cables, for example, are simply pushed sideways into
the clip one by one
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating

Product Ref.
øD
[mm]

Dimensions
W
L
[mm]
[mm]

Rigid PVC
-40°C to +50°C
White
Screw
UL 94 V-2

Quantity

E
[mm]

Mounting
hole ø
[mm]

Weight

T
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

TC70
TC71

6.4
12.7

9.9
9.9

22.2
29.0

1.2
1.6

6.4
6.4

5.2
5.2

49
123

100
100

TC72
TC73
TC74

20.6
25.4
38.1

13.1
13.1
13.1

36.9
46.8
58.3

2.0
2.4
2.8

6.4
6.4
6.4

5.2
5.2
5.2

259
399
608

100
100
100

For other quantities please contact your Sales Office

102

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Adjustable, ladder style clamps
Cable clamps
• Ladder style fastener is easily released and refastened
• Supplied “single-cut” on a rubber based closed cell foam adhesive
• In addition, can also be mounted with a screw, for improved pulloff strength
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
0°C to +65°C
Grey
Self adhesive and / or screw-mounting
UL 94 V-2 (clamp)
Halogen free, Silicone free

Screw Hole

Product Ref.
H
[mm]
ULNY-013-8-C
ULNY-018-8-C
ULNY-023-8-C

59.5
79.4
85.5

Dimensions
W
L
[mm]
[mm]
18
21
25

25
30
35

Bundle
diameter range
[mm]

Screw hole
diameter
[mm]

Quantity

S
[mm]
8
12
14

3 - 12.7
5 - 21.0
7 - 25.0

2.79
2.79
3.43

100
100
100

[pieces]

For other quantities please contact your Sales Office

103

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Latching clamps
Cable clamps
•
•
•
•
•
•

Re-usable tie mounting clamps
For self-adhesive and / or screw- or rivet mounting
One-piece design with integrated releasable lock
The inner profile protects sensitive cables, fibre optics etc
Desired height can be set in 3 or 6 ratchet steps
The large base surface area and the strong adhesive film guarantees
a high adhesive strength
• The self-adhesive film is foam backed (0.8 mm) to compensate
for any irregularities on the mounting surface

Technical Information
Material
Temperature range

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)
Natural
Self adhesive or screw-mounting
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

TC349A-TB
TC5349A-TB

TC350
TC5350
TC350A-TB
TC5350A-TB

Product Ref.

104

TC349A-TB
TC5349A-TB
TC350A-TB
TC5350A-TB
TC350
TC5350

Mounting
method

self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive / screw
self-adhesive / screw
screw
screw

Dimensions
H
H
W
L
max. min.
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
14.5
14.5
22.0
22.0
21.3
21.3

11.5
11.5
18.0
18.0
17.2
17.2

25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0

25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0

D
[mm]

E Height of
clamping area
from ... to [mm]

F Width of
clamping area
[mm]

2.7
2.7
4.7
4.7
4.0
4.0

6 - 8.5
6 - 8.5
6 - 12.5
6 - 12.5
6 - 12.5
6 - 12.5

6
6
15
15
15
15

Mounting
hole ø

Weight

Quantity

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

–
–
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3

120
120
400
400
380
380

1000
100
1000
100
1000
100

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Re-openable clamps
Cable clamps
• Simple installation
• Can be mounted by clipping-in or gluing
• For series production or as a temporary support during wiring
installation
• Clip ends are rounded for comfortable re-opening
• Product Ref. TC95 features 2-stage lock
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
Clip in
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Product Ref.

TC88
TC95

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

22.6
40.5

12.7
12.7

Dimensions
L
D
[mm] [mm]
19.1
19.1

12.7
25.4

For wall thickness
from … to
[mm]

Mounting hole ø

Weight

Quantity

T
[mm]

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

2.5
2.5

2.5 - 3.6
2.5 - 3.6

5.7 - 7
5.7 - 7

115
278

100
100

105

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Re-openable clamps with springs
Cable clamps
• Holding clips with rubberised fabric tape
• The built-in springs hold the cable bundle safely in the desired
position
• The upper clip end is rounded for easy addition of cables
• Strong fixing due to two mounting holes, aligned along the axis
of the cable bundle
Technical Information
Material - Body
Material - Elastic
Material - Spring
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

TC86
TC87

H
[mm]

L
[mm]

46
58

44.5
62.7

Dimensions
W
E
[mm] [mm]
31.8
38.1

22.2
25.4

Polyamide 6.6
Rayon & natural rubber
Steel
-40°C to +85°C
Natural
2 screws
UL 94 V-2 (body)
Halogen free

Max. bundle ø

Mounting hole ø

Weight

Quantity

F
[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

2.5
2.5

19
32

3.9
3.9

860
1950

25
25

106

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Self-adhesive press clips
Cable clamps
• Available in “full clip” version (PCNY series) or “half clip” version
(HCNY series)
• 4 sizes to accommodate bundles up to 12 mm
• Clips are provided “two-up” on a rubber based closed cell foam
adhesive

PCNY

Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6 (clip)
0°C to +65°C
Natural
Self-adhesive
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Product Ref.

HCNY

D
[mm]

L
[mm]

Dimensions
B
[mm]

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

[pieces]

FULL PRESS CLIPS
PCNY-125-9-C
PCNY-125-9-D

3.17
3.17

19.30
19.30

9.65
9.65

5.36
5.36

9.52
9.52

100
500

PCNY-250-9-C
PCNY-250-9-D
PCNY-375-9-C

6.35
6.35
9.52

35.05
35.05
37.32

17.52
17.52
18.61

8.23
8.23
11.29

12.69
12.69
15.87

100
500
100

9.52
12.69
12.69

37.32
40.57
40.57

18.61
20.19
20.19

11.29
14.85
14.85

15.87
19.05
19.05

500
100
500

HCNY-125-9-C
HCNY-125-9-M
HCNY-250-9-C
HCNY-250-9-M
HCNY-375-9-C
HCNY-375-9-M

3.17
3.17
6.35
6.35
9.52
9.52

12.52
12.52
21.97
21.97
24.88
24.88

9.65
9.65
17.52
17.52
19.05
19.05

4.57
4.57
8.25
8.25
10.54
10.54

9.52
9.52
12.69
12.69
15.87
15.87

100
1000
100
1000
100
1000

HCNY-500-9-C
HCNY-500-9-M

12.69
12.69

28.19
28.19

20.83
20.83

14.22
14.22

19.05
19.05

100
1000

PCNY-375-9-D
PCNY-500-9-C
PCNY-500-9-D
HALF PRESS CLIPS

Quantity

107

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Self-adhesive clips for round cable
Cable clamps
• Diverse cable clamps for bundle diameters from 4 mm to 15.8 mm
• Clips are provided two-up on a rubber based closed cell foam
adhesive
• Flexible centre tongue for removal or addition of cables
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Colour

Polyamide 6.6 (clip)
0°C to +65°C
Natural or black
Self-adhesive
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Dimensions
L
[mm]

Max. bundle ø

Quantity

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

[mm]

[pieces]

RANY-160-9-D
RANY-280-9-D
RANY-280-0-D
RANY-530-9-D

natural
natural
black
natural

6.4
10.4
10.4
15.8

16.0
25.4
25.4
25.4

14.8
25.4
25.4
25.4

4.0
7.1
7.1
13.5

500
500
500
500

RANY-620-9-D

natural

14.2

31.8

28.5

15.8

500

For other quantities please contact your Sales Office

108

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Cable clamps
Accessories for flat cables
• This system allows the secure and neat fixing of between 1 and
25 ribbon cables
• Clamp height adapts accurately to the desired number of ribbon
cables
• Suitable for ribbon cables up to 60 conductors with a pitch of
1.27 mm (76.2 mm wide)
• Can be re-opened for later addition or removal of a cable
• Very strong hold
• All versions can be mounted with countersunk-head screws or rivets
• Some versions have an additional self-adhesive foam, for fast
mounting
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

FCC-1
FCC-1A
FCC-2
FCC-2A
FCC-3
FCC-3A

Polyamide 6.6 (clip)
-40°C to +85°C
(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)
Natural
Self-adhesive and / or for screwor rivet-mounting
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting
method

H
max.
[mm]

H
min.
[mm]

[mm]

Dimensions
Adhesive strength Weight Quantity
L
D
E
on steel/
mounting centres inner width
fastening hole
[mm]
from ... to [mm]
[mm]
[g/100] [pieces]

21.0
21.0
36.0
36.0
36.0
36.0

8.0
8.8
8.0
8.8
8.0
8.8

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

32.5
32.5
57.9
57.9
83.3
83.3

countersunk screws
countersunk screws / self-adhesive
countersunk screws
countersunk screws / self-adhesive
countersunk screws
countersunk screws / self-adhesive

W

–
–
39.1
39.1
64.5
64.5

25.4
25.4
50.8
50.8
76.2
76.2

M4
76 N/cm
M4
76 N/cm
M4
76 N/cm

260
275
340
390
475
490

50
50
50
50
50
50

109

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
PVC cable-clips
Accessories for flat cables
• Low profile clip for single or multiple layers of flat ribbon cable
• “Single cut” on a rubber based closed cell foam adhesive
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

FRPV-1000-8-C
FRPV-1000-8-D

PVC (clip)
0°C to +65°C
Grey
Self-adhesive
UL 94 V-0 (clip)
UV-resistant

H
[mm]

Dimensions
L
[mm]

W
[mm]

Quantity
[pieces]

5.8
5.8

27
27

25.4
25.4

100
500

110

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4
Clips with flexible leg
Accessories for flat cables
• Low profile clip for single or multiple layers of flat ribbon cable
• Flexible centre leg allows for easy removal and replacement of
desired cable
• Non-conductive, non-corrosive, resistant to fuels, lubricants and
most chemicals
• FANY supplied “two-up” on a rubber based closed cell foam
adhesive
• FSNY type has an additional mounting hole for screw mounting
(M4 screw)
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Mounting method
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyamide 6.6 (clip)
-40°C to +85°C
(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)
Natural
Self-adhesive or screw
UL 94 V-2 (clip)
Halogen free, Silicone free

FANY

Product Ref.

FSNY-812-9-C
FANY-812-9-C
FANY-812-9-D

Mounting
method

M4 screw
self-adhesive
self-adhesive

FSNY

H
[mm]

Dimensions
L
[mm]

W
[mm]

Quantity
[pieces]

3.17
7.14
7.14

30.15
25.40
25.40

25.40
25.40
25.40

100
100
500

111
For other quantities please contact your Thomas & Betts Sales Office

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

Bind-It ®
Cable Protection Systems

112

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5
FASTENING SYSTEMS
1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB

4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES

44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES

64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES

74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

112

Wrap-around woven sleeving

116

Wrap-around woven sleeving - Flame retardant

117

Braided sleeving

118

Braided sleeving - Flame retardant

119

Spiral wrap

120

Extruded grommeting

121

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING

122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

134

113

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

Bind-It ®
Cable Protection Systems
The Cable Protection Systems (CPS) from Thomas & Betts

The wrap-around sleeving – better known under the name

captures different products:

Bind-It® - is a tough but lightweight sleeve used to bundle and

- Wrap-around woven sleeving

protect wires and cables from abrasion, sharp edges and chafing.

- Braided sleeving

Bind-It® is a self-wrapping sleeve that is very quick and easy to

- Spiral wrap

install and remove. Bind-It® is also available in a flame retardant

- Extruded grommeting

version. No heat is necessary to seal the ends of this product. The
ends can be secured by using Ty-Rap® cable ties.

114

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

Cable Protection Systems,
to protect and bundle wires
and cables.

The braided sleeving of Thomas & Betts is used for bundling and

Spiral wrap is mainly used for protection of bundles. This product

protecting cables. The braided sleeving is a closed sleeve available

is available in a natural and UV-resistant version and supplied in a

in a flame and a non-flame retardant version. This product is

Euroslot bag, ideal for the distribution market.

mainly used inside cabinets and enclosures. To stop the end of the
sleeving fraying it is necessary to heat seal the ends using a

Finally the extruded grommeting of Thomas & Betts is used to line

“hotwire” device.

panel edges and knock-outs where the chafing of passing wires
is a concern. In most applications, grommeting will grip tightly by
itself.
115

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5
Wrap-around woven sleeving
Cable protection systems
• Offers excellent protection for cable assemblies against abrasion
• No heat is required to seal the ends of this product as with traditional braided sleeving
• With its wrap-around design, it can be installed on assemblies
where the wires are already terminated or wires need to be
broken-out
• Bind-It® is available in nominal sizes from 5 mm to 38 mm
• A professional assembly tool is supplied for the 5 mm, 8 mm and
13 mm nominal sizes
• Product is supplied black as standard with a white version available
on request
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Melt temperature
Colour
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

* Nominal size is determined by wrapping the product around a mandrel of
a given size to obtain 90 degrees of overlap (average value).

Mono and multifilaments of polyester
-70°C to +125°C
+256°C (ASTM D-2117)
Black
Self-extinguishing, type B (FMVSS-302 Test
method D45 1333)

Nominal Size*
[mm]

Length per mini-reel
[m]

CPS05W-150

5

150

CPS08W-100
CPS13W-50
CPS19W-25

8
13
19

100
50
25

CPS25W-25
CPS29W-25
CPS32W-15
CPS38W-15

25
29
32
38

25
25
15
15

Material Specification
Property

116

Low temperature flexibility
Smoke density
Hard Vacuum
• TML (Mass)
• CVCM (Condensation)
• WVR (Steam)
Corrosivity
Fluid resistance
• Jet fuel: JP-41
• Hydraulic fluid: (MIL-H-5606)
• Lube oil: (MIL-I-7808)
• De-icing fluid: (MIL-A-8243)
• Salt Water: (O-S-1926)

Test method

Typical performance

MIL-DTL-23053E
ASTM E-1354
ASTM E-595

-70°C
Pending

MIL-I-23053
MIL-I-23053

0.63 %
0.16 %
0.06 %
No corrosive smoke
Tensile retention
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5
Wrap-around woven sleeving - Flame retardant
Cable protection systems
• Wrap-around sleeving manufactured from flame-retardant polyester monofilaments and multifilaments
• Designed for mechanical protection and maintenance of wire and
cable bundles
• Its construction with 100% covering ratio provides excellent
cut-through and abrasion resistance
• Bind-It® has many applications in the marine, railway and electronic
industries
• No heat is required to seal the ends of this product as with traditional braided sleeving
• With its wrap-around design, it can be installed on assemblies where
the wires are already terminated or wires need to be broken-out
• Bind-It® is available in nominal sizes from 5 mm to 50 mm
• A professional assembly tool is supplied for the 5 mm, 8 mm and
13 mm nominal sizes
• For a UL version please contact your Sales Office
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Melt temperature
Colour
Flammability rating

Mono and multifilaments of polyester
-50°C to +125°C
+250°C (ASTM D-2117)
Black
Flame retardant (I3-F2) according to
NF16 101 & NF16 102
Halogen free, Silicone free

Other properties

Product Ref.

Nominal Size*
[mm]

Length per mini-reel
[m]

CPS05W-150-FR
CPS08W-100-FR
CPS13W-50-FR
CPS19W-25-FR
CPS25W-25-FR

5
8
13
19
25

150
100
50
25
25

CPS29W-25-FR
CPS32W-25-FR
CPS38W-25-FR

29
32
38

25
25
25

CPS50W-25-FR

50

25

* Nominal size is determined by wrapping the product around a mandrel of
a given size to obtain 90 degrees of overlap (average value).

Material Specification
Property
Low temperature flexibility
Fluid resistance
• Jet fuel: JP-41
• Hydraulic fluid: (MIL-H-5606)
• Lube oil: (MIL-I-7808)
• De-icing fluid: (MIL-A-8243)
• Salt Water: (O-S-1926)

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Test method

Typical performance

MIL-DTL-23053E
MIL-I-23053

-50°C
Tensile retention
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %

117

1.5
Braided sleeving
Cable protection systems
• Standard colour – black or grey
• Non-flame retardant Polyester rated at UL 94 V-2
• Available in nominal diameters from 3 to 50 mm to cover bundle
diameters of 1 to 66 mm, giving flexibility when adding to or
removing cables from wire looms
• For use in temperature ranges from -50°C to +150°C
• Good chemical resistance
• Halogen free
• For protecting and bundling cables and wires inside cabinets and
enclosures
To stop the ends of the sleeving fraying it is necessary to heat seal the
ends using a “hotwire” device. (see Product Ref. WT-HSG)
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Polyester
-50°C to +150°C
Black or grey
UL 94 V-2
Good chemical resistance, Halogen free

1:2

Product Ref.
Black

Product Ref.
Grey

Nominal Diameter
as supplied
[mm]

Expandable
Diameter Range
[mm]

Length per
mini-reel
[m]

CPS3B-100
CPS4B-100
CPS5B-100
CPS6B-100
CPS8B-100
CPS10B-100

CPS3G-100
CPS4G-100
CPS5G-100
CPS6G-100
CPS8G-100
CPS10G-100

3
4
5
6
8
10

1-5
2-7
3-9
4 - 11
5 - 12
7 - 15

100
100
100
100
100
100

CPS12B-50
CPS15B-50
CPS20B-25

CPS12G-50
CPS15G-50
CPS20G-25

12
15
20

8 - 17
10 - 20
14 - 26

50
50
25

CPS25B-25
CPS30B-25
CPS40B-25
CPS50B-25

CPS25G-25
CPS30G-25
CPS40G-25
CPS50G-25

25
30
40
50

18 - 34
20 - 40
30 - 50
40 - 66

25
25
25
25

118

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5
Braided sleeving - Flame retardant
Cable protection systems
• Standard colour – black with grey identification yarn
• Flame-retardant polyester, rated at UL 94 V-0
• Available in nominal diameters from 3 mm to 50 mm to cover
bundle diameters of 2 mm to 60 mm, giving flexibility when
adding to or removing cables from wire looms
• For use in temperature ranges from -50°C to +150°C
• Good chemical resistance
• Excellent abrasion resistance
• For protecting and bundling cables and wires inside cabinets and
enclosures
To stop the ends of the sleeving fraying it is necessary to heat seal the
ends using a “hotwire” device. (see Product Ref. WT-HSG)
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Flame-retardant polyester
-50°C to +150°C
Black with grey identification yarn
UL 94 V-0
Good chemical resistance, excellent
abrasion resistance

1:2
Product Ref. WT-HSG

Product Ref.

Nominal Diameter
Expandable
as supplied
Diameter Range
[mm]
[mm]

Length per
mini-reel
[m]

CPS3B-100-V0
CPS4B-100-V0
CPS5B-100-V0
CPS6B-100-V0

3
4
5
6

2-5
3-7
4-9
5 - 11

100
100
100
100

CPS8B-100-V0
CPS10B-50-V0
CPS12B-50-V0

8
10
12

7 - 13
9 - 15
11 - 17

100
50
50

CPS15B-50-V0
CPS20B-50-V0
CPS25B-50-V0
CPS30B-50-V0
CPS40B-50-V0
CPS50B-50-V0

15
20
25
30
40
50

13 - 20
18 - 25
22 - 30
27 - 40
35 - 50
45 - 60

50
50
50
50
50
50

Grey sleeving and other lengths available to special order, please contact
your Sales Office

119

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5
Spiral wrap
Cable protection systems
• For protection of bundles from 4 mm to 130 mm
• Install gapped for greater flexibility or butted for maximum abrasion
resistance, insulation and rigidity
• Counter-clockwise cut
• Delivered in bags with Euroslot
• Available in natural and UV-resistant black Polyethylene
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties
Nominal thickness

Polyethylene
-40°C to +100°C
Natural and UV-resistant black
UL 94 HB
UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,
Silicone free

Outer diameter
Pitch

Product Ref.

Colour

Outer diameter
[mm]

Pitch
[mm]

Nominal thickness
[mm]

Min. - max. bundle ø
[mm]

Length
[m]

SRPE-6-9
SRPE-8-9

natural
natural

6.0
8.0

7.0
10.8

0.5
0.5

4 - 50
6 - 60

10
10

SRPE-10-9
SRPE-12-9
SRPE-15-9

natural
natural
natural

10.0
12.0
15.0

11.4
13.9
15.0

0.8
0.9
1.0

7.5 - 60
9 - 65
12 - 70

10
10
10

SRPE-19-9
SRPE-24-9
SRPE-6-0
SRPE-8-0
SRPE-10-0
SRPE-12-0
SRPE-15-0
SRPE-19-0
SRPE-24-0

natural
natural
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black
UV-resistant black

19.0
24.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
15.0
19.0
24.0

18.2
19.6
7.0
10.8
11.4
13.9
15.0
18.2
19.6

1.3
1.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.3
1.5

15 - 100
20 - 130
4 - 50
6 - 60
7.5 - 60
9 - 65
12 - 70
15 - 100
20 - 130

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

120

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5
Extruded grommeting
Cable protection systems
• Used to line panel edges and knock-outs where the chafing of
passing wires is a concern
• Available in 8 stock sizes in 30.5 m lengths for panels from 1 mm
to 6.35 mm
• In most applications, grommeting will grip tightly by itself, if not,
a touch of Epoxy will keep it in place
Technical Information
Material
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 6.6
-40°C to +85°C
Natural or black
UL 94 V-2
Halogen free, Silicone free

Colour

Internal width
A
[mm]

Thickness
T
[mm]

H
[mm]

W
[mm]

Length per reel
[m]

GRNY-040-9-C
GRNY-052-9-C

natural
natural

1.01
1.32

1.01
1.01

4.82
4.82

3.17
3.17

30.5
30.5

GRNY-062-9-C
GRNY-085-9-C
GRNY-100-9-C
GRNY-125-9-C
GRNY-187-9-C
GRNY-250-9-C
GRNY-040-0-C
GRNY-052-0-C
GRNY-062-0-C
GRNY-085-0-C
GRNY-100-0-C
GRNY-125-0-C
GRNY-187-0-C
GRNY-250-0-C

natural
natural
natural
natural
natural
natural
black
black
black
black
black
black
black
black

1.57
2.15
2.54
3.17
4.74
6.35
1.01
1.32
1.57
2.15
2.54
3.17
4.74
6.35

1.14
1.14
1.14
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.01
1.01
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.27
1.27
1.27

5.08
5.08
5.58
5.58
6.85
7.11
4.82
4.82
5.08
5.08
5.58
5.58
6.85
7.11

4.32
4.32
5.33
5.23
6.98
9.39
3.17
3.17
4.32
4.32
5.33
5.23
6.85
9.39

30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

121

1.6

Ty-Rap ® and Ty-Met™
Tooling

122

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6
FASTENING SYSTEMS
1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB

4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES

44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES

64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES

74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING

122

Selection chart

126

Tools for plastic cable ties

127

Tools for stainless steel ties

131

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

134

123

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6

Ty-Rap ® and Ty-Met™
Tooling
Thomas & Betts offers a comprehensive range of tooling

In particular, the new ERG50 and ERG120 tools provide a superior

to complement the full range of cable ties.

level of reliability and performance, combined with enhanced

The range includes low-cost tools for maintenance and

ergonomics and comfort of use.

small batch requirements, as well as robust and ergonomic
tools with tension setting and automatic cutting.

These ergonomic tools, with adjustable tension and automatic
cutting, are ideally suited for efficiently installing all kinds of plastic

124

cable ties in industrial (Original Equipment Manufacturers,
Maintenance and Repair Organisations, etc) and construction
applications.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6

Cable tie fastening tools to install,
tension and cut
plastic and metal ties

ERG50 & ERG120

Superior reliability and performance

Increased efficiency

• Developed to meet the market needs for a more rugged and

• Exclusive features for quick set-up and fast installation

longer lasting tool
• Designed to integrate the greatest number of features in the

• Confidence to achieve a highly professional result, installation
after installation

market

Enhanced ergonomics and comfort of use
• First class design and materials, for maximum convenience
• As a result, the operator is subject to less stress, less fatigue and
less risk of trauma due to long term use (such as Carpal Tunnel
Syndrome)

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

125

1.6
Selection guide
Fastening tools
Tooling Ref.

Features

Tensioning

Cutting

For cable ties

Page

Ergonomic hand tool with superior level
of reliability and performance

adjustable

automatic

2.4 mm - 4.8 mm

127

WT199

Semi- automatic MIL specified hand tool
(MIL. Nr. MS-90387-1)

adjustable

automatic

2.4 mm - 4.8 mm

128

WT193A

Robust construction, ideal for
industrial mass finishing applications
like cable-tree assemblies
Basic tensioning tool, intended for
maintenance and small batch use

adjustable

automatic

2.4 mm - 4.8 mm

128

basic

twist cut

2.4 mm - 4.8 mm

130

ERG120

Ergonomic hand tool with superior level
of reliability and performance

adjustable

automatic

4.8 mm - 7.6 mm

127

WT197

Semi-automatic MIL specified hand tool
(MIL. Nr. MS-90387-2)

adjustable

automatic

4.8 mm - 7.6 mm

128

WT2-TB

Basic tensioning tool, intended for
maintenance and small batch use

basic

twist cut

4.8 mm - 7.6 mm

130

L300-FR

Rugged construction with field
proven durability

basic

manual

7.6 mm - 9 mm

129

WT3D

Robust metal body with plastic hand-grips,
designed for tensioning and cutting
heavy-duty cable ties
Rugged metallic construction

basic

twist cut

7.6 mm - 12.7 mm

129

adjustable

automatic

4.7 mm - 13.3 mm

129

basic

no cutting

Releasable
& Ladder Type

133

TOOLING FOR PLASTIC TIES
ERG50

WT1-TB

L-500-EU

TOOLING FOR TY-MET™ STAINLESS STEEL TIES
CT1-TB
Tensioning hook provides extra-leverage
for tensioning the ties by hand
CT2-TB

Basic hand tool

basic

no cutting

Releasable
& Ladder Type

132

CT4-TB

Bantam tool, unique 3-way handle can be
used in various positions. Especially useful
in tight areas with minimal access
A robust metallic hand tool with
rubber grips

basic

manual

Releasable
& Ladder Type

133

basic

no cutting

Ladder Type

132

WT3S

126

CT3

Economic tensioning tool

basic

manual

Ladder &
Ball-Lock Type

131

CT5

Adjustable tension setting tool
with automatic cutting

adjustable

automatic

Ladder Type

131

CT6

Adjustable tension setting tool
with automatic cutting

adjustable

automatic

Ball-Lock Type

131

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6
Tools for plastic cable ties
Fastening tools
The new ERG50 and ERG120 tools from Thomas & Betts provide a
superior level of reliability and performance, combined with enhanced
ergonomics and comfort of use.
These ergonomic tools, with adjustable tension and automatic
cutting, are ideally suited for efficiently installing all kinds of plastic
cable ties in industrial (Original Equipment Manufacturers, Maintenance and Repair Organisations, etc) and construction applications.
Developed to meet the market needs for a more rugged and longer
lasting tool, and to integrate the greatest number of features in the
market:
• 360° rotating nose (patented), allows the tool to be used in any
position
• Tension adjustment lock, for constant tension setting
• Quick tension-adjustment wheel located towards the front for
easy access and fast changes
• Adjustable handle span fits large and small hands.
• Anti-recoil mechanism (patented) reduces vibration shock
• First class design and materials: ergonomic shape with rounded
edges, soft rubber handles, well balanced center of gravity
• Longest stroke length on the market (25.4 mm), meaning less
tensioning cycles, for time and cost saving
• High / low force setting (patent pending), for a selection between
“high force & long stroke” or “low force & short stroke”
• The cable tie is cut flush to the head, with no remaining protrusion,
and the cut tail remains captive in the tool for a cleaner installation
• Easy access to spare blade nest, always a spare blade at hand
(each tool is supplied with a spare blade)

ERG50

ERG120

Technical Information ERG50
Tool type
Nose colour
For type of cable tie
For tie width
Features

Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]
Replacement blades

Ergonomic hand tool
Black
Plastic ties
2.4 mm - 4.8 mm
Adjustable tension setting, automatic
cutting, retraction of the strap end after
application of Ty-Rap® cable ties
260 g
178 x 127 x 38 mm
Product Ref. ERG50B

Technical Information ERG120
Tool type
Nose colour
For type of cable tie
For tie width
Features

Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]
Replacement blades

Ergonomic hand tool
Orange
Plastic ties
4.8 mm - 7.6 mm
Adjustable tension setting, automatic
cutting, retraction of the strap end after
application of Ty-Rap® cable ties
278 g
178 x 127 x 38 mm
Product Ref. ERG120B

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

127

1.6
Tools for plastic cable ties
Fastening tools
Product Ref.: WT193A
•
•
•
•

High quality hand tool, to bind, tension and cut in one operation
Solid lightweight metal body
Tension setting to ensure product consistency
Robust construction, ideal for industrial mass finishing applications
like cable-tree assemblies

Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
For tie width
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]
Replacement blades

Heavy-duty hand tool
Plastic ties
2.4 mm - 4.8 mm
Adjustable tension setting, automatic cutting
300 g
182 x 135 x 19.5 mm
Product Ref. R464201

Product Ref.: WT199
•
•
•
•
•

Semi- automatic hand tool
MIL. Nr. MS-90387-1
Tension setting to ensure product consistency
Robust metal construction
Ideal for industrial mass finishing applications like cable tree assemblies, for example in the military industry

Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
For tie width
Features

Semi-automatic hand tool
Plastic ties
2.4 mm - 4.8 mm
Adjustable tension setting, automatic
cutting, MIL specified (MS-90387-1)
410 g
163 x 134 x 24 mm

Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]
Product Ref.: WT197
•
•
•
•
•

Semi-automatic hand tool
MIL. Nr. MS-90387-2
Tension setting to ensure product consistency
Robust metal construction
Ideal for industrial mass finishing applications like cable tree
assemblies, for example in the military industry

Technical Information

128

Tool type
For type of cable tie
For tie width
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Semi-automatic hand tool
Plastic ties
4.8 mm - 7.6 mm
Adjustable tension setting, automatic
cutting, MIL specified (MS-90387-2)
420 g
165 x 135 x 29 mm

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6
Tools for plastic cable ties
Fastening tools
Product Ref.: WT3D
• Designed for tensioning and cutting heavy-duty cable ties
• Robust metal body with plastic hand-grips
Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
For tie width
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Hand tool for Deltec ties, Col-Ty™
installation ties and other wide cable ties
Plastic ties
7.6 mm - 12.7 mm
Tensioning, manual cutting (by twisting
the tool)
225 g
178 x 112 x 20 mm

Product Ref.: L-500-EU
• Rugged metallic construction makes this tool ideal for use with
our 4.7 mm to 13.3 mm wide ties
• Set tension adjuster to give desired tie tightness
• Pull trigger and tie is automatically tensioned and cut
Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
For tie width
Features

Hand tool
Plastic ties
4.7 mm - 13.3 mm
Tensioning, automatic cutting

Product Ref.: L300-FR
• Rugged construction makes this tool ideal for use with our
7.6 mm to 9 mm wide ties
• Pull tie to desired tension and pull trigger to cut excess flush at
cable tie head
• Field proven durability
Technical Information
Tool type
Colour
For type of cable tie
For tie width
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Hand tool for Col-Ty™ installation ties
and other wide cable ties
White
Plastic ties
7.6 mm - 9 mm
Tensioning, manual cutting
330 g
195 x 100 x 25 mm
129

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6
Tools for plastic cable ties
Fastening tools
Product Ref.: WT1-TB
• Twist-and-cut tensioning tool in plastic, intended for maintenance
and small batch use
Technical Information
Tool type
Colour
For type of cable tie
For tie width
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Low-cost hand tool
Orange
Plastic ties
2.4 mm - 4.8 mm
Basic tensioning, twist cut
28.4 g
134 x 55 x 27 mm

Product Ref.: WT2-TB
• Twist-and-cut tensioning tool in plastic, intended for maintenance
and small batch use
Technical Information
Tool type
Colour
For type of cable tie
For tie width
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Low-cost hand tool
Black
Plastic ties
4.8 mm - 7.6 mm
Basic tensioning, twist cut
28.4 g
134 x 55 x 27 mm

130

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6
Tools for stainless steel ties
Fastening tools
Product Ref.: CT3
• Cost-effective tensioning tool
• Cut-off by hand-activated lever
Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Hand tool
Ladder Type & Ball-Lock Type stainless
steel ties, coated and uncoated
Tensioning, manual cutting
550 g
210 x155 x 35 mm

Product Ref.: CT5
• Suitable for coated and uncoated Ladder Type stainless steel ties
• Adjustable tension settings
• Automatic cutting once desired tension has been reached
Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Tension setting hand tool
Ladder Type stainless steel ties
Adjustable tension setting,
automatic cutting
430 g
173 x 158 x 22 mm

Product Ref.: CT6
• Suitable for coated and uncoated Ball-Lock Type stainless steel ties
• Adjustable tension settings
• Automatic cutting once desired tension has been reached
Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Tension setting hand tool
Ball-Lock Type stainless steel ties,
coated and uncoated
Adjustable tension setting, automatic cutting
430 g
173 x 158 x 22 mm

131

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6
Tools for stainless steel ties
Fastening tools
Product Ref.: WT3S
• A robust metallic hand tool with rubber grips designed for tensioning Ladder Type stainless steel ties
• After tensioning, the stainless steel ties can easily be cut with sidecutters
Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Hand tool
Ladder Type stainless steel ties
Tensioning, no cutting
225 g
178 x 112 x 20 mm

Product Ref.: CT2-TB
• Cable tie tensioner suitable for Releasable Type and Ladder Type
stainless steel ties
• Tensions the ties to their optimum holding power with a simple
squeeze: a flick of the wrist and they’re locked tight
Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Hand tool
Releasable Type and Ladder Type
stainless steel ties
Tensioning, no cutting
300 g
195 x 90 x 30 mm

132

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6
Tools for stainless steel ties
Fastening tools
Product Ref.: CT1-TB
• Tensioning hook suitable for Releasable Type and Ladder Type
stainless steel ties
• Provides extra-leverage for tensioning the ties by hand
Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Hand tool
Releasable Type and Ladder Type
stainless steel ties
Tensioning, no cutting
50 g
85 x 106 x 15 mm

Product Ref.: CT4-TB
• Bantam tool, suitable for Releasable Type and Ladder Type stainless
steel ties
• Unique 3-way handle can be used in various positions. Especially
useful in tight areas with minimal access
Technical Information
Tool type
For type of cable tie
Features
Weight
Dimensions [L x W x H]

Hand tool
Releasable Type and Ladder Type
stainless steel ties
Tensioning, manual cutting
1200 g
156 x 180 x 80 mm

133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7

Material specifications
134

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7
FASTENING SYSTEMS
1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB

4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES

44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES

64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES

74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING

122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

134

UL flammability ratings

136

Adhesive material specifications

137

Material selection and specifications

138

Unit conversion factors

145

135

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7
UL flammability ratings
Materials specifications

Flammability ratings for selecting cable ties
Note: Flammability ratings of cable tie materials per UL as follows.
These tests for flammability of plastic material are intended to serve as
a preliminary indication of acceptability with respect to flammability
for particular applications.
UL 94 vertical burn test procedures
Test specimens of the material, with dimensions 127 x 12.7 mm (5"x
1/2"), with the thickness intended for use in the end product, are
tested in both the manufactured condition and in the aged state. The
test requires that the specimen be supported in a vertical fixture and a
precisely controlled flame applied for a 10 second period. The flame is
removed and the duration of flaming is noted. If the flame
extinguishes, a second exposure to flame for 10 seconds is applied and
duration of flaming is again noted. It is observed and recorded
whether or not test specimens drip flaming particles that ignite a
cotton swab.
Materials classed 94 V-0:
A material classed 94 V-0 shall:
A Not have any specimens that burn with flaming combustion for
more than 10 seconds after either application of the test flame
B Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 50 seconds
for the 10 flame applications for each set of five specimens
C Not have any specimens that burn with flaming or glowing
combustion up to the holding fixture
D Not have any specimens that drip flaming particles that ignite the
dry absorbent surgical cotton located 304.8 mm (12") below the
test specimen
E Not have any specimens with glowing combustion that persists
for more than 30 seconds after the second removal of the test
flame

136

Materials classed 94 V-1:
A material classed 94 V-1 shall:
A Not have any specimens that burn with flaming combustion for
more than 30 seconds after either application of the test flame
B Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 250 seconds
for the 10 flame applications for each set of five specimens
C Not have any specimens that burn with flaming or glowing
combustion up to the holding fixture

D Not have any specimens that drip flaming particles that ignite
the dry absorbent surgical cotton located 304.8 mm (12")
below the test specimen
E Not have any specimens with glowing combustion that persists
for more than 60 seconds after the second removal of the test
flame.
Materials classed 94 V-2:
A material classed 94 V-2 shall:
A Not have any specimens that burn with flaming combustion
for more than 30 seconds after either application of the test
flame
B Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 250 seconds
for the 10 flame applications for each set of five specimens
C Not have any specimens that burn with flaming or glowing
combustion up to the holding fixture
D Be permitted to have specimens that drip flaming particles that
burn only briefly, some of which ignite the dry absorbent surgical cotton placed 304.8 mm (12") below the test specimen
E Not have any specimens with glowing combustion that persists
for more than 60 seconds after the second removal of the test
flame
UL 94 horizontal burn (HB) test procedures
The test uses a 1/2 inch x 5 inches (12.7 mm x 127 mm) specimen
held at one end in a horizontal position with marks at 1 inch (25.4
mm) and 5 inches (127 mm) from the free end. A flame is applied to
the free end for 30 seconds or until the flame front reaches the 1 inch
(25.4 mm) mark. If combustion continues the duration is timed
between the 1 inch (25.4 mm) mark and the 5 inch (127 mm) mark. If
combustion stops before the 5 inch (127 mm) mark, the time of
combustion and the damaged length between the two marks are
recorded. A set of three specimens are tested.
Materials classed 94 HB
A material that is less than 0.118 inch (3 mm) in thickness will be
classified 94HB if it has a burning rate of less than 3 inches (76.2 mm)
per minute or stops burning before the 5 inches (127 mm) mark. If
one specimen from the set of three fails to comply, then a second set
of three are tested. All three of this second set must comply. HB rated
materials are considered “self-extinguishing”. This is the lowest (least
flame retardant) UL94 rating.

Nylon 6.6 = Polyamide 6.6 is Halogen-free and Silicone-free.
Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7
Adhesive material specifications
Materials specifications
Property

Method

Unit of measure

Rubber based
(self-adhesive)

Acrylic based
(2 component glue)

Coated Sides

–

each

2

2

Foam Density
Peel Adhesion

–
PSTC 1

Kg/m3
N/cm width

96.9
10.9

96.9

ASTM D 1000

Average

PSTC 7

Hours

100 +

8+

ASTM D 412

N/m2
PSI

68971
100

15174
100 +

N/cm
%
°C Min
°C Max

52.6
400
-18
+66
Slow Burn

52.6 +
200
-29
+79
Slow Burn

Shear Adhesion
22°C 50% RH
22°C Occasional Wetting
Tensile Strength
Tear Resistance
Elongation at Break
Service Temperature
Flammability

ASTM D 624
–
–
–
ASTM D 624

8.8

Installation instructions for self-adhesive mounting bases

Product Ref.: TC2PA

• Mounting surfaces should be cleaned with alcohol based (IPA)
cleaner before application
• The self-adhesive mounting bases have a double-sided adhesive
tape made of synthetic foam, covered by a protecting foil.
• To install the self-adhesive mounting base, remove the protecting
foil and press the mounting base onto the cleaned surface
• The thickness of the self-adhesive foam (0.8 mm) compensates
the irregularities of the application surfaces and allows installations on structured surfaces of cabinet doors, on sheet metal, on
machines, etc
• The adhesion is achieved immediately during the installation,
which means that later repositioning is not possible

•
•
•
•
•

Installation instructions for Product Ref. :
TC2PA (2 component glue)

Important note: The quality of installation of the glue mounted and selfadhesive mounting bases depend a lot on the state of the mounting surfaces
(smooth or rough, clean or dirty, presence of oil, grease, dust, etc) and on
the dexterity of the installer.
Thomas & Betts can not control these external parameters and therefore can
not accept any responsibility about the performances of the glue mounted
mounting bases and self-adhesive mounted bases.

• Mounting surfaces should be cleaned before application
• The liquid adhesive in the tube is to be spread onto the mounting
surface. It can be used on most rough surfaces (like concrete)
• The activator liquid is then spread onto the surface of the mounting
base
• Place the surface of the mounting base in contact with the surface
where it has to be mounted, position the mounting base correctly
and then press firmly
• Repositioning the mounting base remains possible only for a few
seconds
• Do not use the mounting base immediately after installation. The
Acrylic-based adhesive requires a set-up time that can be influenced by factors such as temperature (allow 24 - 72 hours for
maximum performance)
• Temperature of installation needs to be above +20°C

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2 component glue
Consists of one tube each of adhesive and activator
Easy application
Stable and durable adhesion
Applicable on all Polyamide and Aluminium mounting bases
and cable clamps
• Also applicable on concrete and other porous surfaces
• UV resistant
Technical Information
Description
Weight

2 component glue
0.21 kg

137

1.7
Material selection and specifications
Materials specifications

UV-resistant

Flame retardant

Heat resistant

Weatherproof

Low
temperature
flexibility

Radiation
resistant

Low smoke

Chemically resistant

Detectable

Selecting the right material for your applications
Thomas & Betts offers cable ties and accessories in a wide variety of
materials, each suited for specific environments. The purpose of this
document, therefore, is to assist in choosing the best material for a
particular application.
The effects of weathering, flame, chemicals, extreme temperatures
and radiation on the different materials is clearly presented in tabular

form. This will facilitate the choice of the best material for the
application.
Having determined the most suitable material, one can choose from
the wide variety of cable ties, identification ties, mounting bases,
lashing ties, etc., offered by Thomas & Betts.

Material specifications
Note: Nylon (Polyamide) is inherently susceptible to environmental conditions. Polyamide 6.6 cable ties are moisturised to optimum performance
levels at machine-side and should be stored in cool dry areas out of direct sunlight. Cable ties are packaged in plastic bags to contain moisture and
should remain sealed until ready for use.

Polyamide 6.6
• Thermoplastic material used in cable ties for universal applications
in the industry
• Excellent resistance to shocks, chemicals, oils and temperature
fluctuations
• High surface hardness and a small coefficient of friction
• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2
• Halogen free and Silicone free
• Available in natural version or in a wide range of colours
• Indoor applications

Polyamide 6.6, heat stabilised and UV-resistant

• Similar to Polyamide 6.6, but recommended for outdoor applications and/or high temperature applications, up to 105°C
• Combines the features & benefits of Polyamide 6.6, weather resistant and Polyamide 6.6, heat stabilised
• Colour: black
• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

Polyamide 6.6, weather resistant
Polyamide 6.6, flame retardant

• Similar to Polyamide 6.6, but recommended for outdoor applications
• UV-resistant
• Halogen free and Silicone free
• Colour: black
• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

• Excellent flammability rating: UL 94 V-0
• Ideal in areas where human life is at risk
• Colour: white
Polyamide 6.6, detectable

Polyamide 6.6, heat stabilised

138

• Similar to Polyamide 6.6, but increased operating temperatures,
up to 105°C
• Excellent tensile strength
• High temperature resistance
• Colour: natural (may have a greenish tint)
• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

• Similar to Polyamide 6.6, but contains a compound detectable
by metal detectors (tested and rated at 1.5 mm diameter ferrous
sphere setting) and X-ray equipment
• Colour: bright blue, also contributes to visual detection
• Especially recommend for the food industry, and for any other
contamination sensitive industry using detection equipment
• Halogen free and silicone free
• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7
Material selection and specifications
Materials specifications
Polyamide 4.6, extra high temperature (150°C)

ETFE Fluoropolymer

• Similar to Polyamide 6.6, but outstanding resistance to high temperatures up to 150°C
• Halogen free and silicone free
• Colour: light green
• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

• Tensile strength slightly lower than Polyamide 6.6
• ETFE Fluoropolymer is inert to most solvents and chemicals,
hydrolytically stable, UV and weather resistant
• Radiation resistant (meets IEEE383) and approved for nuclear
plant use
• Non-outgassing properties for zero gravity applications
• Very high temperature resistance
• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-0
• The best all around plastic material for cable ties
• Colour: aquamarine

Polyamide 12, weather resistant

•
•
•
•
•
•

Extremely flexible, also at low temperatures
Ages better than Polyamide 6.6
UV-resistant and weatherproof
Better chemical resistance than Polyamide 6.6
Colour: black
Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

Polypropylene, weather resistant

• Resistant against inorganic acids, polyhydric alcohols, neutral and
basic salts
• Resists a number of other chemicals
• UV resistant
• Lower tensile strength than Polyamide 6.6
• Colour: black
• Flammability rating: UL 94 HB
Polypropylene, detectable

• Similar to standard Polypropylene, but contains a compound
detectable by metal detectors (tested and rated at 1.5 mm diameter ferrous sphere setting) and X-ray equipment
• Colour: bright blue, also contributes to visual detection
• Buoyant (floats on the surface), for use in liquid-processing applications
• Especially recommend for the food industry, and for any other
contamination sensitive industry using detection equipment
• Halogen free and silicone free
• Flammability rating: UL 94 HB

ECTFE Fluoropolymer

• Similar to ETFE Fluoropolymer in performance
• Outstanding characteristic: lower smoke density when burnt
• Recommended for applications where smoke generation is a concern, such as plenum areas
• Colour: maroon
• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-0
Toughened weatherable acetal

• Excellent resistance to a wide variety of solvents, esters, oils,
greases, gasoline and other petroleum hydrocarbons
• Resistant to weak acids and bases
• Excellent resistance to UV (weatherable acetal)
• Limited self-extinguishing properties
• Colour: black
• Flammability rating: UL 94 HB
302/304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel

•
•
•
•

Superior corrosion resistance
Excellent tensile strengths at extreme temperatures
High resistance to chemicals, acids and radiation
316 grade has a better resistance to saltwater corrosion and can
be supplied with a halogen free coating
• Extensively used in offshore, rail and petrochemical industries
139

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7
Material selection and specifications
Materials specifications
General

How to use Table 1:

There is a number of factors to be considered when choosing the
proper materials for a specific environment. It is extremely difficult to
provide data on all the possible combinations or conditions that can
occur and therefore, it is recommended that this information be used
as a guideline and that cable tie samples be tested in the intended
application, by the user, to determine suitability.

If your application is in an extremely cold environment, three materials
will answer your need: ETFE Fluoropolymer, Polyamide 12 and
stainless steel. If you also require high tensile strength, then stainless
steel is your best choice. Where high strength is not required,
Polyamide 12 might be your choice as it is the less costly.
This information is based on data provided by the manufacturers of
the specific materials listed and is provided only as a general guide. No
specific recommendation is intended. As each application may vary,
testing should be conducted by the user in the intended environment.
Table 1 gives relative performance ratings of the different materials we
offer. Chemical resistance is shown in Table 2

Table 1 - Information on cable tie materials
Polyamide 6.6

Material Code

Max. operating
temperature
Min. operating temp.
UL flammability rating
Specific density
Water absorption
(24h/ASTM)
Colours
E-module (N/mm2)
Notch impact
strength conform DIN 53453 (KJ/m2)
UV resistant
Flame retardant
Heat resistant
Enhanced weatherability
Flexible at low temperatures
Radiation resistant
Chemically resistant
Halogen free
Silicon free

PA6.6

Polyamide 6.6
weather resistant*
UV PA6.6

Polyamide 6.6
heat stabilised
HS PA6.6

Polyamide 6.6 heat
stabilised UV resistant
HSUV PA6.6

Polyamide 6.6
flame retardant
FR PA6.6

TY...M

TY...MX

TYH...M

TY...MXA

TY...MFR

TY...
+85°C

TY...X
+85°C

TY...39
+105°C

+105°C

TS...HF
+85°C

-40°C
V-2
1.14
2.5 - 3.1%

-40°C
V-2
1.14
2.5 - 3.1%

-40°C
V-2
1.14
2.5 - 3.1%

-40°C
V-2
1.14
2.5 - 3.1%

-40°C
V-0
1.16
3.0 - 3.5%

Natural**
2000
2-20

Black
2000
2-20

Natural***
2000
2-20

Black
2000
2-20

White
1400
3-25

■

■
■

■
■

■
■

■

■
■

■
■

■
■

See table 2 (pages 142 - 144)
■
■

* 2% Carbon for military specifications
** Can be supplied in a wide range of colours
*** May have a greenish tint

140

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7
Material selection and specifications
Materials specifications
Material codes used in tables
Material

Code

STANDARD POLYAMIDE 6.6
WEATHER RESISTANT POLYAMIDE 6.6

PA6.6
UV PA6.6

HEAT-STABILISED POLYAMIDE 6.6
HEAT-STABILISED UV RESISTANT POLYAMIDE 6.6
FLAME RETARDANT POLYAMIDE 6.6
HIGH TEMPERATURE POLYAMIDE 4.6
WEATHER RESISTANT POLYAMIDE 12

HT PA4.6
UV PA12

POLYPROPYLENE
WEATHER RESISTANT POLYPROPYLENE
ETFE FLUOROPOLYMER
ECTFE FLUOROPOLYMER
TOUGHENED WEATHERABLE ACETAL
STAINLESS STEEL

Polyamide 4.6
high temperature
HT PA4.6

Polyamide 12
weather resistant
UV PA12

Polypropylene
weather resistant
UV PP

ETFE

ECTFE

TZ

HAL

TYHT...M

TYC...MX

TYP...MX

TYZ...M

+150°C

TY...PX
+85°C

+85°C

-40°C
V-2
1.18
1.3%

-40°C
V-2
1.02
0.7 - 1.1%

Light green
3200

PP
UV PP
TZ
HAL
DEL
SS

Toughened
weatherable acetal
DEL

Stainless
Steel
SS

TYV...M

TYD...
CSS

YRL.. or YLD...
or YLS...

+150°C

+140°C

+85°C

+538°C
+150°C for coated

-40°C
HB
0.90 - 0.91
0.01 - 0.03%

-46°C
V-0
1.67 - 1.75
0.02%

-40°C
V-0
–
–

-40°C
HB
–
–

-80°C
Excellent
7.95
0%

Black
1600
3.5-13

Black
1100-1300
3-17

Aquamarine
1000
o.B.

Maroon
–
–

Black
–
–

Metallic / Black
193000
122J(IZOD)

■

■

■

■

■

■

■
■
■

■
■
■

■

■
■
■

■
■
■

■
■

■
■
■

HS PA6.6
HSUV PA6.6
FR PA6.6

■
■

■
■

■

■

■

■
■

■
■

141

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7
Material selection and specifications
Materials specifications
Table 2 - Resistance of available materials to various chemicals at 21°C
Reagents

Concentration

HS PA6.6

HAL

DEL

PA6.6 UV PA6.6

FR PA6.6

UV PA12

PP

UVPP

TZ

SS

Arsenic Acid

40%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

E

E

–

E

Acetaldehyde
Acetone
Aluminum Hydroxide

50%
100%
AQ

S
E
–

–
E
E

–
F
–

S
E
–

S
E
–

S
E
–

–
E
–

–
E
E

–
E
E

–
E
E

–
E
E

Ammonia
Ammonium Carbonate

All
5%

–
S

E
E

–
–

–
S

–
S

–
S

E
E

E
E

E
E

E
E

E

Ammonium Hydroxide
Ammonium Nitrate
Ammonium Sulfate
Barium Carbonate
Barium Chloride
Barium Sulfate
Barium Sulfide
Benzene
Benzoic Acid

10%
–
10%
All
5%
10%
10%
100%
100%

E
–
–
–
NR
E
S
E
NR

E
E
E
E

E
E

F
–
–
–
–
–
–
F
–

E
–
–
–
NR
E
S
E
NR

E
–
–
–
NR
E
S
E
NR

E
–
–
–
NR
E
S
E
NR

–
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E

E
E
S
E
E
E
E
S
E

E
E
S
E
E
E
E
S
E

E
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E

E
E
S
E
E
E
E
E
E

Butyric Acid
Calcium Carbonate
Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hydrochlorite

50%
AQ
20%
2

NR
–
–
NR

E
E
F
–

–
–
E
–

NR
–
–
NR

NR
–
–
NR

NR
–
–
NR

–
–
–
–

E
E
E
F

E
E
E
F

E
E
E
F

E
E
E
F

Calcium Sulfate
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chlorine (WET)

2%
100%
–

–
E
NR

E
E
–

–
E
–

–
E
NR

–
E
NR

–
E
NR

–
E
–

E
F
F

E
F
F

E
E
F

E
E
F

Chlorine (DRY)
Chloroacetic Acid
Chloroform

–
30%
100%

NR
NR
–

–
–
E

–
–
–

NR
NR
–

NR
NR
–

NR
NR
–

–
–
F

NR
–
F

NR
–
F

F
F
E

F
F
E

Chromic Acid
Citric Acid
Copper Cyanide
Copper Nitrate
Cider
Dichloroethane
Diethyl Ether

50%
50%
10%
50%
–
100%
100%

NR
S
–
–
–
–
–

S
E
E
E
E
E
E

–
E
–
–
–
–
S

NR
S
–
–
–
–
–

NR
S
–
–
–
–
–

NR
S
–
–
–
–
–

–
E
–
–
–
–
E

F
E
E
E
E
–
E

F
E
E
E
E
–
E

F
E
E
E
E
E
E

F
E
E
E
E
E
E

Ethyl Alcohol
Ethyl Chloride
Ethylene Glycol

100%
100%
100%

S
–
E

E
S
E

–
E
S

S
–
E

S
–
E

S
–
E

E
F
–

E
F
E

E
F
E

E
E
E

E
E
E

Ferric Hydroxide
Ferric Nitrate
Ferrous Sulfate
Fuel Oil

All
10%
10%
100%

–
–
–
–

E
E
E
E

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
E

E
E
E
–

E
E
E
–

E
E
E
E

E
E
E
E

Ratings
E = Excellent
S = Satisfactory
F = Fair
NR = Not Recommended
(AQ = Aqueous)
142

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7
Material selection and specifications
Materials specifications
Table 2 - Resistance of available materials to various chemicals at 21°C
Reagents

Concentration

HS PA6.6

HAL

DEL

PA6.6 UV PA6.6

FR PA6.6

UV PA12

PP

UVPP

TZ

SS

Furfural

100%

–

E

–

–

–

–

–

F

F

E

E

Gallic Acid
Gasoline
Glycerine

AQ
100%
100%

–
E
–

E
E
E

–
–
–

–
E
–

–
E
–

–
E
–

–
–
E

–
S
E

–
S
E

E
E
–

E
E
E

Hydrocyanic Acid
Hydrogen Peroxide

All
30%

–
NR

E
E

–
F

–
NR

–
NR

–
NR

–
S

E
E

E
E

E
E

E
E

Hydrogen Sulfide
Iodoform
Isopropyl Alohol
Jet Fuel
Lactic Acid
Lanolin
Lead Acetate
Linseed Oil
Magnesium Carbonate

Dry
100%
100%
100%
10%
10%
5%
10%
All

NR
–
S
E
E
E
–
E
–

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
E
–

NR
–
S
E
E
E
–
E
–

NR
–
S
E
E
E
–
E
–

NR
–
S
E
E
E
–
E
–

E
–
E
–
S
E
–
E
E

E
–
E
S
E
E
E
E
E

E
–
E
S
E
E
E
E
E

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

Magnesium Chloride
Magnesium Nitrate
Malic Acid
Mercury

10%
All
AQ
100%

F
–
–
–

–
E
E
E

–
–
–
–

F
–
–
–

F
–
–
–

F
–
–
–

F
E
–
E

F
E
E
E

F
E
E
E

F
E
E
E

F
E
E
E

Methyl Alcohol
Methyl Chloride
MethylEthyl Ketone

100%
100%
100%

S
–
–

E
S
E

–
–
F

S
–
–

S
–
–

S
–
–

E
–
E

E
S
E

E
S
E

E
E
E

E
E
E

100%
30%
30-70%

–
NR
NR

E
E
S

–
NR
NR

–
NR
NR

–
NR
NR

–
NR
NR

–
–
–

E
E
F

E
E
F

E
E
S

E
E
E

5%
100%
10%
100%
100%
90%
10%

–
–
–
E
–
NR
NR

E
E
E
E
E
E
E

–
S
–
–
–
NR
–

–
–
–
E
–
NR
NR

–
–
–
E
–
NR
NR

–
–
–
E
–
NR
NR

–
–
S
E
E
–
–

F
E
E
E
F
E
E

F
E
E
E
F
E
E

E
E
E
E
E
E
E

E
E
E
E
E
E
E

Picric Acid
Potassium Bromide
Potassium Carbonate

1%
AQ
1%

–
–
–

E
–
E

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
E

E
S
E

E
S
E

E
S
E

E
S
E

Potassium Chlorate
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Ferrocyanide
Potassium Hydroxide

AQ
40%
25%
5%

–
NR
–
S

E
E
E
E

–
–
–
–

–
NR
–
S

–
NR
–
S

–
NR
–
S

S
F
–
–

E
E
E
E

E
E
E
E

E
E
E
E

E
E
E
E

Naptha
Nitric Acid
Nitric Acid
Nitrous Acid
Oieic Acid
Oxalic Acid
Paraffin
PetroleumEther
Phenol
Phosphoric Acid

Ratings
E = Excellent
S = Satisfactory
F = Fair
NR = Not Recommended
(AQ = Aqueous)
143

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7
Material selection and specifications
Materials specifications
Table 2 - Resistance of available materials to various chemicals at 21°C
Reagents

Concentration

HS PA6.6

HAL

DEL

Potassium Iodide

PA6.6 UV PA6.6

FR PA6.6

UV PA12

PP

UVPP

TZ

SS

All

–

E

–

–

–

–

E

E

E

E

E

Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Permanganate
PotassiumSulfate

50%
5%
5%

F
NR
–

E
E
E

–
S
–

F
NR
–

F
NR
–

F
NR
–

E
NR
E

E
E
E

E
E
E

E
E
E

E
E
E

PotassiumSulfide
Propyl Alcohol

AQ
100%

–
E

E
E

–
–

–
E

–
E

–
E

–
–

E
E

E
E

E
E

E
E

Silver Nitrate
Sodium Acetate
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Bisulfate
Sodium Borate
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Chlorate
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Fluoride

10%
60%
All
10%
All
5%
25%
2%
5%

–
E
E
–
–
E
–
E
–

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
–

–
–
–
E
–
S
E
S
–

–
E
E
–
–
E
–
E
–

–
E
E
–
–
E
–
E
–

–
E
E
–
–
E
–
E
–

E
–
E
E
–
E
S
E
–

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F

Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Hyposulfite
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Nitrite

10%
AQ
5%
AQ

E
–
E
–

E
E
E
E

S
–
–
–

E
–
E
–

E
–
E
–

E
–
E
–

E
–
E
S

E
–
E
E

E
–
E
E

E
E
E
E

E
E
E
E

Sodium Perchlorate
Sodium Phosphate
Sodium Sulfate

10%
5%
5%

–
–
S

E
E
E

–
–
–

–
–
S

–
–
E

–
–
E

–
E
E

–
E
E

–
E
E

E
E
E

E
E
E

Sodium Thiosulfate
Stearic Acid
Sulfur

5%
100%
100%

–
–
–

–
E
E

S
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

S
F
E

S
E
E

S
E
E

S
E
E

S
E
E

Sulfur Dioxide
Sulfuric Acid
Sulfuric Acid
Tannic Acid
Tartaric Acid
Tetrahydrofuran
Toluene

All
Conc.
5%
10%
50%
100%
100%

NR
NR
NR
–
–
–
E

E
E
F
E
E
F
E

–
NR
F
–
E
E
F

NR
NR
NR
–
–
–
E

NR
NR
NR
–
–
–
E

NR
NR
NR
–
–
–
E

E
–
F
–
E
S
E

E
S
F
E
E
F
F

E
S
F
E
E
F
F

E
E
F
E
E
E
E

E
E
F
E
E
E
F

Xylene
Zinc Chloride
Zinc Nitrate

100%
70%
AQ

E
F
–

–
E
E

E
NR
–

E
F
–

E
F
–

E
F
–

F
E
E

F
E
E

E
E
E

E
E
E

E
E

Zinc Sulfate

AQ

–

E

–

–

–

–

E

E

E

E

E

Ratings
E = Excellent
S = Satisfactory
F = Fair
NR = Not Recommended
(AQ = Aqueous)

144

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7
Unit conversion factors
Materials specifications
Unit

x

Constant

=

Unit

Unit

x

Constant

=

Unit

BTU

778.0

foot-pound (ft x lb)

gallons

0.13368

cubic foot (ft3)

BTU
BTU

1054.8
0.293

Joules
Watt-hours (W x h)

gallons
gallons

231.0
3785.332

cubic inch (in3)
cubic centimetres (cm3)

centimetres (cm)
centimetres (cm)
centimetres (cm)

0.032808
0.3937
0.00001

feet (ft)
inches (in)
kilometres (km)

grams (g)
15.432
gram/centimetre3 (gm/cm3) 0.0361275
horsepower (hp)
33000.0

centimetres (cm)
centimetres (cm)

0.010
10.0

metres (m)
millimetres (mm)

horsepower (hp)
horsepower (hp)

circular mils
circular mils
circular mils
circular mils
cubic centimetre (cm3)
cubic centimetre (cm3)
cubic centimetre (cm3)
cubic centimetre (cm3)
cubic foot (ft3)

0.00064516
0.0000007854
0.000506671
0.7854
0.000035314
0.061023
0.000001
0.0026417
17280.

circular millimetres
inches2 (in2)
square millimetres (mm2)
mils2
cubic foot (ft3)
cubic inch (in3)
cubic metre (m3)
gallons
cubic inch (in3)

cubic foot (ft3)
cubic inch (in3)
cubic inch (in3)
cubic inch (in3)

28317.016
0.00057870
0.000016387
16.387162

cubic metre (m3)
cubic metre (m3)
cubic metre (m3)

grains
pounds/in3 (lb/in3)
ft x lb/min

550.0
745.7

ft x lb/sec
Watts (W)

inch (in)
inch (in)
inch (in)
inch (in)
inch (in)
inch (in)
inch (in)
Joules
Joules

0.027178
0.083333
0.00002540
0.025400
2.54000514
25.4000514
1000.0
0.000948
107

yards (yd)
feet (ft)
kilometre (km)
metre (m)
centimetre (cm)
millimetre (mm)
mils
BTU
ergs

cubic centimetre (cm3)
cubic feet (ft3)
cubic metre (m3)
cubic centimetre (cm3)

liters (l)
metres (m)
metres (m)
metres (m)

61.0250
1.093611
3.2808333
39.37

cubic inch (in3)
yard (yd)
feet (ft)
inch (in)

1000000.0
35.314456
264.17

centimetre (cm)
cubic foot (ft3)
gallons

metres (m)
miles
miles

100.0
1760.0
5280.0

centimetre (cm)
yards (yd)
feet (ft)

foot (ft)
foot (ft)
foot (ft)

0.00018939
0.33333
12

miles
yards (yd)
inches (in)

miles
millimetres (mm)
millimetres (mm)

1.6093
0.0032808
0.03937

kilometre (km)
feet (ft)
inch (in)

foot (ft)
foot (ft)
foot (ft)
foot (ft)
foot/pound (ft/lb)
foot-pound (ft x lb)
foot-pound (ft x lb)

0.00030480
0.30480
30.480
304.80
0.00067197
0.001285
1.356

kilometres (km)
metres (m)
centimetres (cm)
millimetres (mm)
metres/grams (m/g)
BTU
Joules (J)

0.1383
3.785332

kilogram/metre (kg/m)
litres (l)

millimetres (mm)
millimetres (mm)
millimetres (mm)
millimetres (mm)
Watts (W)
Watts (W)
Watts (W)
Watt-hours (W x h)

0.001
0.01
39.3701
1000.0
44.25
0.737562
0.001341
3.41266

metres (m)
centimetres (cm)
mils
microns (μm)
ft x lb/minute
ft x lb/sec
horsepower (hp)
BTU

foot/pound (ft/lb)
gallons (US)

145

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2

E-Klips ®
Electrical and
Mechanical Spring
Steel Fasteners
146

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2
E-KLIPS® ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPRING STEEL FASTENERS
2.1

GIRDER AND PURLIN

151

2.2

ROD

155

2.3

CONDUIT

168

2.4

CABLE

185

2.5

CEILING

191

2.6

DECKING

194

2.7

PIPE

200

2.8

FAST-LOCK

204

2.9

SUSPENSION

205

2.10 MISCELLANEOUS

210

147

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2

E-Klips ® Electrical and
Mechanical Spring
Steel Fasteners
Reduced installation

History

Every E-Klips® spring steel fastener has been developed to

The E-Klips® spring steel fasteners range has been manufactured

reduce installation time. They are easy to install using a

in the UK for over 25 years. Formerly known as Furse Fastway

hammer, screwdriver, spanner or pliers.

they offer a quick, easy and reliable method of fixing services to
steelwork without the need for bracket making, drilling holes or

148

the use of nuts and bolts. Previously sold under the Furse Fastway

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2

E-Klips® spring steel fasteners
range provides a fixing for almost
every application including:
Cables, trunking, cable tray,
conduit, pipework, ducting, light
fittings, suspended ceilings,…

brand, the E-Klips® electrical and mechanical fixing systems have

Load Rating

now been integrated into the Thomas & Betts product portfolio.

The load rating of E-Klips® fasteners is expressed as a maximum
static load limit. This is the stationary vertical load limit for a fixing

Quality Assurance

product and incorporates a significant safety factor. Where fas-

E-Klips is registered for BS EN ISO 9001 and has a comprehen-

teners are combined, the load rating is determined by the lowest

sive test and inspection programme so that all products comply

rated fastener. If the load rating of the steel work is less than that

with our specifications, whether they are of our own manufac-

of the fastener, this becomes the maximum static load rating for

ture or from a quality approved source. This is to ensure that all

the system. For further information please contact the sales office.

®

order requirements are met. Any further details required on quality
are available on request.

Materials
E-Klips® products are manufactured using steel in accordance to

F.M.R.C. Approval

BSEN1449 - part 1.15 CS70. Furthermore products are annealed

F.M. approval indicates that the product has been tested and

and oiled. All components are hardened and aust tempered using

approved by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation (F.M.R.C.)

the shaker hearth furnace method to give a final hardness reading

for use in buildings where fire regulations and environmental

of 400-450 HV-10 Vickers.

concerns would apply

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

149

2
Protection against corrosion
Electrical and mechanical spring steel fasteners
Protection against corrosion
The majority of E-Klips spring steel fasteners are zinc coated. The clips
have a zinc silver coloured sacrificial coating which deposits two layers
of zinc and an application of a waterproof topcoat. This gives a high
level of protection against first white corrosion and then red rust
according to ASTM-B695-90 or equivalent. The corrosion resistance
is measured by a salt spray test conforming to ASTM-B-117-90,
DIN 50021 or equivalent.
E-Klips zinc plated products are salt spray
rated to a minimum of 600 hours and are
coded F8+.
Key to finishes and applications:
F1

Electroplated zinc finish, generally 8-12 microns thick with
chromate coating, approximately 72 hours salt spray resistance
ASTM-B117-90, DIN 50021, suitable for indoor, non-corrosive
environments.

F2

Galvanised, generally hot dipped to a thickness of 50-70
microns, suitable for indoor and outdoor, humid and mildly
corrosive environments.

F3

Stainless steel, suitable for indoor and outdoor and mildly
corrosive environments.

F4

Painted finish to compliment indoor applications.

F5

Black phosphate finish in accordance with BS3189 Class 1
suitable to achieve 72 hours salt spray rating for indoor, noncorrosive environments.

F6

Self colour, unfinished and unprotected product for indoor
applications.

F7

Flexible plastic coating with good chemical and corrosion
resistance to protect the base material.

F8+ Zinc silver coloured sacrificial coating (Z600+), enhanced by an
application of waterproof topcoat giving a corrosion resistance
of more than 600 hours, for use in indoor and outdoor humid
and mildly corrosive environments. Coating is completely
chromium free.

150

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.1
Girder clips for chain and wire
Girder and Purlin

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH-153
AH-38
AH-814
AH-1420

1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

16
18
26
30

12.5
20.3
20.3
26.6

72
90
90
90

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100
100

Purlin clips for chain and wire
Girder and Purlin

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

D
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AV-155
AV-57

1.5-5
5-7

6.5
6.5

42
42

14
15

6.5
6.5

12
12

72
72

F8+
F8+

100
100

151

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.1
Girder clamps for threaded rod
Girder and Purlin

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

ØC
[mm]

D
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

FH-65
FH-107

Max 18
Max 18

12.7
10.7

6.5
10.7

6.5
6.5

19.5
19.5

45
45

F8+
F8+

100
100

Girder clips for conduit boxes
Girder and Purlin

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

EH-38
EH-814
EH-1420
EH-38S
EH-814S
EH-1420S

3-8
8-14
14-20
3-8
8-14
14-20

7
7
7
–
–
–

–
–
–
M6x10
M6x10
M6x10

7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5

33
33
33
33
33
33

45
45
45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100
100
100
100

152

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.1
Purlin clips for chain and wire
Girder and Purlin

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

SM-125

≤3.0

6.5

37

12.5

20

F2

100

Purlin clips for chain and wire
Girder and Purlin

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

RM-055

0.5-5

6.5

53

15

45

F8+

100

153

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.1
Purlin clips for chain and wire
Girder and Purlin

Product Ref.
VM-03

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

0-3

6.5

48

45˚

45

F8+

100

Purlin clips for conduit boxes
Girder and Purlin

Product Ref.
TM-03

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

0-3

6.5

43

45˚

45

F8+

100

154

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Girder clamps for threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

SRH

Max 25

M10

71

60

12

200

F8+

10

Girder clamps for threaded rod
Rod

FM
Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

FC-7
FC-9
FC-11
FC-13
FC-17
FC-6T
FC-8T
FC-10T
FC-12T
FC-16T

Max 19
Max 19
Max 19
Max 23
Max 28
Max 19
Max 19
Max 19
Max 23
Max 28

7
9
11
13
17
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16

50
50
50
59
58
50
50
50
59
58

42
42
42
49
55
42
42
42
49
55

45
45
45
54
58
45
45
45
54
58

120
120
250
350
550
120
120
250
350
550

F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

155

2.2
Girder clamps for threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

YH-1021
YH-1533
YH-3247

10-21
15-33
32-47

14
14
14

47
60
70

110
110
110

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

SSYH-1021
SSYH-1533
SSYH-3247

10-21
15-33
32-47

14
14
14

47
60
70

110
110
110

F3
F3
F3

25
25
25

Girder clamps for threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

BH-6T
BH-8T
BH-10T

Max 18
Max 18
Max 18

M6
M8
M10

40
40
40

22
22
22

60
60
60

F1
F1
F1

25
25
25

156

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Girder clamps for threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.
PD

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

≤4

12

15

85

40

F2

50

Rod
Rod

Product Ref.
FM-313T
FM-320T

ØA

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

M6/M8/M10
M6/M8/M10

10
10

F8+
F8+

100
100

157

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Rod
Rod

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

AM-127
AM-6T
AM-8T
AM-10T

12.7
M6
M8
M10

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

28
28
28
28

68
68
68
68

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

YM-127

12.7

6.5

30

90

F8+

100

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

Quantity
[pieces]
100
100
100
100

Rod
Rod

158

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Rod
Rod

Product Ref.

BM-4
BM-6
BM-8
BM-10

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

4/M4
6/M6
8/M8
10/M10

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

45
45
45
45

90
90
90
90

Material
finishes*
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

Quantity
[pieces]
100
100
100
100

Girder clips for hanging threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH153-AM127
AH38-AM127

1.5-3
3-8

12.7
12.7

44
46

68
68

F8+
F8+

25
25

AH814-AM127
AH1420-AM127
AH153-AM6T
AH38-AM6T
AH814-AM6T
AH1420-AM6T
AH153-AM8T
AH38-AM8T
AH814-AM8T
AH1420-AM8T
AH153-AM10T
AH38-AM10T
AH814-AM10T
AH1420-AM10T

8-14
14-20
1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20
1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20
1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20

12.7
12.7
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10

54
66
44
46
54
66
44
46
54
66
44
46
54
66

68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

159

2.2
Girder clips for hanging threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH153-YM127
AH38-YM127
AH814-YM127
AH1420-YM127

1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

48
48
56
70

72
90
90
90

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

Girder clips for hanging threaded rod
Rod

160

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH153-BM4
AH38-BM4

1.5-3
3-8

4/M4
4/M4

72
90

F8+
F8+

25
25

AH814-BM4
AH1420-BM4
AH153-BM6
AH38-BM6
AH814-BM6
AH1420-BM6
AH153-BM8
AH38-BM8
AH814-BM8
AH1420-BM8
AH153-BM10
AH38-BM10
AH814-BM10
AH1420-BM10

8-14
14-20
1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20
1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20
1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20

4/M4
4/M4
6/M6
6/M6
6/M6
6/M6
8/M8
8/M8
8/M8
8/M8
10/M10
10/M10
10/M10
10/M10

90
90
72
90
90
90
72
90
90
90
72
90
90
90

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Girder clips for hanging threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AHB-153
AHB-38
AHB-814
AHB-1420

1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

22
25
26
27

12.5
20.3
20.3
26.6

20
20
20
20

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100
100

Purlin clips for hanging threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AV155-AM127
AV155-AM6T
AV155-AM8T
AV155-AM10T
AV57-AM127
AV57-AM6T
AV57-AM8T
AV57-AM10T

1.5-5
1.5-5
1.5-5
1.5-5
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-7

12.7
M6
M8
M10
12.7
M6
M8
M10

70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70

68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

161

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Purlin clips for hanging threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø

A
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AVB-6T

1.5-5

M6

34

20

F8+

100

AVB-8T

1.5-5

M8

34

20

F8+

100

Purlin clips for hanging rod
Rod

162

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AV155-BM4
AV155-BM6
AV155-BM8
AV155-BM10
AV57-BM4
AV57-BM6
AV57-BM8
AV57-BM10

1.5-5
1.5-5
1.5-5
1.5-5
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-7

4/M4
6/M6
8/M8
10/M10
4/M4
6/M6
8/M8
10/M10

72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Purlin clips for hanging threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

SM125-AM127
SM125-AM6T
SM125-AM8T

≤3.0
≤3.0
≤3.0

12.7
M6
M8

65
65
65

12.5
12.5
12.5

20
20
20

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

SM125-AM10T

≤3.0

M10

65

12.5

20

F2

25

Fastening clips for threaded rod
Rod

ØB

ØB
C

C

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

UM44-AM6T
UM44-AM8T
UM44-AM10T
UM44-AM127
UM44-YM127

M6
M8
M10
12.7
12.7

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

69
69
69
69
71

68
68
68
68
90

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25

163

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Fastening clips for rod
Rod

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

UM44-BM4
UM44-BM6
UM44-BM8
UM44-BM10

4/M4
6/M6
8/M8
10/M10

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

39
39
39
39

90
90
90
90

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

Girder clamps for hanging threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

FH107-AM127
FH107-AM6T
FH107-AM8T
FH107-AM10T

Max 18
Max 18
Max 18
Max 18

12.7
M6
M8
M10

45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

164

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Girder clamps for hanging rod
Rod

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

FH107-BM4
FH107-BM6
FH107-BM8
FH107-BM10

Max 18
Max 18
Max 18
Max 18

4/M4
6/M6
8/M8
10/M10

45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

Purlin clips for hanging threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

D

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

VM03-AM127
VM03-AM6T
VM03-AM8T
VM03-AM10T

12.7
M6
M8
M10

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

77
77
77
77

45˚
45˚
45˚
45˚

45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

165

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Purlin clips for hanging threaded rod
Rod

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

D

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

RM055-AM127
RM055-AM6T

12.7
M6

15
15

77
77

45˚
45˚

45
45

F8+
F8+

25
25

RM055-AM8T
RM055-AM10T

M8
M10

15
15

77
77

45˚
45˚

45
45

F8+
F8+

25
25

Purlin clips for hanging rod
Rod

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

D

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

VM03-BM4
VM03-BM6
VM03-BM8
VM03-BM10

4/M4
6/M6
8/M8
10/M10

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

48
48
48
48

45˚
45˚
45˚
45˚

45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

166

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2
Rod connectors
Rod

Product Ref.

TL6
TL8
TL10

Ø

A
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

M6
M8
M10

35
35
35

160
160
300

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

167

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Wall fixing clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

GM-1219
GM-1926
GM-2632
GM-3240
GM-4047

12-19
19-26
26-32
32-40
40-47

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

44
44
55
68
79

7/9/11
13.5/16
21
29
36

45
45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100
100
100

GM-4757

47-57

6.5

87

36/42

45

F8+

100

Wall fixing clips for conduits
Conduits

C

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

JM-1825
JM-2229
JM-2933

18-22
22-29
29-33

6.5
6.5
6.5

33
38
43

11/13.5/16
16/21
–

11
11
11

F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100

168

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Rod clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

ØA
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

3-5
6-9
9-13
3-5
6-9

16-25
16-20
16
20-38
20-35

11/13.5/16
11/13.5
11
13.5/16/21/29
13.5/16/21

45
45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100
100
100

9-13
13-16
16-20

20-30
20-25
20

13.5/16/21
13.5/16
13.5

45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100

Product Ref.

ØC
[mm]

ØD

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

FM-313T
FM-320T

20 Max
40 Max

M6/M8/M10
M6/M8/M10

11
29

22
22

F8+
F8+

100
100

FM-313T

FM-320T

Rod clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.
FM-1116

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

3-6

10-18

11

F5

100

169

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Girder clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH153-GM1219
AH153-GM1926
AH153-GM2632
AH153-GM3240

1.5-3
1.5-3
1.5-3
1.5-3

12-19
19-26
26-32
32-40

7/9/11
13.5/16
21
29

12
12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

AH153-GM4047
AH153-GM4757
AH38-GM1219
AH38-GM1926

1.5-3
1.5-3
3-8
3-8

40-47
47-57
12-19
19-26

36
36/42
7/9/11
13.5/16

12
12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

AH38-GM2632
AH38-GM3240
AH38-GM4047

3-8
3-8
3-8

26-32
32-40
40-47

21
29
36

12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

AH38-GM4757
AH814-GM1219
AH814-GM1926

3-8
8-14
8-14

47-57
12-19
19-26

36/42
7/9/11
13.5/16

12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

AH814-GM2632
AH814-GM3240
AH814-GM4047
AH814-GM4757
AH1420-GM1219
AH1420-GM1926
AH1420-GM2632

8-14
8-14
8-14
8-14
14-20
14-20
14-20

26-32
32-40
40-47
47-57
12-19
19-26
26-32

21
29
36
36/42
7/9/11
13.5/16
21

12
12
12
12
12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

AH1420-GM3240
AH1420-GM4047
AH1420-GM4757

14-20
14-20
14-20

32-40
40-47
47-57

29
36
36/42

12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

170

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Girder clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH38-JM1825
AH38-JM2229
AH38-JM2933
AH814-JM1825

3-8
3-8
3-8
8-14

18-22
22-29
29-33
18-22

11/13.5/16
16/21
–
11/13.5/16

7
7
7
7

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

AH814-JM2229
AH814-JM2933
AH1420-JM1825
AH1420-JM2229

8-14
8-14
14-20
14-20

22-29
29-33
18-22
22-29

16/21
–
11/13.5/16
16/21

7
7
7
7

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

AH1420-JM2933

14-20

29-33

–

7

F8+

25

Girder clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH38-JM1825R
AH38-JM2229R
AH814-JM1825R
AH814-JM2229R
AH814-JM2933R
AH1420-JM1825R
AH1420-JM2229R
AH1420-JM2933R

3-8
3-8
8-14
8-14
8-14
14-20
14-20
14-20

18-22
22-29
18-22
22-29
29-33
18-22
22-29
29-33

11/13.5/16
16/21
11/13.5/16
16/21
–
11/13.5/16
16/21
–

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

171

2.3
Purlin clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AV155-GM1219
AV155-GM1926
AV155-GM2632
AV155-GM3240
AV155-GM4047

1.5-5
1.5-5
1.5-5
1.5-5
1.5-5

12-19
19-26
26-32
32-40
40-47

7/9/11
13.5/16
21
29
36

12
12
12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25

AV155-GM4757
AV57-GM1219
AV57-GM1926
AV57-GM2632

1.5-5
5-7
5-7
5-7

47-57
12-19
19-26
26-32

36/42
7/9/11
13.5/16
21

12
12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

AV57-GM3240
AV57-GM4047
AV57-GM4757

5-7
5-7
5-7

32-40
40-47
47-57

29
36
36/42

12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

Purlin clips for conduits
Conduits

172

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

A
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AV155-GM1219R
AV155-GM1926R
AV155-GM2632R
AV57-GM1219R
AV57-GM1926R
AV57-GM2632R

1.5-5
1.5-5
1.5-5
5-7
5-7
5-7

12-19
19-26
26-32
12-19
19-26
26-32

7/9/11
13.5/16
21
7/9/11
13.5/16
21

Max 15
Max 12
Max 25
Max 15
Max 12
Max 25

12
12
12
12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Purlin clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

A
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

SM125-GM1219
SM125-GM1926
SM125-GM2632

≤3.0
≤3.0
≤3.0

12-19
19-26
26-32

7/9/11
13.5/16
21

12.5
12.5
12.5

12
12
12

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

SM125-GM3240
SM125-GM4047
SM125-GM4757

≤3.0
≤3.0
≤3.0

32-40
40-47
47-57

29
36
36/42

12.5
12.5
12.5

12
12
12

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

173

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Girder clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

174

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

EH38-GM1219
EH38-GM1926
EH38-GM2632

3-8
3-8
3-8

12-19
19-26
26-32

7/9/11
13.5/16
21

45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

EH38-GM3240
EH38-GM4047
EH38-GM4757
EH814-GM1219
EH814-GM1926
EH814-GM2632
EH814-GM3240

3-8
3-8
3-8
8-14
8-14
8-14
8-14

32-40
40-47
47-57
12-19
19-26
26-32
32-40

29
36
36/42
7/9/11
13.5/16
21
29

45
45
45
45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

EH814-GM4047
EH814-GM4757
EH1420-GM1219

8-14
8-14
14-20

40-47
47-57
12-19

36
36/42
7/9/11

45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

EH1420-GM1926
EH1420-GM2632
EH1420-GM3240
EH1420-GM4047
EH1420-GM4757
EH38-JM1825
EH38-JM2229
EH38-JM2933
EH814-JM1825
EH814-JM2229
EH814-JM2933
EH1420-JM1825
EH1420-JM2229
EH1420-JM2933

14-20
14-20
14-20
14-20
14-20
3-8
3-8
3-8
8-14
8-14
8-14
14-20
14-20
14-20

19-26
26-32
32-40
40-47
47-57
18-22
22-29
29-33
18-22
22-29
29-33
18-22
22-29
29-33

13.5/16
21
29
36
36/42
11/13.5/16
16/21
–
11/13.5/16
16/21
–
11/13.5/16
16/21
–

45
45
45
45
45
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Girder clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

ØA
[mm]

ØB

C
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

EH38-P15
EH38-P22
EH38-P28
EH814-P15
EH814-P22
EH814-P28

3-8
3-8
3-8
8-14
8-14
8-14

15
22
28
15
22
28

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

22
22
22
22
22
22

F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**

25
25
25
25
25
25

EH1420-P15
EH1420-P22
EH1420-P28

14-20
14-20
14-20

15
22
28

M6
M6
M6

22
22
22

F8+**
F8+**
F8+**

25
25
25

** Conduit clips P15, P22 and P28 are made of Polypropylene

Girder clips for conduits / cables
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

EH38-RCC13
EH38-RCC15
EH814-RCC13
EH814-RCC15
EH1420-RCC13
EH1420-RCC15
RCC-6-FU
RCC-8
RCC-10
RCC-13
RCC-15
RCC-20
RCC-25

3-8
3-8
8-14
8-14
14-20
14-20
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

13
15
13
15
13
15
6
8
10
13
15
20
25

51
53
51
53
51
53
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
29
31
33
36
38
43
48

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

175

2.3
Purlin clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

D

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

TM03-GM1219
TM03-GM1926
TM03-GM2632

12-19
19-26
26-32

6.5
6.5
6.5

58
59
70

45˚
45˚
45˚

7/9/11
13.5/16
21

45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

TM03-GM3240
TM03-GM4047
TM03-GM4757

32-40
40-47
47-57

6.5
6.5
6.5

74
80
80

45˚
45˚
45˚

29
36
36/42

45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

Purlin clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

D

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

TM03-JM1825
TM03-JM2229
TM03-JM2933

18-22
22-29
29-33

6.5
6.5
6.5

63
64
69

45˚
45˚
45˚

11/13.5/16
13.5/21
–

11
11
11

Material
finishes*
F8+
F8+
F8+

Quantity
[pieces]
25
25
25

176

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Girder clamps for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

FH65-GM1219

Max 18

12-19

7/9/11

45

F8+

25

FH65-GM1926
FH65-GM2632
FH65-GM3240
FH65-GM4047

Max 18
Max 18
Max 18
Max 18

19-26
26-32
32-40
40-47

13.5/16
21
29
36

45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

FH65-GM4757

Max 18

47-57

36/42

45

F8+

25

Girder clamps for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

FH107-GM1219
FH107-GM1926
FH107-GM2632
FH107-GM3240
FH107-GM4047
FH107-GM4757

Max 18
Max 18
Max 18
Max 18
Max 18
Max 18

12-19
19-26
26-32
32-40
40-47
47-57

7/9/11
13.5/16
21
29
36
36/42

12
12
12
12
12
12

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

177

2.3
Girder clamps for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

FH65-JM1825

Max 18

18-22

11/13.5/16

11

F8+

25

FH65-JM2229
FH65-JM2933

Max 18
Max 18

22-29
29-33

13.5/21
–

11
11

F8+
F8+

25
25

Girder clamps for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

FH107-JM1825
FH107-JM2229
FH107-JM2933

Max 18
Max 18
Max 18

18-22
22-29
29-33

11/13.5/16
13.5/21
–

7
7
7

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

178

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
T-bow clips for conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

PG Type

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

PMB65-GM1219
PMB65-GM1926
PMB65-GM2632
PMB65-GM3240
PMB65-GM4047

12-19
19-26
26-32
32-40
40-47

74
75
86
90
92

7/9/11
13.5/16
21
29
36

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25

PMB65-GM4757

47-57

90

36/42

F8+

25

179

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Clips for attaching conduits to conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

GM1219-GM1219
GM1219-GM1926
GM1219-GM2632
GM1219-GM3240

12-19
12-19
12-19
12-19

12-19
19-26
26-32
32-40

7/9/11
13.5/16
21
29

45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

GM1219-GM4047
GM1219-GM4757
GM1926-GM1926
GM1926-GM2632

12-19
12-19
19-26
19-26

40-47
47-57
19-26
26-32

36
36/42
13.5/16
21

45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

GM1926-GM3240
GM1926-GM4047
GM1926-GM4757

19-26
19-26
19-26

32-40
40-47
47-57

29
36
36/42

45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

GM2632-GM2632
GM2632-GM3240
GM2632-GM4047

26-32
26-32
26-32

26-32
32-40
40-47

21
29
36

45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

GM2632-GM4757
GM3240-GM3240
GM3240-GM4047
GM3240-GM4757
GM4047-GM4047
GM4047-GM4757
GM4757-GM4757

26-32
32-40
32-40
32-40
40-47
40-47
47-57

47-57
32-40
40-47
47-57
40-47
47-57
47-57

36/42
29
36
36/42
36
36/42
36/42

45
45
45
45
45
45
45

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

180

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Clips for attaching conduits to conduits
Conduits

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

JM1825-JM1825
JM1825-JM2229
JM1825-JM2933
JM2229-JM2229

18-22
18-22
18-22
22-29

18-22
22-29
29-33
22-29

11/13.5/16
16/21
–
16/21

11
11
11
11

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25

JM2229-JM2933
JM2933-JM2933

22-29
29-33

29-33
29-33

–
–

11
11

F8+
F8+

25
25

Girder clamps for conduits
Conduits

3 Nm
90°

#2

#1

Product Ref.

YHR-1618
YHR-1821
YHR-2427
YHR-3034
YHR-3438
YHR-4751
YHR-5963
SSYHR-1618
SSYHR-1821
SSYHR-2427
SSYHR-3034
SSYHR-3438
SSYHR-4751
SSYHR-5963

ØA
[mm]
16-18
18-21
24-27
30-34
34-38
47-51
59-63
16-18
18-21
24-27
30-34
34-38
47-51
59-63

#1

ØB
[mm]

PG Type

Load rating #1
[kg]

Load rating #2
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

11
13.5/16
21
29
29
36
48
11
13.5/16
21
29
29
36
48

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3

100
100
100
50
50
50
25
100
100
100
50
50
50
25

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

181

2.3
Girder clamps for conduits / pipes
Conduits
2 Nm
360°

Product Ref.

A
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

ECH-33
ECH-37

33
37

F2
F2

25
25

ECH-41
ECH-45
ECH-49

41
45
49

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

ECH-53

53

F2

25

Girder clamps for conduits / pipes
Conduits

5 Nm

182

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

RA-0612
RA-1014
RA-1216
RA-1418

Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12

6-12
10-14
12-16
14-18

RA-1822
RA-2226
RA-2630

Max 12
Max 12
Max 12

RA-3034
RA-3438
RA-3842
RA-4246
RA-4650
RA-5054
RA-5458
RA-5864
RA-6470
RA-7076
RA-7682
RA-8290
RA-90100
RA-100110

Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12
Max 12

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

60
60
60
60

F2
F2
F2
F2

25
25
25
25

18-22
22-26
26-30

60
80
80

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

30-34
34-38
38-42
42-46
46-50
50-54
54-58
58-64
64-70
70-76
76-82
82-90
90-100
100-110

80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Girder clamps for conduits / pipes
Conduits

5 Nm

Product Ref.

A
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

S-0612
S-1014

Min 18
Min 18

6-12
10-14

60
60

F2
F2

25
25

S-1216
S-1418
S-1822
S-2226

Min 18
Min 18
Min 18
Min 18

12-16
14-18
18-22
22-26

60
60
60
80

F2
F2
F2
F2

25
25
25
25

S-2630
S-3034
S-3438

Min 18
Min 18
Min 18

26-30
30-34
34-38

80
80
100

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

S-3842
S-4246
S-4650

Min 18
Min 18
Min 18

38-42
42-46
46-50

100
100
100

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

S-5054
S-5458
S-5864
S-6470
S-7076
S-7682
S-8290

Min 18
Min 18
Min 18
Min 18
Min 18
Min 18
Min 18

50-54
54-58
58-64
64-70
70-76
76-82
82-90

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

S-90100
S-100110

Min 18
Min 18

90-100
100-110

100
100

F2
F2

25
25

183

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3
Girder clamps for conduits / pipes
Conduits

5 Nm

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

H-0612
H-1014-FU

Max 6
Max 6

6-12
10-14

Max 40
Max 40

80
80

F2
F2

25
25

H-1216
H-1418
H-1822
H-2226

Max 6
Max 6
Max 6
Max 6

12-16
14-18
18-22
22-26

Max 40
Max 40
Max 40
Max 40

80
80
80
80

F2
F2
F2
F2

25
25
25
25

H-2630
H-3034
H-3438

Max 6
Max 6
Max 6

26-30
30-34
34-38

Max 40
Max 40
Max 40

80
80
100

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

H-3842
H-4246
H-4650

Max 6
Max 6
Max 6

38-42
42-46
46-50

Max 40
Max 40
Max 40

100
100
100

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

H-5054
H-5458
H-5864
H-6470
H-7076
H-7682
H-8290

Max 6
Max 6
Max 6
Max 6
Max 6
Max 6
Max 6

50-54
54-58
58-64
64-70
70-76
76-82
82-90

Max 40
Max 40
Max 40
Max 40
Max 40
Max 40
Max 40

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

H-90100
H-100110

Max 6
Max 6

90-100
100-110

Max 40
Max 40

100
100

F2
F2

25
25

184

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4
Girder clips for single cables
Cable

Product Ref.

LM-38
LM-811

T
[mm]
3-5
5-8
8-9
10-11

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

6-16

46

F8+

100

3-10
7-20
7-12

46

F8+

100

Girder clips for multi cables
Cable

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

GH-310
GH-1018

3-10
10-18

52
52

16
16

10
10

F8+
F8+

100
100

185

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4
Girder clips for multi cables
Cable
Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH153-B
AH38-B

1.5-3
3-8

65
58

F8+
F8+

25
25

AH814-B
AH1420-B

8-14
14-20

58
58

F8+
F8+

25
25

Girder clips for single cables
Cable

Product Ref.

186

T
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

ECS-4555
ECS-67
ECS-89
ECS-1011
ECS-1214
ECS-1519
ECS-2024

2-4
2-4
2-4
2-4
2-4
2-4
2-4

4.5-5.5
6-7
8-9
10-11
12-14
15-18
19-24

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

ECS-2532
ECM-4555
ECM-67

2-4
4-7
4-7

25-32
4.5-5.5
6-7

F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100

ECM-89
ECM-1011
ECM-1214
ECM-1519
ECM-2024
ECM-2532
ECL-4555
ECL-67
ECL-89
ECL-1011
ECL-1214
ECL-1519
ECL-2024
ECL-2532

4-7
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-7
8-12
8-12
8-12
8-12
8-12
8-12
8-12
8-12

8-9
10-11
12-14
15-18
19-24
25-32
4.5-5.5
6-7
8-9
10-11
12-14
15-18
19-24
25-32

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4
Girder clips for single cables
Cable

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

ECA-1215
ECA-1520

12-15
15-20

2-4
2-4

F8+
F8+

100
100

Girder clips, mounting base and cable tie for cable bundles
Cable

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH153-CT2
AH153-CT2R
AH153-CT4

1.5-3
1.5-3
1.5-3

200
200
370

7.6
7.6
7.6

F8+**
F8+**
F8+**

25
25
25

AH38-CT2
AH38-CT2R
AH38-CT4
AH814-CT2
AH814-CT2R
AH814-CT4
AH1420-CT2
AH1420-CT2R
AH1420-CT4

3-8
3-8
3-8
8-14
8-14
8-14
14-20
14-20
14-20

200
200
370
200
200
370
200
200
370

7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6

F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

** Mounting Bases and Cable Ties are made of polyamide 6.6

187

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4
Girder clips and mounting base for cable bundles
Cable

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH153-M
AH153-MR
AH38-M
AH38-MR
AH814-M

1.5-3
1.5-3
3-8
3-8
8-14

9
9
9
9
9

3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5

F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**

25
25
25
25
25

AH814-MR
AH1420-M
AH1420-MR

8-14
14-20
14-20

9
9
9

3.5
3.5
3.5

F8+**
F8+**
F8+**

25
25
25

** Mounting Bases are made of polyamide 6.6

Purlin clips, mounting base and cable tie for cable bundles
Cable

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AH153-CT2R

1.5-3

200

7.6

F8+**

25

** Mounting Bases and Cable Ties are made of polyamide 6.6

188

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4
Girder clips, mounting base and cable tie for cable bundles
Cable

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AV155-CT2
AV155-CT2R
AV155-CT4
AV57-CT2

1.5-5
1.5-5
1.5-5
5-7

200
200
370
200

7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6

F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**

25
25
25
25

AV57-CT2R
AV57-CT4

5-7
5-7

200
370

7.6
7.6

F8+**
F8+**

25
25

** Mounting Bases and Cable Ties are made of polyamide 6.6

Purlin clips and mounting base for cable bundles
Cable

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

AV155-M
AV155-MR
AV57-M
AV57-MR

1.5-5
1.5-5
5-7
5-7

9
9
9
9

3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5

F8+**
F8+**
F8+**
F8+**

25
25
25
25

** Mounting Bases are made of polyamide 6.6

189

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4
Purlin clips and mounting base for cable bundles
Cable

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

SM125-M
SM125-MR

≤3.0
≤3.0

9
9

3.5
3.5

12.5
12.5

F2**
F2**

25
25

** Mounting Bases are made of polyamide 6.6

190

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.5
Suspended ceiling clips
Ceiling

Product Ref.

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

JHX-16SW
JHX-16S
JHX-38S
JHX-50S
JHX-72S

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

16
16
38
50
72

25
25
25
25
25

9
22
22
22
22

F4
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100
100
100

JH-15SW

M6

15

15

22

F4

100

JH-15SW in White

Suspended ceiling clips
Ceiling

Product Ref.

LH-25
LH-25W

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

7
7

25
25

20
20

18
18

F1
F4

100
100

LH-25W in White

191

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.5
Suspended ceiling clips
Ceiling

Product Ref.

KH-6W

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

D
[mm]

Load Rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

6

3

25

7

22

F4

100

KH-6W in White

Suspended ceiling hangers
Ceiling

Product Ref.

ADS-3
ADS-4

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

3
4

55
55

30
30

18
18

100
100

F1
F1

100
100

192

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.5
Suspended ceiling hangers
Ceiling

Product Ref.

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C#1
[mm]

C#2
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

ADSH10-30
ADSH30-60

4
4

100
300

300
600

190
340

190
340

100
100

F1
F1

25
25

ADSH60-100
ADSH100-125
ADSH125-150
ADSH150-175

4
4
4
4

600
1000
1250
1500

1000
1250
1500
1750

540
990
1040
1290

540
340
540
540

100
100
100
100

F1
F1
F1
F1

25
25
25
25

ADSH175-200

4

1750

2000

1540

540

100

F1

25

193

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6
Clips for chain hanging
Decking

Product Ref.
V-1

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

D
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

1

50.8

8

35

F1

100

T-bar clips for conduit boxes
Decking

Product Ref.

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

PMB-6T

M6

59

F8+

100

PMB-65
PM-6T
PM-65

6.5
M6
6.5

59
71
71

F8+
F8+
F8+

100
100
100

194

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6
Wedge nuts
Decking

Product Ref.
WN6
WN8
WN10

Ø

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

D
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

M6
M8
M10

25
25
25

13
13
13

19
19
19

12
12
12

20
36
58

F1
F1
F1

100
100
100

Decking clips for chain and wire
Decking

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

NH-083

0.8-2
2-3

7

6.5

45

45
90

F8+

100

195

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6
Decking clips for threaded rod
Decking

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

NH083-AM127

0.8-2
2-3
0.8-2
2-3
0.8-2
2-3
0.8-2
2-3
0.8-2
2-3

12.7

7

74

F8+

25

M6

7

74

F8+

25

M8

7

74

F8+

25

M10

7

74

F8+

25

12.7

7

76

45
68
45
68
45
68
45
68
45
90

F8+

25

NH083-AM6T
NH083-AM8T
NH083-AM10T
NH083-YM127

Decking clips for rod
Decking

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

NH083-BM4

0.8-2
2-3
0.8-2
2-3
0.8-2
2-3
0.8-2
2-3

4

7

45

F8+

25

6

7

45

F8+

25

8

7

45

F8+

25

10

7

45

45
90
45
90
45
90
45
90

F8+

25

NH083-BM6
NH083-BM8

196

NH083-BM10

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6
Decking clips for threaded rod
Decking

Product Ref.

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

DWH-6T
DWH-8T

50
50

40
40

15
15

M6
M8

100
100

F1
F1

25
25

DWH-10T

50

40

15

M10

100

F1

25

Decking clips for threaded rod
Decking

Product Ref.

DMH-6T
DMH-8T
DMH-10T

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

50
50
50

40
40
40

34
34
34

M6
M8
M10

150
150
150

F1
F1
F1

25
25
25

197

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6
Decking clips for conduit boxes
Decking

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

DH1217-105
DH1217-65
DH1722-105

10.5
6.5
10.5

6.5
6.5
6.5

60
60
60

20
20
25

11.5
11.5
16.5

60
60
60

F3
F3
F3

100
100
100

DH1722-65

6.5

6.5

60

25

16.5

60

F3

100

Decking clips for threaded rod
Decking

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

DH1217-M8
DH1217-M10
DH1722-M8
DH1722-M10

M8
M10
M8
M10

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

60
60
60
60

20
20
25
25

11.5
11.5
16.5
16.5

60
60
60
60

F3
F3
F3
F3

100
100
100
100

198

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6
Decking clips for conduits
Decking

Product Ref.

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

DH1217-GM1219
DH1217-GM1926

12-19
19-26

104
104

20
20

11.5
11.5

45
45

F3
F3

25
25

DH1217-GM2632
DH1217-GM3240
DH1217-GM4047
DH1217-GM4757

26-32
32-40
40-47
47-57

115
128
139
147

20
20
20
20

11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5

45
45
45
45

F3
F3
F3
F3

25
25
25
25

DH1722-GM1219
DH1722-GM1926
DH1722-GM2632

12-19
19-26
26-32

104
104
115

25
25
25

16.5
16.5
16.5

45
45
45

F3
F3
F3

25
25
25

DH1722-GM3240
DH1722-GM4047
DH1722-GM4757

32-40
40-47
47-57

128
139
147

25
25
25

16.5
16.5
16.5

45
45
45

F3
F3
F3

25
25
25

Decking clips for threaded rod
Decking
DH-50
DHN

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

DH-50
DHN-6T
DHN-8T
DHN-10T

10.5
M6
M8
M10

100
–
–
–

30
–
–
–

8
–
–
–

75
75
75
75

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

50
50
50
50

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

199

2.7
Lined pipe hangers for threaded rod
Pipe
Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

PCH-1415
PCH-1618

14-15
16-18

M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1

50
50

PCH-2022
PCH-2528
PCH-3335

20-22
25-28
33-35

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1

50
50
50

PCH-3638
PCH-4244

36-38
42-44

M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1

25
25

PCH-4850
PCH-5254
PCH-5760
DIN4109

48-50
52-54
57-60

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1

25
25
25

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

PCS-1519
PCS-2025
PCS-2630

15-19
20-25
26-30

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1

50
50
50

PCS-3236
PCS-3843
PCS-4751
PCS-5358
PCS-6064
PCS-6872
PCS-7580

32-36
38-43
47-51
53-58
60-64
68-72
75-80

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1

50
25
25
25
25
25
25

PCS-8186
PCS-8792
PCS-99105

81-86
87-92
99-105

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1

25
25
25

PCS-107112
PCS-113118
PCS-125130
PCS-132137
PCS-138142
PCS-148152
PCS-159166
PCS-200212
PCS-215220
PCS-248252
DIN4109

107-112
113-118
125-130
132-137
138-142
148-152
159-166
200-212
215-220
248-252

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

Lined pipe hangers for threaded rod
Pipe

200

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.7
Lined pipe hangers for threaded rod
Pipe
Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

PCSD-1518
PCSD-2024

15-18
20-24

M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1

50
50

PCSD-2630
PCSD-3236
PCSD-3842

26-30
32-36
38-42

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1

50
50
25

PCSD-4750
PCSD-6064

47-50
60-64

M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1

25
25

75-80
85-90
100-106
114-119
133-140
159-165

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1

25
25
25
25
25
25

PCSD-7580
PCSD-8590
PCSD-100106
PCSD-114119
PCSD-133140
PCSD-159165
DIN4109

Unlined pipe hangers for threaded rod
Pipe
Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

PB-1519
PB-2025
PB-2630

15-19
20-25
26-30

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1

50
50
50

PB-3236
PB-3843
PB-4751
PB-5358
PB-6064
PB-6872
PB-7580

32-36
38-43
47-51
53-58
60-64
68-72
75-80

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1

50
25
25
25
25
25
25

PB-8186
PB-8792
PB-99105

81-86
87-92
99-105

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1

25
25
25

PB-107112
PB-113118
PB-125130
PB-132137
PB-138142
PB-148152
PB-159166
PB-200212
PB-215220
PB-248252

107-112
113-118
125-130
132-137
138-142
148-152
159-166
200-212
215-220
248-252

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

201

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.7
Unlined pipe hangers for threaded rod
Pipe
Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

PBD-1518
PBD-2024

15-18
20-24

M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1

50
50

PBD-2630
PBD-3236
PBD-3842

26-30
32-36
38-42

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1

50
50
25

PBD-4750
PBD-6064

47-50
60-64

M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1

25
25

PBD-7580
PBD-8590
PBD-100106
PBD-114119
PBD-133140
PBD-159165

75-80
85-90
100-106
114-119
133-140
159-165

M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10
M8/M10

F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1

25
25
25
25
25
25

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

B
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

PH-20-FU
PH-25-FU
PH-32
PH-40
PH-50
PH-65
PH-80

20
25
32
40
50
65
80

64
72
83
96
113
132
156

F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

PH-100
PH-125
PH-150

100
125
150

215
242
279

F2
F2
F2

10
10
10

Filbow hangers for threaded rod
Pipe

FM

202

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.7
Pipe
Pipe

Product Ref.

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

PRP-810
PRPD-8
PS-20

M8
50-95
20

M10
27
2.0

76
10
4.5

F1
F1
–

25
25
20m

203

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.8
Fast-Lock wire suspension
Fast-Lock

A

Product Ref.

FL-2250

Product Ref.

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

1-2

60

50

F6

25

Ø
[mm]

B
[mm]

A
[m]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

CW050-2

2

CW100-2

2

7x7

50

80

F2

1

7x7

100

80

F2

1

WC-7

Product Ref.

WC-1
WC-7

Ø
[mm]

Quantity
[pieces]

1-4
1-4

1
1

WC-1

204

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.9
Catenary wire
Suspension

Product Ref.

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[m]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

CW100-2
CW30-3
CW50-3
CW100-3

2
3
3
3

7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7

100
30
50
100

80
190
190
190

F2
F2
F2
F2

1
1
1
1

CW30-4
CW50-4
CW100-4

4
4
4

7x7
7x7
7x7

30
50
100

350
350
350

F2
F2
F2

1
1
1

CW30-6
CW50-6
CW100-6

6
6
6

7x7
7x7
7x7

30
50
100

760
760
760

F2
F2
F2

1
1
1

SSCW100-2
SSCW30-3
SSCW50-3
SSCW100-3
SSCW30-4
SSCW50-4
SSCW100-4

2
3
3
3
4
4
4

7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7

100
30
50
100
30
50
100

80
190
190
190
350
350
350

F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

SSCW30-6
SSCW50-6
SSCW100-6

6
6
6

7x7
7x7
7x7

30
50
100

760
760
760

F3
F3
F3

1
1
1

CW30-3PVC
CW50-3PVC
CW100-3PVC
CW30-4PVC
CW50-4PVC
CW100-4PVC
CW30-6PVC
CW50-6PVC
CW100-6PVC

3
3
3
4
4
4
6
6
6

7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7

30
50
100
30
50
100
30
50
50

190
190
190
350
350
350
760
760
760

F2 + PVC
F2 + PVC
F2 + PVC
F2 + PVC
F2 + PVC
F2 + PVC
F2 + PVC
F2 + PVC
F2 + PVC

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

205

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.9
Suspension
Suspension

Product Ref.
HW50

ØA
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

D
[mm]

E
[mm]

F
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

5.5

50

32

8

55

5

25

F2

10

Suspension
Suspension
Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

CWG-23

2-3

Max 9

6.5

F2

25

CWG-4
CWG-6
SSCWG-2

4
6
2

Max 12
Max 18
Max 9

7.0
8.0
6.5

F2
F2
F3

25
25
1

SSCWG-3
SSCWG-4
SSCWG-6

3
4
6

Max 9
Max 12
Max 18

6.5
7.0
8.0

F3
F3
F3

1
1
1

Product Ref.

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

WT-23
WT-34
WT-6-FU

2-3
3-4
6

10
14
16

F2
F2
F2

25
25
25

SSWT-2
SSWT-34
SSWT-6

2
3-4
6

10
14
16

F3
F3
F3

1
1
1

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

10
12
10
12

155-245
230-325
155-245
230-325

F2
F2
F3
F3

10
10
10
10

Suspension for catenary wire
Suspension
Product Ref.

CWT-23
CWT-46
SSCWT-23
SSCWT-46

206

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.9
Suspension
Suspension

Product Ref.

A
[mm]

Ø
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

LS-32
LS-38
LS-48
LS-54

152
178
203
228

Max 32
Max 38
Max 48
Max 54

F6
F6
F6
F6

10
10
10
10

LS-60
LS-72

254
305

Max 60
Max 72

F6
F6

10
10

Girder clips for perforated band
Suspension

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

MM65-AH153
MM65-AH38
MM65-AH814
MM65-AH1420
NM65-AH153
NM65-AH38
NM65-AH814
NM65-AH1420

1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20
1.5-3
3-8
8-14
14-20

6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3

36
38
46
58
58
60
68
80

72
90
90
90
72
90
90
90

F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

207

2.9
Suspension for perforated band
Suspension

Product Ref.

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

6.5
6.5

28
28

20
42

6.3
6.3

90
90

F8+
F8+

100
100

MM-65
NM-65

Perforated band
Suspension

Plastic**

Galvanised

208

Product Ref.

Colour

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[m]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

PLASTIC **
SP-13B
SP-19B
SP-27B

black
black
black

4
6.5
7.5

13
19
27

10
10
10

37
42
90

F7
F7
F7

1
1
1

SP-13O
SP-19O
SP-13R-FU

orange
orange
red

4
6.5
4

13
19
13

10
10
10

37
42
37

F7
F7
F7

1
1
1

SP-19R-FU
SP-13W
SP-19W
GALVANISED
SG-12-FU
SG-18
SG-26
STAINLESS STEEL
SS-12
SS-18-FU
SS-26
COPPER
SC-12
SC-18

red
white
white

6.5
4
6.5

19
13
19

10
10
10

42
37
42

F7
F7
F7

1
1
1

–
–
–

5
7
8

12
18
26

10
10
10

37
42
90

F2
F2
F2

1
1
1

–
–
–

5
7
8

12
18
26

10
10
10

43
48
100

F3
F3
F3

1
1
1

–
–

5
7

12
18

10
10

16
21

F6
F6

1
1

** Material: Plascoat PPA 571

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.9
Purlin clips for perforated band
Suspension

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

MM65-AV155
MM65-AV57
NM65-AV155

1.5-5
5-7
1.5-5

6.3
6.3
6.3

62
62
84

72
72
72

F8+
F8+
F8+

25
25
25

5-7

6.3

84

72

F8+

25

NM65-AV57

Metal chain
Suspension

KN - Stainless Steel DIN 763
KK- Electroplate DIN 5686

KG - Electroplate DIN 5685
KF - Hot Dip Galvanised DIN 5685
Product Ref.

KK-20
KK-30
KG-3
KG-4
KF-3
KF-4
KN-2
KN-3
NG-4
NF-4
SH-4
SH-5

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[m]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

1.8
2.8
3
4
3
4
2
3
4
4
4
5

25
39
26
32
26
32
22
26
20
20
35
45

8
12.5
12
16
12
16
8
12
–
–
–
–

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
–
–
–
–

70
190
45
80
45
80
50
120
–
–
20
30

F1
F1
F1
F1
F2
F2
F3
F3
F1
F2
F1
F1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
100
100
100
100

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

209

2.10
Fixing plates
Miscellaneous

Product Ref.
CMP-400

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

M8 x 25

90

45

35

45

F2

20

Speed nuts
Miscellaneous

Product Ref.

T
[mm]

ØA
[mm]

C
[mm]

D
[mm]

E
[mm]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

DM-6T
XM-6

2.5-4
–

M6
M6

12.6
10.0

25
32

16
–

F1
F8+

100
100

210

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.10
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous

Product Ref.
UM-26
UM-44
UM-50
UM-67

ØA
[mm]

ØB
[mm]

C
[mm]

D
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

4.6
–
4.6
–

26
44
50
67

26
26
26
–

90
90
70
90

F2
F8+
F2
F8+

100
100
100
100

Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous

Product Ref.

Ø
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

D
[mm]

E
[mm]

Load rating
[kg]

Material
finishes*

Quantity
[pieces]

A100

8.75

25

34

42

5

10

40

F1

100

211

* See page 150 for material finishes

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.10
Merchandiser Unit
Miscellaneous
Product Ref.
EKLIPSUNIT

Product Ref.
Included

Description
Complete merchandiser unit

Quantity
[number of packages]

AH38-GM1926
AH814-GM1926

2
2

AV155-AM6T
AV155-AM10T

2
2

FC-11
PPAH38
PPAH814
PPAV155
PPFH65
PPJHX16S
PPECS89
PPECS1011
PPECS1214

2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

PPECS1519
PPECS2024
PPECM89
PPECM1011

4
4
4
4

PPECM2024
PPECL89
PPECL1011

4
4
4

PPECL1214
PPECL1519
PPECL2024

4
4
4

212

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.10
Merchandiser Unit
Miscellaneous
Product Ref.

Quantity
[pieces]

Product Ref.

Quantity
[pieces]

PPECS89

25

AH38-GM1926

25

PPECS1011
PPECS1214

25
25

AH814-GM1926

25

PPECS1519
PPECS2024
PPECM89

25
25
25

Product Ref.

PPECM1011
PPECM1214

25
25

PPAH38
PPAH814

PPECM1519
PPECM2024
PPECL89
PPECL1011
PPECL1214
PPECL1519
PPECL2024

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

Product Ref.

PPJHX16S

Product Ref.

PPFH65

Product Ref.
PPAV155

Product Ref.
FC-11

Quantity
[pieces]
25
25

Quantity
[pieces]
25

Quantity
[pieces]
25

Quantity
[pieces]
25

Quantity
[pieces]
25

Product Ref.

Quantity
[pieces]

AV155-AM6T

25

AV155-AM10T

25

213

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Shrink-Kon ®
To insulate and
protect cables

214

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
INSULATION SYSTEMS
3.1 HEAT SHRINK TECHNOLOGIES

214

Selection guide

218

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

220

Product reference structure

220

Type PLG - HSB boxes

221

Type PLG - flexible

222

Type PLG - pre-cut bags

224

Shrink-Kon Set

225

Type CMP - dual listed

226

Type MLP - flexible for high specifications

227

Type GYS - flexible green and yellow

229

®

Type GYS - HSB boxes

230

Type PIG - very flexible for highly contoured components

231

Type PIG - HSB boxes

232

Type PKG - flexible for moist environments

233

Type PKG - HSB boxes

235

Type KYN - semi-rigid transparent

236

Type VIT - highly flexible, flame retardant

237

Type ZHFR - flexible, halogen free & flame retardant

238

Type SSB - Shrink-Shield

239

Medium & thick wall heat shrink tubing and tooling

240

Type TBM - rated for 600V, 90°C continuous use

240

Type TBW - rated for 600V, 90°C continuous use

241

Low voltage kits up to 600V

242

Type TEB - cable breakouts

243

Type TEC - end caps

244

TBTA-ZH - self amalgamating tape

245

Hot Air Tool

246

Technical Information

247

3.2 RESIN TECHNOLOGIES

248

215

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Shrink-Kon ®
Heat shrink technologies
Thomas & Betts has you covered when it comes to insula-

Shrink-Kon® Thin Wall Tubing

tion!

Manufactured from crosslinked Polyolefin, these products are

• Easy to use

used to insulate bare Sta-Kon® and Color Keyed® connectors and

• Heat shrinkable

splices. They also provide a degree of strain relief and may be

• Heavy, medium, and thin walls products

used to harness wires. Available in cut pieces or reels.
Featured Products Include:
• Single wall non-lined 2:1 and 3:1 thin wall tubing
• 3:1 and 4:1 dual wall adhesive lined thin-wall PKG series provides

216

excellent flexibility with environmental sealing capability

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Protect against moisture,
corrosion, and abrasion!

• Transparent heat shrink tubing for use on power connections
and data connections
• Zero Halogen and flame retardant version for use in contained
areas

Thick Wall Shrink-Kon® Heat-Shrinkable Insulators
When it comes to moisture-proofing connections and terminations, Thomas & Betts’s heat-shrinkable tubing, cable breakouts
and end caps have proven themselves over years of service to the
industry. Made of thermally stabilized cross-linked polyolefin, these

Shrink-Kon® Medium Wall Tubing

heat-shrinkable insulators can be used over lead, steel, aluminum,

More flexible than heavy-wall products, with excellent resistance

copper, standard plastic, and elastomeric insulating materials.

to impact and abrasion.

Thomas & Betts heat-shrinkable insulators are designed to be easy

• Seals and protects cable splices and terminations

to use. They provide an appropriate level of insulation and abrasion

• Thermoplastic adhesive liner guarantees complete environmen-

protection.

tal protection and insulation

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

217

3.1
Selection guide
Heat shrink technologies
Product type

General description

Typical application

PLG/
PLG in HSB Boxes

Multipurpose tube in
flexible polyolefin

General purpose, flexible heat shrink tubing
for the protection, insulation and bundling
of cables

CMP

Multipurpose tube in
flexible polyolefin-Dual listed

Typical applications are mechanical and electrical
insulation, corrosion protection, bundling,
mechanical protection and much more

MLP

Multipurpose tube in flexible
polyolefin-Dual listed

GYS/
GYS in HSB Boxes

Striped green and yellow,
Flexible polyolefin

Typical applications are insulation, corrosion
protection, component strain relief and connections
in applications requiring the highest specifications
(e.g. aeronautical and military)
For identifying and marking earthing
connectors and cables

PIG/
PIG in HSB Boxes

Very flexible polyolefin,
High shrink ratio

For highly contoured components
with large diameter variations.
Green and yellow for earthing applications

PKG/
PKG in HSB Boxes

Flexible polyolefin, High shrink ratio,
adhesive bonds to plastics,
rubber, neoprene, steel and polyethylene

Adhesive-lined heat shrink tubing ideal
for a moisture-resistant insulation

KYN

High specifications, semi-rigid Kynar®*
heat shrink tubing with excellent
mechanical and electrical
insulation performance
High flexibility Viton®**
fluoroelastomer for enhanced
protection in extreme electrical,
chemical and thermal environments
Zero halogen, low smoke,
flexible heat shrink tubing

Ideal for specific applications where mechanical
and chemical protection are required.
Enables see through inspections

SSB

Insulation and shielding in one process
Inner aluminium layer and silver coloured
outer PVC/Polyester layer

Typical applications including shielding of both
power and signal cables to reduce EMI
radiation and susceptibility

TBM

Medium heat shrink tubing
ideal for the protection of cable joints
and terminations in low voltage
power applications
Thick wall heat shrink ideal for
underground low voltage power
applications and terminations

For a variety of low voltage applications
where lighter weight and greater flexibility
are important

VIT

ZHFR

TBW

218

Its specificity make it the product of choice
for heavy-duty conditions e.g. sensors in
vehicle engine compartments
Particularly recommended for use in
contained areas and with Halogen free
wires and cables

This heavy wall product provides maximum
reliability for insulating and protecting
cable joints

VMS
(Low voltage kits)

Medium and heavy wall cable jointing kit
for polymeric insulated cables

Low voltage jointing applications

TEB

Medium and heavy wall adhesive
lined heat shrink cable breakouts

To insulate and seal low voltage cable
crutches

TEC

Medium and heavy wall adhesive
lined heat shrink end caps

To seal and protect cable-ends against
the ingress of moisture and contamination

TBTA-ZH
(Self amalgamating tape)

Self-amalgamating tape which
provides a thick insulating layer

Flawless electrical stability
and for long term resistance to moisture
penetration

* Kynar® is a registered trademark of ATOFINA
** Viton® is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemours

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Characteristics

Shrink ratio

Temperature range

Flame rating

Single wall

2:1

-55°C to +125°C

Flame retardant***

Single wall

2:1

-55°C to +125°C

Flame retardant***

UL, CSA

226

Single wall

2:1

-55°C to +135°C

Flame retardant***

UL, CSA, MIL

227

Single wall

2:1

-55°C to +135°C

Flame retardant

MIL

229

Single wall

3:1

-55°C to +135°C

Flame retardant***

MIL

231

Dual wall

3:1 and 4:1

-55°C to +110°C
(outer jacket)

Flame retardant***

Non polyolefin: crosslinked
polyvinylidene fluoride
(Kynar®*)

2:1

-55°C to +175°C

High flame retardancy

MIL

236

Non polyolefin: crosslinked
fluoroelastomer (Viton®**)

2:1

-55°C to +220°C

High flame retardancy

MIL

237

Single wall

2:1

-40°C to +105°C

Flame retardant

DEF STAN

238

Dual wall

2:1

-10°C to +125°C

-

239

Medium wall

3:1

-55°C to +110°C

Non Flame retardant

240

Thick wall

3:1

-55°C to +110°C

Non Flame retardant

241

Medium and thick wall

3:1

-55°C to +110°C

Non Flame retardant

242

Medium and thick wall

>2:1

-55°C to +100°C

Non Flame retardant

243

Medium and thick wall

>2:1

-55°C to +100°C

Non Flame retardant

244

EPR based tape

1:3

-55°C to +105°C

Flame retardant

245

* Kynar® is a registered trademark of ATOFINA
** Viton® is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemours
*** except transparent version

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Certification(s)

Page
221

233

219

3.1
Product reference structure
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
Example:
Expanded diameter as supplied
in thousandths of an inch

XXXX

PLG

1000

Type of heat shrink

PLG =
CMP =
MLP =
GYS =
PIG =
PKG =
KYN =
VIT =
ZHFR =

flexible
Dual listed
flexible for high specifications
flexible green and yellow
very flexible for highly contoured components
flexible for moist environments
semi-rigid transparent
highly flexible, flame retardant
flexible, halogen free & flame retardant

0

A

Colour

Packaging type*

0 = black (standard)
1 = brown
2 = red
3 = orange
4 = yellow
5 = green
6 = blue
7 = violet
8 = grey
9 = white
C = transparent
E = green / yellow

A
B
BG
C
D
E

= 1,22 m cut lengths
= reels
= reels
= 0,6 m cut lengths
= box
= mini-reels

* Not necessary for PLGHSB boxes

See product page for colour
availability

220

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type PLG - HSB boxes
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• PLG heat shrink tubing in a compact, handy sized box used for
electrical maintenance and repair
• Convenient amount of heat shrink, for small users
• Offered in 10 sizes to cover a heat shrink range from Ø 1.2 mm
to Ø 25.4 mm
• Stackable boxes for easy storage
• Flexible, rapid shrinkage, non-melting for effective electrical
insulation
• Flame retardant
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +125°C
+110°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free
Transparent version: Halogen free

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

HSB46
HSB63
HSB93
HSB125
HSB187

3

HSB250
HSB375
HSB500

1

HSB750
HSB1000

/64
/16
3
/32
1
/8
3
/16

2:1
z

Expanded
w
d

D
Recovered

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per box
[m]

1.2
1.6
2.4
3.2
4.7

0.6
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.4

0.20
0.20
0.25
0.25
0.25

0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5

12.0
12.0
11.5
11.5
9.5

/4
/8
1
/2

6.4
9.5
12.7

3.2
4.7
6.4

0.30
0.30
0.30

0.6
0.6
0.7

7.5
6.5
6.0

3

19.1
25.4

9.5
12.7

0.40
0.45

0.7
0.8

5.0
3.3

1

3

/4
1

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

221

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type PLG - flexible
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• Multi-purpose use for insulation, bundling, identification, strain
relief and much more
• Heat shrink tubing with 14 nominal diameters to enclose components from Ø 1.2 mm to Ø 101.6 mm
• Flame retardant
• Flexible, rapid shrinkage, non melting for effective electrical
insulation
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
• Special colours available on request
Technical Information

2:1

Expanded

z

w
d
D
Recovered

Product Ref.

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +125°C
+110°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free
Transparent version: Halogen free

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Total length
per box

Quantity
per box

[m]

[pieces 1.22m]

1.2
1.6
2.4
3.2
4.7
6.4

0.6
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.4
3.2

0.20
0.20
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.30

0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6

30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5

25
25
25
25
25
25

/8
/2
3
/4

9.5
12.7
19.1

4.8
6.4
9.5

0.30
0.40
0.40

0.6
0.7
0.7

30.5
30.5
12.2

25
25
10

1
1 1/2
2
3
4

25.4
38.0
50.8
76.2
101.6

12.7
19.0
25.4
38.1
50.8

0.45
0.50
0.55
0.65
0.70

0.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.4

12.2
6.1
6.1
2.4
1.2

10
5
5
2
1

PLG46-0-A
PLG63-0-A
PLG93-0-A
PLG125-0-A
PLG187-0-A
PLG250-0-A

3

PLG375-0-A
PLG500-0-A
PLG750-0-A

3

PLG1000-0-A
PLG1500-0-A
PLG2000-0-A
PLG3000-0-A
PLG4000-0-A

Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

/64
/16
3
/32
1
/8
3
/16
1
/4
1

1

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

222

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type PLG - flexible
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• Multi-purpose use for insulation, bundling, identification, strain
relief and much more
• Heat shrink tubing with 14 nominal diameters to enclose
components from Ø 1.2 mm to Ø 101.6 mm
• Flame retardant
• Flexible, rapid shrinkage, non-melting for effective electrical insulation
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
• Special colours available on request
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +125°C
+110°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free
Transparent version: Halogen free

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

2:1
z

Expanded
w
d

D
Recovered

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per
reel
mini-reel
[m]
[m]

PLG46-0-E

3

1.2

0.6

0.20

0.4

–

150

PLG63-0-E
PLG93-0-E
PLG125-0-E
PLG187-0-B
PLG187-0-E
PLG250-0-B
PLG250-0-E

1

1.6
2.4
3.2
4.7
4.7
6.4
6.4

0.8
1.2
1.6
2.4
2.4
3.2
3.2

0.20
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.30
0.30

0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6

–
–
–
300
–
300
–

150
150
150
–
75
–
75

PLG375-0-B
PLG375-0-E
PLG500-0-B

3

9.5
9.5
12.7

4.8
4.8
6.4

0.30
0.30
0.40

0.6
0.6
0.7

150
–
100

–
75
–

PLG500-0-E
PLG750-0-B
PLG750-0-E
PLG1000-0-B
PLG1000-0-E
PLG1500-0-B
PLG1500-0-E
PLG2000-0-B
PLG2000-0-E
PLG3000-0-B
PLG4000-0-B

1

12.7
19.1
19.1
25.4
25.4
38.1
38.1
50.8
50.8
76.2
101.6

6.4
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7
19.0
19.0
25.4
25.4
38.1
50.8

0.40
0.40
0.40
0.45
0.45
0.50
0.50
0.55
0.55
0.65
0.70

0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.4

–
50
–
50
–
50
–
50
–
25
25

50
–
30
–
30
–
30
–
30
–
–

/64

/16
3
/32
1
/8
3
/16
3
/16
1
/4
1
/4
/8
/8
1
/2
3

/2
/4
3
/4
1
1
1 1/2
1 1/2
2
2
3
4
3

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

223

3.1
Type PLG - pre-cut bags
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• The Shrink-Kon® Pre-cut packs of PLG heat shrink are available to
replenish the Shrink-Kon® Set or for use on displays
• 9 different expanded diameters
• 6 different colours
• Packed in small quantities
• Flexible, rapid shrinkage, non-melting for effective electrical
insulation
• Flame retardant
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Other properties

2:1
Expanded

z

w
d
D
Recovered

Product Ref.

224

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +125°C
+110°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free
Transparent version: Halogen free

Colour

Length

Quantity

[cm]

[pieces]

PLG 63-0-5R

1

1.6

0.8

0.20

0.4

Black

5

50

PLG 63-C-5R
PLG 93-0-5R
PLG 93-C-5R
PLG125-9-10R
PLG125-4-10R
PLG125-C-10R
PLG125-0-10R

1

/16
3
/32
3
/32
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8
1
/8

1.6
2.4
2.4
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2

0.8
1.2
1.2
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6

0.20
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5

Transparent
Black
Transparent
White
Yellow
Transparent
Black

5
5
5
10
10
10
10

50
50
50
25
25
25
25

PLG187-0-10R
PLG187-6-5R
PLG187-4-5R

3

4.8
4.8
4.8

2.4
2.4
2.4

0.25
0.25
0.25

0.5
0.5
0.5

Black
Blue
Yellow

10
5
5

25
40
40

PLG187-C-5R
PLG250-6-10R
PLG250-0-10R
PLG250-9-5R
PLG250-4-5R
PLG375-0-10R
PLG375-6-10R
PLG500-2-10R
PLG500-0-18R
PLG750-6-10R
PLG750-0-18R
PLG1000-0-18R

3

4.8
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7
19.1
19.1
25.4

2.4
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.7
4.7
6.4
6.4
9.5
9.5
12.7

0.25
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.45

0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8

Transparent
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Black
Black

5
10
10
5
5
10
10
10
18
10
18
18

40
20
20
40
40
15
15
15
8
10
6
3

/16

/16
/16
3
/16
3

/16
/4
1
/4
1
/4
1
/4
3
/8
3
/8
1
/2
1
/2
3
/4
3
/4
1
1

Other dimensions or colours available upon request.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Shrink-Kon ® Set
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• A kit comprising PLG heat shrink with or without hot air tool in a
handy carry case
• Maintenance and repair, research and development, small series
manufacture and much more
• 9 different expanded diameters
• 6 different colours
• 23 types
• Flame retardant
• Case made from shock-resistant plastic
• All types available in refill packages
• Product Ref.: SK-1400GTG (with GR121)
• Product Ref.: SK-1400GTG-UK (with GR321)
• Product Ref.: SK-1400G (without hot air tool)
See page 246 for tooling specifications
Technical Information

z

2:1

Expanded
w

Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Other properties

Set contents
Product Ref.

d

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +125°C
+110°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free
Transparent version: Halogen free

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

D
Recovered

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Colour

Length

Quantity

[cm]

[pieces]

PLG63-0
PLG63-C
PLG93-C
PLG93-0
PLG125-C

1

/16
/16
3
/32
3
/32
1
/8

1.6
1.6
2.4
2.4
3.2

0.8
0.8
1.2
1.2
1.6

0.20
0.20
0.25
0.25
0.25

0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5

Black
Transparent
Transparent
Black
Transparent

5
5
5
10
10

20
20
20
15
15

PLG125-4
PLG125-9
PLG125-0

1

3.2
3.2
3.2

1.6
1.6
1.6

0.25
0.25
0.25

0.5
0.5
0.5

Yellow
White
Black

10
10
10

10
10
12

PLG187-C
PLG187-4
PLG187-6
PLG187-0
PLG250-4
PLG250-6
PLG250-9
PLG250-0
PLG375-6
PLG375-0
PLG500-2
PLG500-0
PLG750-6
PLG750-0
PLG1000-0

3

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7
19.1
19.1
25.4

2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.8
4.8
6.4
6.4
9.5
9.5
12.7

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.45

0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8

Transparent
Yellow
Blue
Black
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Blue
Black
Red
Black
Blue
Black
Black

5
5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
18
10
18
10
18
18

10
10
20
12
16
12
16
10
10
4
6
4
4
4
3

1

/8
/8
1
/8
1

/16
/16
3
/16
3
/16
1
/4
1
/4
1
/4
1
/4
3
/8
3
/8
1
/2
1
/2
3
/4
3
/4
1
3

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

225

3.1
Type CMP - dual listed
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• Typical applications are mechanical and electrical insulation, corrosion protection, bundling, mechanical protection and much
more
• Internal diameters from 1.2 mm to 51 mm
• Flame retardant
• Flammability per UL 224
• The tubing is marked
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

*
E79546

2:1

702106
z

Expanded
w
d

D

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +125°C
+110°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Black
Silicon, Cadmium and Lead free
Transparent version: Halogen free

Recovered
Product Ref.

226

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per reel

Total length
per box

Quantity
per box

[m]

[m]

[pieces 1.22m]

CMP46-0-A

3

1.2

0.6

0.20

0.4

–

30.5

25

CMP46-0-BG
CMP63-0-A
CMP63-0-BG
CMP93-0-A
CMP93-0-BG
CMP125-0-A
CMP125-0-BG

3

/64
1
/16
1
/16
3
/32
3
/32
1
/8
1
/8

1.2
1.6
1.6
2.4
2.4
3.2
3.2

0.6
0.8
0.8
1.2
1.2
1.6
1.6

0.20
0.20
0.20
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5

300
–
300
–
300
–
300

–
30.5
–
30.5
–
30.5
–

–
25
–
25
–
25
–

CMP187-0-A
CMP187-0-BG
CMP250-0-A

3

4.7
4.7
6.4

2.4
2.4
3.2

0.25
0.25
0.30

0.5
0.5
0.6

–
300
–

30.5
–
30.5

25
–
25

CMP250-0-BG
CMP375-0-A
CMP375-0-BG
CMP500-0-A
CMP500-0-BG
CMP750-0-A
CMP750-0-BG
CMP1000-0-A
CMP1000-0-BG
CMP1500-0-BG
CMP2000-0-BG

1

6.4
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7
19.1
19.1
25.4
25.4
38.0
51.0

3.2
4.8
4.8
6.4
6.4
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7
19.0
25.4

0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.40
0.40
0.45
0.45
0.50
0.55

0.6
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.1

300
–
150
–
100
–
50
–
50
50
50

–
30.5
–
30.5
–
12.2
–
12.2
–
–
–

–
25
–
25
–
10
–
10
–
–
–

/64

/16
/16
1
/4

3

/4
/8
3
/8
1
/2
1
/2
3
/4
3
/4
1
1
1 1/2
2
3

* Transparent version not UL recognized
For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type MLP - flexible for high specifications
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• Typical applications are insulation, corrosion protection, component strain relief and connections in applications requiring the
highest specifications (e.g. aeronautical and military applications)
• Internal diameters from 1.2 mm to 25.4 mm
• Dual Listed
• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2
• Weather UV-resistant
• Good chemical resistance
• Flame retardant
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +135°C
+90°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free
Transparent version: Halogen free

E79546

702106

2:1
z

Expanded
w
d

D
Recovered

Product Ref.

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Total length
per box

Quantity
per box

[m]

[pieces 1.22m]

MLP46-0-A
MLP63-0-A
MLP93-0-A
MLP125-0-A

3

/64
/16
3
/32
1
/8

1.2
1.6
2.4
3.2

0.6
0.8
1.2
1.6

0.20
0.20
0.25
0.25

0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5

30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5

25
25
25
25

MLP187-0-A
MLP250-0-A
MLP375-0-A

3

4.7
6.4
9.5

2.4
3.2
4.8

0.25
0.30
0.30

0.5
0.6
0.6

30.5
30.5
30.5

25
25
25

MLP500-0-A
MLP750-0-A
MLP1000-0-A

1

12.7
19.1
25.4

6.4
9.5
12.7

0.30
0.40
0.45

0.7
0.7
0.8

30.5
12.2
12.2

25
10
10

1

/16
/4
3
/8
1

/2
/4
1

3

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

227

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type MLP - flexible for high specifications
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• Typical applications are insulation, corrosion protection, component
strain relief and connections in applications requiring the highest
specifications (e.g. aeronautical and military applications)
• Internal diameters from 1.2 mm to 25.4 mm
• Dual Listed
• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2
• Weather UV-resistant
• Good chemical resistance
• Flame retardant
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
Technical Information

E79546

Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

702106

z

2:1

Expanded
w

d
D

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +135°C
+90°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free
Transparent version: Halogen free

Recovered

Product Ref.

MLP46-0-BG
MLP63-0-BG
MLP93-0-BG
MLP125-0-BG
MLP187-0-BG
MLP250-0-BG
MLP375-0-BG
MLP500-0-BG
MLP750-0-BG
MLP1000-0-BG

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]
3

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per reel
[m]

/64
/16
3
/32

1.2
1.6
2.4

0.6
0.8
1.2

0.20
0.20
0.25

0.4
0.4
0.5

300
300
300

1

3.2
4.7
6.4

1.6
2.4
3.2

0.25
0.25
0.30

0.5
0.5
0.6

300
300
300

9.5
12.7
19.1
25.4

4.8
6.4
9.5
12.7

0.30
0.30
0.40
0.45

0.6
0.7
0.7
0.8

150
100
50
50

1

/8
/16
1
/4

3

3

/8
/2
3
/4
1
1

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

228

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type GYS - flexible green and yellow
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• For identifying and marking earthing connectors and cables
• Mechanical and electrical insulation, corrosion protection
• Internal diameters from 3.2 mm to 25.4 mm
• Flame retardant
• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2
(see page 220 for product reference structure)
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +135°C
+90°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Green / Yellow striped
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

2:1
z

Expanded
w
d

D
Recovered

Product Ref.

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]
1

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per mini-reel

Total length
per box

Quantity
per box

[m]

[m]

[pieces 1.22m]

3.2
3.2
4.8
4.8
6.4
6.4

1.6
1.6
2.4
2.4
3.2
3.2

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32

0.51
0.51
0.51
0.51
0.64
0.64

–
150
–
75
–
75

30.5
–
30.5
–
30.5
–

25
–
25
–
25
–

GYS125-E-A
GYS125-E-E
GYS187-E-A
GYS187-E-E
GYS250-E-A
GYS250-E-E

/8
/8
3
/16
3
/16
1
/4
1
/4

GYS375-E-A
GYS375-E-E
GYS500-E-A

3

/8
/8
1
/2

9.5
9.5
12.7

4.8
4.8
6.4

0.32
0.32
0.32

0.64
0.64
0.64

–
75
–

30.5
–
30.5

25
–
25

GYS500-E-E
GYS750-E-A
GYS750-E-E
GYS1000-E-A
GYS1000-E-E

1

12.7
19.1
19.1
25.4
25.4

6.4
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7

0.32
0.38
0.38
0.45
0.45

0.64
0.76
0.76
0.89
0.89

50
–
30
–
30

–
12.2
–
12.2
–

–
10
–
10
–

1

3

/2
/4
3
/4
1
1
3

229

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type GYS - HSB boxes
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
•
•
•
•

For identifying and marking earthing connectors and cables
GYS heat shrink in a compact, handy sized box
Convenient amount of heat shrink, for small users
Offered in 7 sizes to cover a heat shrink range from 3.2 mm to
25.4 mm diameters
• Stackable boxes for easy storage
• Flame retardant
• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2
• Mechanical and electrical insulation, corrosion protection
(see page 220 for product reference structure)

Technical Information

2:1

Expanded

z

Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

w
d
D
Recovered

Product Ref.

GYS125-E-D
GYS187-E-D
GYS250-E-D
GYS375-E-D
GYS500-E-D
GYS750-E-D
GYS1000-E-D

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]
1

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +135°C
+90°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Green / Yellow striped
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per box
[m]

/8
/16
1
/4
3
/8
1
/2

3.2
4.8
6.4
9.5
12.7

1.6
2.4
3.2
4.8
6.4

0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32

0.51
0.51
0.64
0.64
0.64

11.5
9.5
7.5
6.5
6.0

3

19.1
25.4

9.5
12.7

0.38
0.45

0.76
0.89

5.0
3.3

3

/4
1

230

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type PIG - very flexible for highly contoured components
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• Heat shrink tubing to enclose highly contoured components with
large diameter variations. Provides mechanical and electrical protection
• Meets UL 224 requirements
• Internal diameters from 1.6 mm to 40 mm
• Excellent mechanical strength
• Resistant to common fluids and solvents
• Flame retardant
• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2 (except green / yellow version)
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
• Special colours available on request
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

Thin
3:1
Single wall
-55°C to +135°C
+90°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free
Transparent version: Halogen free

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

z

3:1

Expanded
w

d
D
Recovered

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per reel

1.6
3.2
4.5

0.5
1.0
1.5

0.15
0.18
0.20

0.45
0.55
0.60

300
300
300

[m]

PIG0150-0-B*
PIG0301-0-B*
PIG0451-0-B

1

PIG0602-0-B
PIG0903-0-B
PIG1204-0-B

1

/4
/8
1
/2

6.4
9.5
12.7

2.0
3.0
4.0

0.22
0.25
0.25

0.65
0.75
0.75

300
150
100

PIG1806-0-B
PIG2408-0-B
PIG4013-0-B

3

19.0
25.4
40.0

6.0
8.0
13.0

0.27
0.33
0.38

0.80
1.00
1.15

50
50
50

/16
/8
3
/16
1

3

/4
1
1 1/2

* Not available in green / yellow
For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white, C = transparent and E = green / yellow striped

231

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type PIG - HSB boxes
Thin wall heat shrink tubing

3:1

Expanded

z

• PIG heat shrink in a compact, handy sized box
• Workshop, installation, laboratory and much more
• Heat shrink tubing to enclose highly contoured components with
large diameter variations. Provides mechanical and electrical
protection
• Convenient amount of heat shrink, for small users
• Offered in 8 sizes to cover a heat shrink range from Ø 1.6 mm to
Ø 25.4 mm
• Stackable boxes for easy storage
• Meets UL 224 requirements
• Excellent mechanical strength
• Resistant to common fluids and solvents
• Flame retardant
• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2
(except green / yellow version)
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
• Special colours available on request

w
d

Technical Information

D

Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Recovered

Product Ref.

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Thin
3:1
Single wall
-55°C to +135°C
+90°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free
Transparent version: Halogen free

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per box
[m]

PIG0150-0-D*

1

1.6

0.5

0.15

0.45

10.5

PIG0301-0-D*
PIG0451-0-D
PIG0602-0-D
PIG0903-0-D
PIG1204-0-D
PIG1806-0-D
PIG2408-0-D

1

3.2
4.5
6.4
9.5
12.7
19.0
25.4

1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
6.0
8.0

0.18
0.20
0.22
0.25
0.25
0.27
0.33

0.55
0.60
0.65
0.75
0.75
0.80
1.00

10.0
9.0
7.0
6.0
5.5
4.5
3.3

/16

/8
3
/16
1
/4
3
/8
1
/2
3
/4
1

* Not available in green/yellow
For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white, C = transparent and E = green / yellow striped

232

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type PKG - flexible for moist environments
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• Crosslinked modified Polyolefin with thermoplastic adhesive lining
• Particularly suitable for corrosion and damp protected casings as
well as highly contoured components
• Flame retardant
• Moisture resistant, good chemical resistance
• High mechanical stability
• The high shrink ratio and flexibility of this range allows the user
maximum coverage with minimal parts
• The adhesive lining bonds to plastic, rubber, neoprene, steel and
polyethylene
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

3:1
Thin
3:1
Dual wall
-55°C to +110°C (outer jacket)
+95°C
Crosslinked polyolefin with adhesive lining
IP65
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

z

Expanded
w
d

D
Recovered

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per reel

Total length
per bag

Quantity
per bag

[m]

[m]

[pieces 0.6 m]

PKG0301-0-B
PKG0301-0-C
PKG0602-0-B
PKG0602-0-C
PKG0903-0-B

3.0
3.0
6.0
6.0
9.0

1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0

0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.4

300
–
300
–
150

–
12.0
–
9.0
–

–
20
–
15
–

PKG0903-0-C
PKG1204-0-B
PKG1204-0-C

9.0
12.0
12.0

3.0
4.0
4.0

0.5
0.5
0.5

1.4
1.8
1.8

–
100
–

6.0
–
5.4

10
–
9

PKG1806-0-B
PKG1806-0-C
PKG2408-0-B
PKG2408-0-C
PKG4013-0-B
PKG4013-0-C

18.0
18.0
24.0
24.0
40.0
40.0

6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0
13.0
13.0

0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7

2.2
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

50
–
50
–
30
–

–
3.6
–
3.0
–
2.4

–
6
–
5
–
4

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black and C = transparent

233

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type PKG - flexible for moist environments
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• Crosslinked modified Polyolefin with thermoplastic adhesive lining
• Particularly suitable for corrosion and damp protected casings as
well as highly contoured components
• Flame retardant
• Moisture resistant, good chemical resistance
• High mechanical stability
• The high shrink ratio and flexibility of this range allows the user
maximum coverage with minimal parts
• The adhesive lining bonds to plastic, rubber, neoprene, steel and
polyethylene
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
Technical Information

z

Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

4:1

Expanded
w

d
D

Thin
4:1
Dual wall
-55°C to +110°C (outer jacket)
+95°C
Crosslinked polyolefin with adhesive lining
IP65
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Recovered

Product Ref.

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per reel

Total length
per bag

Quantity
per bag

[m]

[m]

[pieces 0.6m]

PKG0401-0-B
PKG0401-0-C
PKG0802-0-B
PKG0802-0-C

4.0
4.0
8.0
8.0

1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0

0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

300
–
150
–

–
12.0
–
9.0

–
20
–
15

PKG1203-0-B
PKG1203-0-C
PKG1604-0-B

12.0
12.0
16.0

3.0
3.0
4.0

0.5
0.5
0.5

1.4
1.4
1.7

100
–
50

–
6.0
–

–
10
–

PKG1604-0-C
PKG2406-0-B
PKG2406-0-C
PKG3208-0-B
PKG3208-0-C
PKG5213-0-B
PKG5213-0-C

16.0
24.0
24.0
32.0
32.0
52.0
52.0

4.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0
13.0
13.0

0.5
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7

1.7
2.1
2.1
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4

–
50
–
50
–
30
–

5.4
–
3.0
–
3.0
–
1.8

9
–
5
–
5
–
3

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black and C = transparent

234

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type PKG - HSB boxes
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• PKG heat shrink in a compact, handy sized box
• Convenient amount of heat shrink, for small users
• Particularly suitable for corrosion and damp protected casings as
well as highly contoured components
• Offered in 6 sizes to cover a heat shrink range from Ø 3.0 mm to
Ø 24.0 mm
• Stackable boxes for easy storage
• The adhesive lining bonds to plastic, rubber, neoprene, steel and
polyethylene
• Flame retardant
• Moisture resistant
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

Thin
3:1
Dual wall
-55°C to +110°C (outer jacket)
+95°C
Crosslinked polyolefin with adhesive lining
IP65
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

z

3:1

Expanded
w

d
D
Recovered

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per box

PKG0301-0-D
PKG0602-0-D

3.0
6.0

1.0
2.0

0.4
0.5

1.0
1.0

5.0
3.5

PKG0903-0-D
PKG1204-0-D
PKG1806-0-D

9.0
12.0
18.0

3.0
4.0
6.0

0.5
0.5
0.6

1.4
1.8
2.2

3.0
2.5
2.0

PKG2408-0-D

24.0

8.0

0.7

2.5

1.5

[m]

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black and C = transparent

235

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type KYN - semi-rigid transparent
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• In areas of heavy mechanical loads, high temperatures and chemical stress. Insulation in densely packed wiring, in heating elements
and much more
• Internal diameters from 1.2 mm to 25.4 mm
• High mechanical strength
• Excellent electrical insulation performance
• High flame retardancy
• Highly abrasion and cut resistant
• Resistant to Diesel
• Very good resistance against chemicals and solvents
• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/8 requirements
Technical Information

2:1

Expanded

z

w
d
D

Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +175°C
+175°C
Crosslinked and rigid
Polyvinylidene Fluoride (Kynar®*)
IP60
Transparent
Silicone, Cadmium, Lead and
Halogen free

Recovered
* registered trademark of ATOFINA

Product Ref.

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Total length
per box

Quantity
per box

[m]

[pieces 1.22m]

KYN46-C-A

3

1.2

0.6

0.12

0.25

30.5

25

KYN63-C-A
KYN93-C-A
KYN125-C-A

1

1.6
2.4
3.2

0.8
1.2
1.6

0.12
0.12
0.12

0.25
0.25
0.25

30.5
30.5
30.5

25
25
25

KYN187-C-A
KYN250-C-A
KYN375-C-A
KYN500-C-A
KYN750-C-A
KYN1000-C-A

3

4.8
6.4
9.5
12.7
19.1
25.4

2.4
3.2
4.8
6.0
9.5
12.7

0.12
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.20
0.25

0.25
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.40
0.50

30.5
12.2
12.2
12.2
12.2
12.2

25
10
10
10
10
10

/64

/16
3
/32
1
/8
/16
/4
3
/8
1
/2
3
/4
1
1

236

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type VIT - highly flexible, flame retardant
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• High flexibility makes it suitable even under heavy-duty conditions
e.g. sensors in vehicle engine compartments
• Excellent strength and resistance against corrosive fluids even at
high temperatures
• Internal diameters from 3.2 mm to 38.1 mm
• Offers excellent resistance to aggressive fuels and chemicals
• High flame retardancy
• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/13 requirements
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-55°C to +220°C
+175°C
Viton®*, Crosslinked fluoroelastomer
IP60
Black
Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

w
d
D
Recovered

*Viton® is a registered trademark of DuPont.

Product Ref.

VIT125-0-C
VIT187-0-C
VIT250-0-C
VIT375-0-C
VIT500-0-C
VIT750-0-C
VIT1000-0-C
VIT1500-0-C

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]
1

2:1

Expanded

z

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
before shrinking
z
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Total length
per box

Quantity
per box

[m]

[pieces 0.6m]

/8
/16
1
/4
3
/8
1
/2
3
/4

3.2
4.8
6.4
9.5
12.7
19.1

1.6
2.4
3.2
4.8
6.4
9.5

0.40
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.55

0.8
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
1.3

6.0
6.0
6.0
4.8
4.2
3.6

10
10
10
8
7
6

1
1 1/2

25.4
38.1

12.7
19.0

0.70
0.80

1.4
1.9

2.4
1.8

4
3

3

237

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type ZHFR - flexible, Halogen free & flame retardant
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
•
•
•
•
•

Flexible
Low smoke generation when burnt
Halogen free
Flame retardant
Particularly recommended for use in contained areas and with
Halogen free wires and cables
• Meets DEF STAN 59-97, issue 3, type 8
• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference
structure)
• Special colours available on request
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

2:1
Expanded

w
d
D
Recovered

Product Ref.

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[inch]
[mm]

Thin
2:1
Single wall
-40°C to +105°C
+115°C
Crosslinked polyolefin
IP60
Black
Silicone, Cadmium, Lead and Halogen free

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per mini-reel
[m]

ZHFR93-0-E
ZHFR125-0-E
ZHFR187-0-E
ZHFR250-0-E
ZHFR375-0-E
ZHFR500-0-E

3

/32
/8
3
/16
1
/4
3
/8
1
/2

2.4
3.2
4.8
6.4
9.5
12.7

0.8
1.6
2.4
3.2
4.8
6.4

0.45
0.51
0.51
0.64
0.64
0.64

135
135
70
70
70
45

ZHFR750-0-E
ZHFR1000-0-E

3

19.1
25.4

9.5
12.7

0.76
0.89

25
25

1

/4
1

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:
0 = black, 4 = yellow, 9 = white

238

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type SSB - Shrink-Shield
Thin wall heat shrink tubing
• Insulation and shielding in one process
• Shrink-Shield in the handy format of the HSB boxes
• Typical applications including shielding of both power and signal
cables to reduce EMI radiation and susceptibility
• Inner aluminium layer and silver coloured outer PVC/Polyester
layer
• Shrinks from 90°C
• Fulfills UL 224 VW-1 requirements
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material outer layer
Material inner layer
Standard colour

Thin
2:1
Dual wall
-10°C to +125°C
+90°C
PVC & Polyester
Aluminium
Silver

Before shrinkage
After shrinkage

Outer layer: PVC & Polyester

Ground lead wire

Inner layer: Aluminium

Product Ref.

Flat width
[mm]

Expanded diameter
as supplied
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
[mm]

Length per
box
[m]

SSB010-1
SSB015-1

12.5
16.0

6.4
9.6

3.2
4.8

0.14
0.14

10
8

SSB020-1
SSB025-1
SSB040-1

22.0
27.0
42.0

13.0
16.0
25.4

6.5
8.0
12.7

0.14
0.14
0.14

7
6
4

For technical information on the shielding please consult the information available on the European online catalogue.

239

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type TBM - rated for 600V, 90°C continuous use
Medium wall heat shrink tubing
• TBM is an excellent product for sealing and insulating cable
splices, connections, terminations and jacket repairs where light
weight and high flexibility are required
• The tubing is designed to withstand the severe mechanical
requirements of submersible and direct-buried installations
• High resistance to abrasion, corrosion and chemicals
• Excellent weatherability
• 11 standard sizes in medium wall: internal diameters from
10.2 mm to 228.6 mm
• Meets requirements of ESI 09-11
Technical Information

3:1
Expanded

w
d
D

IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Recovered

Product Ref.

Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material

Medium
3:1
Dual wall
-55°C to +110°C
+120°C
Crosslinked polyolefin with thermoplastic
adhesive liner
IP67
Black
Silicone, Halogen, Cadmium and Lead free

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per bag

Quantity
per bag

[m]

[pieces 1.22m]

TBM0400
TBM0750
TBM0950
TBM1100
TBM1500

10.2
19.1
24.1
27.9
38.1

3.8
5.6
8.1
10.2
12.7

2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0

6.1
6.1
3.6
3.6
2.4

5
5
3
3
2

TBM2050
TBM2750
TBM3500

52.1
69.9
88.9

19.1
25.4
30.0

2.0
2.0
2.4

1.2
1.2
1.2

1
1
1

TBM4700
TBM6700
TBM9000

119.4
170.2
228.6

39.9
58.4
77.0

2.7
2.8
3.0

1.2
1.2
1.2

1
1
1

Do not stock at temperatures over 40°C. Do not expose directly to sun rays for long periods.

240

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type TBW - rated for 600V, 90°C continuous use
Thick wall heat shrink tubing
• TBW is an excellent product for sealing and insulating cable
splices, connections, terminations and jacket repairs.
• The tubing is designed to withstand the severe mechanical
requirements of submersible and direct-buried installations
• Low voltage power applications 600V
• High resistance to abrasion, corrosion and chemicals
• Excellent weatherability
• 9 standard sizes in thick wall: internal diameters from 8.9 mm to
119.9 mm
• Meets requirements of ESI 09-11
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

Thick
3:1
Dual wall
-55°C to +110°C
+120°C
Crosslinked polyolefin with thermoplastic
adhesive liner
IP67
Black
Silicone, Halogen, Cadmium and Lead free

3:1
Expanded

w
d
D
Recovered

Expanded diameter
as supplied
D
[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
d
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
w
[mm]

Length
per bag

Quantity
per bag

[m]

[pieces 1.22m]

TBW0350
TBW0500
TBW0750
TBW1100
TBW1500

8.9
13.0
19.1
27.9
38.1

3.0
4.1
6.1
8.9
11.9

1.8
2.4
2.4
3.0
4.1

6.1
6.1
6.1
2.4
2.4

5
5
5
2
2

TBW2000
TBW2700
TBW3500

50.8
68.1
89.9

16.0
22.1
30.0

4.1
4.1
4.1

1.2
1.2
1.2

1
1
1

TBW4700

119.9

39.9

4.3

1.2

1

Do not stock at temperatures over 40°C. Do not expose directly to sun rays for long periods.

241

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Low voltage kits up to 600V
Medium and Thick wall heat shrink tubing
• VMS heat shrinkable sleeves (TBM and TBW) are suitable for jointing multi-core, polymeric insulated energy cables in the low voltage
range
• Quick, simple installation
• Exceptionally good electrical insulation and environmental protection
• Good mechanical load-bearing ability
• No maintenance time necessary
• Unlimited storage life
• Tested to DIN 47632 / VDE 0278 Part 1 and 3
Standard Content
• 1 Outer sleeve (TBW)
• 4 Inner sleeves (TBM) for VMS2 to VMS9, 5 inner sleeves for VMS1
• Cleaning cloths
• Abrasive cloth
• Installation instructions
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material

3:1
Expanded

IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

d

D

Medium (TBM) and thick (TBW)
3:1
Dual wall
-55°C to +110°C
+120°C
Crosslinked polyolefin with thermoplastic
adhesive liner
IP67
Black
Silicone and Halogen free

Recovered

Product Ref.
Wire range

Inner sleeves

Shrinkage
Expanded Recovered
D
d
[mm]
[mm]

[mm2]

[pieces]

VMS1

1.5 - 6

5

12

VMS2
VMS3
VMS6
VMS7
VMS8
VMS9

2.5 - 16
6 - 35
16 - 50
35 - 150
120 - 240
185 - 300

4
4
4
4
4
4

12
20
20
30
40
54

CONTENT PER KIT
Length
Outer sleeve

Shrinkage
Expanded Recovered
D
d
[mm]
[mm]

Length

[mm]

[pieces]

[mm]

3

50

1

30

10

200

3
6
6
10
12
18

125
125
250
300
300
300

1
1
1
1
1
1

40
54
70
90
90
120

12
18
25
30
30
40

500
500
700
800
800
900

242

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type TEB - cable breakouts
Medium and Thick wall heat shrink tubing
• Cable Breakouts are designed for the insulation and sealing of
cable crutches
• They offer extreme strain relief and mechanical protection
• Adhesive line provides complete sealing
• UV-resistant
• They also provide good insulation and resistance to common
fluids and solvents
Technical Information
Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

Medium and thick
Various
Dual wall
-55°C to +100°C
+135°C
Crosslinked polyolefin with thermoplastic
adhesive liner
IP67
Black
Silicone, Halogen, Cadmium and Lead free

l
d
D
L

Product Ref.

Breakout Main ø
Expanded Recovered
D
[mm]
[mm]

TEB2 2-BREAKOUTS
TEB2-30/15
30
TEB2-50/21
50
TEB3 3-BREAKOUTS
TEB3-38/11
38
TEB3-60/24
60
TEB3-80/36
80

Finger ø
Expanded recovered
d
[mm]
[mm]

Cable
size

Core
Ø range

Overall
Ø range

[mm2]

[mm]

[mm]

Recovered Recovered Number Quantity
Full
Finger of breakLength L Length l
outs
[mm]
[mm]
[pieces]

9.4
24.0

15
21

4.1
7.0

–
–

–
–

–
–

84.6
107.1

27.0
30.6

2
2

10
10

14.0
22.0
33.0

11
24
36

4.0
8.0
16.0

10 - 25
35 - 70
95 - 150

5.1 - 7.7
8.8 - 12.0
13.7 - 17.0

16.5 - 22.0
24.5 - 32.0
36.0 - 44.0

110.0
185.0
210.0

20.0
45.0
50.0

3
3
3

10
10
10

TEB3-110/48
110
TEB3-125/55
125
TEB4 4-BREAKOUTS

47.0
47.0

48
55

20.0
20.0

185 - 300
185 - 500

17.0 - 24.3
17.0 - 31.1

49.0 - 62.0
49.0 - 77.5

260.0
260.0

75.0
75.0

3
3

10
10

TEB4-38/11
TEB4-55/20
TEB4-72/25
TEB4-100/35
TEB4-125/54

14.0
22.0
22.0
33.0
47.0

11
20
25
35
54

4.0
8.5
8.5
14.0
22.0

10 - 25
35 - 50
35 - 70
95 - 150
185 - 400

5.1 - 7.7
8.8 - 10.0
8.8 - 12.0
13.7 - 17.0
19.2 - 27.4

17.5 - 24.5
27.0 - 31.0
27.0 - 35.5
40.0 - 49.0
54.5 - 69.0

110.0
190.0
190.0
215.0
245.0

20.0
45.0
45.0
50.0
72.0

4
4
4
4
4

10
10
10
10
10

38
55
72
100
125

243

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Type TEC - end caps
Medium and Thick wall heat shrink tubing
• End Caps are designed to seal and to protect cable-ends against
the ingress of moisture and contamination
• They offer extreme strain relief and mechanical protection
• Adhesive line provides complete sealing
• They also provide optimal sealing and resistance to chemicals and
solvents
• UV-resistant
Technical Information

>2:1

Wall thickness
Shrink ratio
Tube characteristics
Temperature range
Shrinking temperature
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

T

Medium and thick
> 2:1
Dual wall
-55°C to +100°C
+120°C
Crosslinked polyolefin with thermoplastic
adhesive liner
IP67
Black
Silicone, Halogen, Cadmium and Lead free

D
L

Product Ref.

Expanded diameter
as supplied

Recovered
length
L
[mm]

Wall thickness
after shrinking
T
[mm]

Cable
diameter

Quantity

[mm]

Fully recovered
diameter
D
[mm]

[mm2]

[pieces]

TEC15/4.5
TEC25/9
TEC36/15
TEC55/25

15.0
25.0
36.0
55.0

4.5
9.0
15.0
25.0

44.0
69.0
93.0
107.0

1.0
2.7
2.8
3.3

5 - 12
10 - 22
17 - 30
28 - 47

100
50
10
10

TEC80/40
TEC102/60
TEC124/60

80.0
102.0
124.0

40.0
60.0
60.0

127.0
152.0
152.0

3.6
3.6
3.6

45 - 70
68 - 90
75 - 110

10
5
5

TEC148/57

148.0

57.0

152.0

4.5

80 - 135

5

244

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
TBTA-ZH - self amalgamating tape
Heat shrink technologies
• Self amalgamating tape
• Thomas & Betts TBTA-ZH tape provides a thick insulating layer
with flawless electrical stability and a long term resistance to
moisture penetration, which demands waterproofing
• To repair and maintain cable sleeving up to 30 Kv
• For installations, where open flame and heat may not be used
• Excellent resistance to UV rays and Ozone
• Easy to apply - no tools or heating required
• Excellent protection at low temperatures
Technical Information
Stretch ratio
Temperature range
Material
IP rating
Standard colour
Other properties

3:1
-55°C to +105°C
EPR based tape
IP67
Black
Silicone, Halogen, Cadmium and Lead free

3:1

Product Ref.

Roll length
[m]

Width
[mm]

Thickness
[mm]

TBTA-ZH-19
TBTA-ZH-25
TBTA-ZH-38
TBTA-ZH-51

9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0

19
25
38
51

0.76
0.76
0.76
0.76

TBTA-ZH must be stretched on application for the self-adhesive properties to be activated. TBTA-ZH has a stretch ratio of more than 3:1.

Installation notes
1. The surface of the connection and the cable entry must be clean
2. TBTA-ZH should be used under high tension as the stretching
process activates the adhesive
3. By wrapping the TBTA-ZH tape around the cable, a sealed casing
is created
4. If a cable or pipe needs protection, the TBTA-ZH tape should be
wrapped around itself twice at the beginning point and then
should overlap throughout by 50%. This means that the tape
will also stretch when the cable is under tension
5. Finally, the surface (see point 4) should be covered once more
using 100% tape overlap
6. At the end, the tape should be held at the overlap point and torn
off
7. To conclude the installation, the ripped off end should be pressed
firmly to close.

245

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1
Hot air tool
Heat shrink technologies
The Hot Air Tool from Thomas & Betts achieves a rapid shrink action.
This tool is ideal for industrial and military applications.
Technical Information
Property
Power Consumption
Temperature
Air Flow
Static pressure max.
Weight
Electronics

WT992GR

Product Ref.

WT993GR

WT994GR

WT995GR

WT996GR

Typical performance
1400W
+350°C to +500°C
350 / 500 l/min
1250 Pa
570 g
Flicker-conformity

WT998GR

WT999GR

Description

GR121
GR321
WT992GR

Hot Air Tool (European Plug and WT993GR nozzle)
Hot Air Tool (UK Plug and WT993GR nozzle)
Wide slot nozzle

WT993GR
WT994GR
WT995GR

Reflector nozzle
Reduction nozzle Ø 20mm
Welding nozzle

WT996GR
WT998GR
WT999GR

Overlap welding nozzle
Solder sleeve reflector nozzle
Glass protection nozzle

246

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

90MPa (31)
90MPa (31)
90MPa (31)
80MPa (31)
80MPa (31)
-/-

*Transparent version is halogen free
** Kynar is a registered trademark of ATOFINA

TBM
TBW
LV-Kit
TEB
TEC
TBTA-ZH

Expanded
Diameter

Tensile Strength
after heat aging

*** VITON is a registered trademark of DuPont
**** Except transparent version
***** Outer Jacket only

Low temp.
Flexibility

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No*
No*
No*
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Cadmium Non
+ Lead free Halogen

Combustion behaviour /
Flammability

-10% (3)
-10% (3)
-5% (3)
-10% (3)
-5% (3)
-10% (3)
-5% (3)
-15%(3:1) (3) /-18%(4:1) (3)
-6% (3)
-10% (3)
-10% (3)
+1% to -10% (3)
+1% to -10%
+1% to -10%
-15%
-15%
-/-

ASTM-D 2671(3)

ASTM-D 792
ISO/R 1183(2)
DEF Stan 59-97(1)
A-I(1)
1.3g / cm3 (1)
1.3g / cm3 (1)
1.3g / cm3 (1)
1.3g / cm3 (1)
1.3g / cm3 (1)
1.3g / cm3 (1)
1.0g / cm3 (1)
1.3g / cm3 (1)
1.8g / cm3 (1)
1.9g / cm3 (1)
1.45g / cm3 (2)
1.10g / cm3 (1)
1.10g / cm3 (1)
1.10g / cm3
1.10g / cm3
1.10g / cm3
-/-

Longitudinal
Shrinkage

Spec.
Gravity

13 MPa / 4h at 200°C (4)
13 MPa / 4h at 200°C (4)
19 MPa / 4h at 250°C (5)
14 MPa / 4h at 200°C (4)
19 MPa / 4h at 250°C (5)
14 MPa / 4h at 200°C (4)
15 MPa / 4h at 250°C (5)
15 MPa / 4h at 200°C (4)
48 MPa / 4h at 250°C (4)
17 MPa / 4h at 300°C (4)
9 MPa / 4h at 150°C
4h at 225°C
4h at 225°C
4h at 225°C
6MPa (3) 9)
6MPa (3) 9)
-/-

Tensile Strength
after
Heatshock
IEC 811-1-2(4)
IEC 811-1-3(5)
ASTM-D 2671(3)
ASTM-D 638(9)
400% / 4h at 200°C (4)
400% / 4h at 200°C (4)
No cracking or flowing (3)
400% / 4h at 200°C (4)
No cracking or flowing (3)
400% / 4h at 200°C (4)
No cracking or flowing (3)
360% / 4h at 200°C (4)
300% / 4h at 250°C (4)
250% / 4h at 300°C (4)
100% / 4h at 150°C (3)
No cracking or flowing (3)
No cracking or flowing (3)
No cracking or flowing
200% (3) (9)
200% (3) (9)
-/-

Elongation
after
Heatshock
IEC844-1-2(4)
ASTM-D 2671(3)
ASTM-D 638(9)
450%
450%
500%
450%
500%
450%
550%
400%
450%
520%
200%
600%
550%
-/300%
300%
750%

Ultimate
Elongation

Shrink Storage Resistance Water
Fungus
Dielectric Spec. Volume
temp. temp. against Absorption Resistance
Strength
Resistance
Chemicals
ASTM-D 2671 Meth. C (27) UL 224 VW-1 (11), UL 224 (14)
VDE 0472 (19)
IEC-243(24)
ASTM-D 876 (15), ASTM-D 635 (16)
ISO-62 (20)
VDE 0303 Part 2 (25)
FMVSS 302 (17), ESI 09-13 (18)
ASTM-D 570 (21)
ASTM-D 149 (28)
ASTM-D 257 (32)
Def Stan 59-97 (31)
Def Stan 59-97 (31)
ASTM-D 267 Proc. A (33)
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Flame retardant**** (14) (17) +110°C +30°C
Good
0.3% (19) Very good 24kV / mm (25) 10.15 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Flame retardant**** (14) (17) +110°C +30°C
Good
0.3% (19) Very good 24kV / mm (25) 10.15.Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Flame retardant**** (14) (17) +90°C +30°C
Good
0.2% (19) Very good 24kV / mm (25) 10.16 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Flame retardant**** (14)
+90°C +30°C
Good
0.2% (19) Very good 24kV / mm (25) 10.16 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Flame retardant**** (14) (17) +90°C +30°C
Good
0.2% (19) Very good 24kV / mm (25) 10.16 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Flame retardant**** (14)
+90°C +30°C
Good
0.2% (19) Very good 24kV / mm (25) 10.16 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C (27) Passed per FMVSS 302(14) (17) +90°C +30°C
Good
0.2% (19) Very good 24kV / mm (25) 10.16 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Flame retardant**** (15) (17) +95°C +30°C
Good
0.2% (19) Very good 22kV / mm (25) 10.14 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Flame retardant (11)
+175°C +30°C Very good 0.07% (19) Very good 31.5kV / mm (25) 10.13 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Flame retardant (33)
+175°C +30°C Very good 0.2% (19) Very good 16kV / mm (25) 10.13 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -40°C (27)
Flame retardant (16)
+115°C +30°C
Good
0.2% (21) Very good 24kV / mm (24) 10.16 Ohms x cm
to excellent
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Non Flame retardant
+120°C +30°C
Good
0.2% (21) Very good 20kV / mm (24) (28) 10.16 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C (27)
Non Flame retardant
+120°C +30°C
Good
0.2% (21) Very good 20kV / mm (28) 10.16 Ohms x cm
Does not break at -55°C
Non Flame retardant
+120°C +30°C
Good
0.2%
Very good
20kV / mm
10.16 Ohms x cm
-55°C
Non Flame retardant(18)
+135°C +30°C
Good
1% (20)
Very good
12kV / mm
10.11 Ohms x cm
-55°C (27)
Non Flame retardant
+120°C +30°C
Good
1% (20)
Very good 12kV / mm (24) 10.12 Ohms x cm
-/Flame retardant
n.a.
+30°C
Good
0.06% (31) Very good 30kV / mm (31)
n.a.

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Silicon
free

500% / 168h at 150°C (3) (13)
500% / 168h at 150°C (3) (13)
500% (3) (9)
250% / 168h at 120°C (12)
250% / 168h at 120°C (12)
n.a.

UL 224 (11), ISO 37 (13)
ASTM-D 2671 (3)
IEC811-1-2 (4)
ISO-188 (12)
ASTM-D 638 (9)
300% / 168h at 158°C(11)
300% / 168h at 158°C(11)
300% / 168h at 175°C(3)
300% / 168h at 175°C(11)
300% / 168h at 175°C(3)
300% / 168h at 175°C(11)
500% / 168h at 175°C(3)
320% / 168h at 158°C(4)
230% / 168h at 158°C(4)
220% / 168h at 158°C(4)
150% / 168h at 158°C(3)

Elongation after
heat aging

2:1
1.2-101.6mm / 3/64”-4”
2:1
1.2-51.0mm / 3/64”-2”
2:1
1.2-25.4mm / 3/64”-1”
2:1
3.2-25.4mm / 1/8”-1”
3:1
1.6-40.0mm / 1/16”-11/2”
3:1
4.5-40.0mm / 3/16”-11/2”
3:1
1.6-40.0mm / 1/16”-11/2”
3:1 / 4:1 3.0-52.0mm / 1/16”-2”
2:1
1.2-25.4mm / 3/64”-1”
2:1
3.2-38.1mm / 1/8”-11/2”
2:1
2.4-25.4mm / 3/32”-1”
3:1
10.2-228.6mm
3:1
8.9-119.9mm
3:1
various
various
30.0-125.0mm
various
15.0-148.0mm
1:3
19.0-51.0mm

12MPa (3) (9)
-/12MPa (3) (9)
9 MPa / 168h at 120°C (12)
10 MPa / 168h at 120°C (12)
-/-

Secant
Modulus

Tensile
Strength

-55°C to +125°C
-55°C to +125°C
-55°C to +135°C
-55°C to +135°C
-55°C to +135°C
-55°C to +135°C
-55°C to +135°C
-55°C to +110°C
-55°C to +175°C
-55°C to +220°C
-40°C to +105°C
-55°C to +110°C
-55°C to +110°C
-55°C to +110°C
-55°C to +100°C
-55°C to +100°C
-55°C to +105°C

Shrink
Ratio

14.5 MPa (7) (8)
14.5 MPa (7) (8)
-/10 MPa (9)
12 MPa (9)
2.5 MPa (31)

Flexible
Flexible
Flexible
Flexible
Very Flexible
Very Flexible
Very Flexible
Flexible
Semi-Rigid
Flexible
Flexible
Semi-Rigid
Semi-Rigid
Semi-Rigid
Semi-Rigid
Semi-Rigid
Flexible

PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
Kynar** PVDF
Viton***
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
PE-Polyolefin
EPR-Tape

Operating
temp.

UL 224 (11)
ASTM-D 2671 (3)
IEC811-1-2 (4)
ISO-188 (12)
ASTM-D 638 (9)
12 MPa / 168h at 158°C(11)
12 MPa / 168h at 158°C(11)
13 MPa / 168h at 175°C(3)
12 MPa / 168h at 175°C(11)
13 MPa / 168h at 175°C(3)
12 MPa / 168h at 175°C(11)
18 MPa / 168h at 175°C(3)
12 MPa / 168h at 158°C(4)
40 MPa / 168h at 158°C(4)
14 MPa / 168h at 158°C(4)
12 MPa / 168h at 158°C

Mechanical
Behaviour

Material

IEC 60684-2 (6) ASTM-D 882 (10)
ISO 37 (7) Def Stan 59-97 (31)
ASTM-D412 (8)
ASTM-D 638M (9)
Def Stan 59-97 (31)
PLG
15 MPa(6)
175 MPa max.(10)
CMP
15 MPa(6)
175 MPa max.(10)
MLP
17 MPa(6)
175 MPa max.(10)
GYS
15 MPa(6)
175 MPa max.(10)
PIG
17 MPa(6)
175 MPa max.(10)
PIG green yellow 15 MPa(6)
175 MPa max.(10)
PIG clear
20 MPa(6)
175 MPa max.(10)
PKG
15 MPa(6)
175 MPa max.
KYN
50 MPa(6)
750 MPa max.(10)
VIT
18 MPa(6)
70 MPa max.(10)
ZHFR
10 MPa(6)
175 MPa max.(10)

Test
Method

Product
name

PLG
CMP
MLP
GYS
PIG
PIG green yellow
PIG clear
PKG
KYN
VIT
ZHFR
TBM
TBW
LV-Kit
TEB
TEC
TBTA-ZH

Test Method

Product name

3.1

Technical Information
Heat shrink technologies

247

3.2

Rezi-Kon™
Cast resin joints
248

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2
INSULATION SYSTEMS
3.1 HEAT SHRINK TECHNOLOGIES

214

3.2 RESIN TECHNOLOGIES

248

Straight joints for non-armoured cables

252

Straight joints for armoured cables

253

Straight joints for control cables

254

Straight joints for telephone cables

255

Branch joints for non-armoured cables

256

Branch joints for armoured cables

257

Resin bags

258

Insulated connectors

258

Separate earth kits

259

249

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2

Rezi-Kon™
Cast resin joints
The new range of Rezi-Kon™ cast resin joints from

The Rezi-Kon™ cable joints are made of a Polycarbonate shell

Thomas & Betts provide a convenient and reliable solution

filled with a Polyurethane resin, which provides a watertight

for splicing and branching low voltage cables, in applica-

connection that can be immediately operational.

tions like street and leisure lighting, airfield lighting,

They are available in two styles, for a complete range of cable

utility / home connections.

sizes from 1.5 to 400 mm2:
- straight: for splicing or repairing existing cables

250

- branch: for tapping a new cable on an existing line

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2

A range of high performance
cast resin joints, for a quick and
reliable installation on the field

• Suitable for voltages up to 3.6 kV
• Easy to use on the field: no heat source or power required
• Quick and easy to install, immediately operational
• Can be buried
• Watertight: protection against water ingress from the cable and
from the shell

• Exclusive shell design, with a unique “clip“ system for easy
assembly and watertight closing
• Transparent shell, for a better inspection before and during the
casting
• High grade Polycarbonate: UV-resistant, impact resistant,
chemical resistant, flame retardant

• Excellent electrical properties

• 2-component Polyurethane resin

• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant

• Reduced exothermic properties (generates little heat during the

• Halogen free

reaction of polymerisation), therefore suitable for all kinds of

• The shell and the resin meet the requirements of the petro-

cables (power, phone, control)

chemical industry and are suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons

• Duo-bag packaging: pre-filled bag for correct mix ratio and safe
mixing (no contact with the components)
• Range of exclusive insulated connectors

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

251

3.2
Straight joints for non-armoured cables
Resin technologies
A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and
reliable installation on the field with a watertight protection.
Recommended for the connection of low voltage non-armoured
cables (up to 3.6 kV), from 1.5 to 400 mm2.
• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the cable)
and transversal (from the shell)
• For permanent installation
• Easy to install, allows easy cable crossing
• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant
• The shell and the resin meet the requirements of the petrochemical industry and are suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons
Each kit is supplied in a box containing:
- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)
- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag
containing the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint
- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an instruction sheet
Technical Information
Material
Voltage
IP Rating
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Product ref.

PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane
3.6 kV
Watertight
Flame retardant
Transparent
Halogen free, good chemical resistance,
UV-resistant, impact resistant

Conductor cross section
[mm2]
1.5

2.5

4

6

10

16

25

35

50

70

95

120

150

185

240

300

400

CRJ-S4
CRJ-S10
CRJ-S16
CRJ-S25
CRJ-S50
CRJ-S120
CRJ-S240
CRJ-S400
Tables are valid for non-armoured cables with four conductors

252

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2
Straight joints for armoured cables
Resin technologies
A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and
reliable installation on the field with a watertight protection.
Recommended for the connection of low voltage armoured cables
(up to 3.6 kV), from 1.5 to 400 mm2.
• Available in 2 versions: with mechanical connectors or without
connector
• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the
cable) and transversal (from the shell)
• For permanent installation
• Easy to install, allows easy cable crossing
• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant
• The shell and the resin meet the requirements of the petrochemical industry and are suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons
Each kit is supplied in a box containing:
- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)
- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag
containing the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint
- an earth kit: 2 constant force springs + 1 braided cable
- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an
instruction sheet
Technical Information
Material***
Voltage
IP Rating
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Product Ref. with
insulated connector

PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane
3.6 kV
Watertight
Flame retardant
Transparent
Halogen free, good chemical resistance,
UV-resistant, impact resistant

Product Ref.
without connector

Conductor cross section
[mm2]
1.5

CRJ-S4-UK-CO
CRJ-S10-UK-CO

CRJ-S4-UK
CRJ-S10-UK

CRJ-S16-UK-CO
CRJ-S25-UK-CO
CRJ-S50-UK-CO
CRJ-S120-UK-CO
CRJ-S240-UK-CO*
CRJ-S400-UK-CO*

CRJ-S16-UK
CRJ-S25-UK
CRJ-S50-UK
CRJ-S120-UK
CRJ-S240-UK**
CRJ-S400-UK**

2.5

4

6

10

16

25

35

50

70

95

120

150

185

240 300

400

* Supplied with non-insulated mechanical connectors and heat shrink sleeves. The earth kit is a cage shaped conductor
** The earth kit is a cage shaped conductor
*** Material: Styrene and PU - Polyurethane for Product Ref. CRJ-S400-UK-CO and CRJ-S400-UK
Table is valid for armoured cables with four conductors

253

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2
Straight joints for control cables
Resin technologies
A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and reliable
installation on the field. Recommended for the connection of multicore control cables (up to 48 cores).
• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the cable)
and transversal (from the shell)
• For permanent installation
• Easy to install, allows easy cable crossing
Each kit is supplied in a box containing:
- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)
- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag containing the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint
- an earth kit: 2 constant force springs + 1 braided cable
- the adequate quantity of insulated crimp connectors (butt splices)
- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an instruction sheet
Technical Information
Material
Voltage
IP Rating
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

Conductor cross section
[mm2]

CRJ-SCC4-UK-CO
CRJ-SCC8-UK-CO
CRJ-SCC16-UK-CO
CRJ-SCC48-UK-CO

2
cores

4
cores

5
cores

7
cores

8
cores

10
cores

PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane
3.6 kV
Watertight
Flame retardant
Transparent
Halogen free, good chemical resistance,
UV-resistant, impact resistant

11
cores

16
cores

27
cores

30
cores

48
cores

1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5

254

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2
Straight joints for telephone cables
Resin technologies
A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and reliable
installation on the field. Recommended for the connection of multipair telephone cables (up to 100 pairs).
• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the cable)
and transversal (from the shell)
• For permanent installation
• Easy to install, allows easy cable crossing
Each kit is supplied in a box containing:
- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)
- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag containing the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint
- an earth kit: 2 constant force springs + 1 braided cable
- the adequate quantity of insulation displacement connectors
(IDC)
- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an instruction sheet
Technical Information
Material
Voltage
IP Rating
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane
3.6 kV
Watertight
Flame retardant
Transparent
Halogen free, good chemical resistance,
UV-resistant, impact resistant

CRJ-ST5-UK-CO
CRJ-ST15-UK-CO

Conductor cross section
[mm2]
0.9
0.9

CRJ-ST25-UK-CO
CRJ-ST50-UK-CO
CRJ-ST100-UK-CO

0.9
0.9
0.9

2
pairs

5
pairs

10
pairs

15
pairs

25
pairs

40
pairs

50
pairs

100
pairs

255

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2
Branch joints for non-armoured cables
Resin technologies
A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and
reliable installation on the field with a watertight protection.
Recommended for the connection of low voltage non-armoured
cables (up to 3.6 kV), from 1.5 to 400 mm2.
• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the cable)
and transversal (from the shell)
• For permanent installation
• Easy to install, allows easy cable crossing
• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant
• The shell and the resin meet the requirements of the petrochemical industry and are suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons
Each kit is supplied in a box containing:
- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)
- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag containing the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint
- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an instruction sheet
Technical Information
Material
Voltage
IP Rating
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Product Ref.

Conductor cross section
[mm2]
1.5

CRJ-SB4
CRJ-SB10
CRJ-SB25
CRJ-SB50*
CRJ-SB120*
CRJ-SB240*
CRJ-SB400*

PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane
3.6 kV
Watertight
Flame retardant
Transparent
Halogen free, good chemical resistance,
UV-resistant, impact resistant

2.5

4

6

10

16

25

35

50

70

95

120

150

185

240

300

400

Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable

* Shell in Styrene
Tables are valid for non-armoured cables with four conductors

256

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2
Branch joints for armoured cables
Resin technologies
A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and
reliable installation on the field with a watertight protection.
Recommended for making cable taps, with low voltage armoured
cable (up to 3.6 kV), from 1.5 to 400 mm2.
• Available in 2 versions: with mechanical connectors or without
connector
• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the cable)
and transversal (from the shell)
• For permanent installation
• Easy to install
• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant
• The shell and the resin meet the requirements of the petrochemical industry and are suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons
Each kit is supplied in a box containing:
- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)
- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag
containing the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint
- an earth kit: 3 constant force springs + 1 braided cable
- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an instruction sheet

Product Ref.
with connectors

Technical Information
Material
Voltage
IP Rating
Flammability rating
Colour
Other properties

Product Ref.
without connectors

PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane
3.6 kV
Watertight
Flame retardant
Transparent
Halogen free, good chemical resistance,
UV-resistant, impact resistant

Conductor cross section
[mm2]
1.5

2.5

4

6

10

16

25

35

50

70

95

120 150 185 240 300 400

SERVICE BRANCH JOINTS
CRJ-SB4-UK-CO

CRJ-SB4-UK

CRJ-SB10-UK-CO

CRJ-SB10-UK

CRJ-SB25-UK-CO

CRJ-SB25-UK

CRJ-SB50-UK-CO*

CRJ-SB50-UK*

CRJ-SB120-UK-CO*

CRJ-SB120-UK*

CRJ-SB240-UK-CO*

CRJ-SB240-UK*

CRJ-SB400-UK-CO*

CRJ-SB400-UK*

Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable

MAIN BRANCH JOINTS
CRJ-MB120-UK-CO*

CRJ-MB120-UK*

CRJ-MB240-UK-CO*

CRJ-MB240-UK*

CRJ-MB400-UK-CO*

CRJ-MB400-UK*

Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable
Main cable
Branch cable

* Shell in Styrene
Table is valid for armoured cables with four conductors

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

257

3.2
Resin bags
Resin technologies
The convenient pre-filled duo-bag guarantees a correct mix ratio
and a safe mixing, by preventing the installer from having possible
contact with the components.

Product Ref.

Volume
[litre]

Weight
[g]

Quantity
[pieces]

CRJ-PU-0075
CRJ-PU-0175
CRJ-PU-0300

0.075
0.175
0.300

107
250
429

1
1
1

CRJ-PU-0550
CRJ-PU-1000
CRJ-PU-2000
CRJ-PU-3000

0.550
1
2
3

787
1287
2860
4290

1
1
1
1

• 2-component Polyurethane in ready-to-mix duo-bag packaging
• No need to open the bag, just remove the separation for a safe
mixing without contact with the components
• Pre-filled duo-bag, always the correct mix ratio and the exact
volume for the joint size
• Low exothermic properties, can be used with all kind of cables
(power, phone, control)
• For permanent application
• Excellent electrical and mechanical properties: good elasticity and
adhesion to all kinds of cables
• Transparent bag, for a better inspection of the mixing process
• Specific colour after mixing: beige
• 3 years shelf life (outer protective envelope in aluminium)
• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant
• Meet the requirements of the petrochemical industry and are
suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons
• Halogen free.

Insulated connectors
Resin technologies
Exclusive connectors, specially designed for the straight Rezi-Kon™
joints.
• Safe and easy connection: the 4 conductors always remain separated from each other
• Insulation in Polypropylene, contacts in brass
• 4 screws per contact
• Suitable for voltages up to 1 kV
Technical Information

Product Ref.
CRJ-IC-010
CRJ-IC-025
CRJ-IC-050
CRJ-IC-120

Cable range
[mm2]

Quantity
[pieces]

0.75 - 10
4 - 25
16 - 50
35 - 120

1
1
1
1

Material
Insulation
Voltage
Colour

Brass
P.P. - Polypropylene
1 kV
White

258

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2
Separate earth kits
Resin technologies
A range of separate earth kits, to achieve the earth continuity of
armoured cables. Available for straight joints and branch joints.

Braided cable

Each kit consists of:
- a piece of insulated braided cable, or round cable (for the smallest S4 and SB4 sizes) or cage-shape conductor (for the large size
joints)
- 2 or 3 pieces of Constant Force Springs (2 for straight joints, 3 for
branch joints)

Product Ref.

Shape

For joint kit*

Quantity
[pieces]

CRJ-S4-XX-YY
CRJ-S10-XX-YY
CRJ-S16-XX-YY
CRJ-S25-XX-YY
CRJ-S50-XX-YY

1
1
1
1
1

CRJ-EK-S120
braided
CRJ-EK-S240
cage
CRJ-EK-S400
cage
EARTH KITS FOR BRANCH JOINTS

CRJ-S120-XX-YY
CRJ-S240-XX-YY
CRJ-S400-XX-YY

1
1
1

CRJ-EK-SB4
CRJ-EK-SB10
CRJ-EK-SB25

round
braided
braided

CRJ-SB4-XX-YY
CRJ-SB10-XX-YY
CRJ-SB25-XX-YY

1
1
1

CRJ-EK-SB50
CRJ-EK-SB120
CRJ-EK-SB240

braided
braided
braided

CRJ-SB50-XX-YY
CRJ-SB120-XX-YY
CRJ-SB240-XX-YY

1
1
1

CRJ-EK-SB400

braided

CRJ-SB400-XX-YY

1

EARTH KITS FOR STRAIGHT JOINTS
CRJ-EK-S4
round
CRJ-EK-S10
braided
CRJ-EK-S16
braided
CRJ-EK-S25
braided
CRJ-EK-S50
braided

Cage-shape conductor

* XX can be left empty or replaced by UK
YY can be left empty or replaced by CO

259

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Flexible conduits
Excellent mechanical
strength and flexibility
for use in demanding
environments
260

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
CONDUIT & FITTINGS
4.1 FLEXIBLE CONDUITS

260

Selection guide

264

Shureseal™ flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

266

Type TBEF - universal

266

Type TBDL - dual listed UL & CSA

267

Type TBOR - oil resistant

268

Type TBEHC - extreme heat / cold

269

Type TBZH - zero halogen

270

Shureseal™ flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

271

Type TYPEA - smooth outer surface

271

Type EFC - with strengthened inner coil

272

Type LTC - smooth outer surface

273

Type LTC-GY - smooth outer surface

274

Shureflex® ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduits

275

Type UGS - uncovered version

275

Type PGS - covered version

276

Shureflex® ultra-flexible nylon conduits

277

Type LG - light grade

277

Type SG - standard grade

278

Type MG - medium grade

279

Type EG - extra flexible grade

280

Material specifications

281

4.2 FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES

284

4.3 SHURESEAL™ CABLE GLANDS

330

261

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Shureseal™ and Shureflex ®
Flexible conduits

262

Thomas & Betts ... The Complete Product Line

The Shureseal™ flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

For a century, Thomas & Betts has been a recognised

provide an excellent protection for electrical cables against:

leader in electrical conduits & fittings. Industry standards

aggressive media, pressure loads, moisture and liquid, chemicals

such as Chase Nipples and Erickson Couplings were intro-

and oil, dust and pollution, extreme temperatures.

duced by Thomas & Betts and are still popular in the

All grades of Shureseal™ conduits are constructed using an in-

industry. This leadership continues. Here’s why.

terlocking, convoluted, heavy-duty galvanised steel core. Depending on the grade and size of the conduit, a packing material

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Excellent mechanical strength
and flexibility for use
in demanding environments

is added to the convolutions of the core to improve performance.

cables in industrial and commercial applications.

Finally, a smooth jacket is extruded over the steel core to give pro-

They have an excellent resistance to crushing, vibrations and

tection and improve flexing properties.

bending, as well as high flexibility and pull off strength.

Ideal for applications which require resistance to bending strain

The Shureflex® conduits are also available in stainless steel upon

vibration or similar forces.

request.

The Shureseal™ flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

The new range of Shureflex® Nylon conduit and fittings

offer an excellent protection for electrical cables combined with an

provides all the benefits of a Halogen free, flexible watertight

outstanding flexibility, a strong resistance to chemicals and a good

system of protection for electrical cables.

level of mechanical resistance. Their smooth inner surface ensures

The Shureflex® Nylon conduits are made from Halogen free

that cables and conductors can be fed through with ease.

Polyamide 6 (PA6) and Polyamide 12 (PA12) and are recom-

Ideal for applications which require resistance to bending strain,

mended for the insulation and the mechanical protection of

vibration or similar forces, the range of Shureseal™ flexible,

electrical cables, in accordance with EN60204 (Machine Safety).

non-metallic liquidtight conduits is installable with the appropri-

With its wide range of fittings and accessories, this system is

ate fittings available in the Shureseal™ range.

ideally suitable for all types of applications in general wiring,
industrial equipment, machine tools and machinery, production

The Shureflex® system of ultra-flexible metallic conduits in

equipment, control equipment, robotics, automotive, trans-

galvanised steel offers an economic solution for the protection of

portation, railway.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

263

4.1
Selection guide
Flexible conduits
Conduit
type

Features

SHURESEAL™ FLEXIBLE METALLIC LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUITS
TBEF
Flexible, VDE approved,
for heavy-duty use

Flexible

High
mechanical
strength

Oil and
chemical
resistant

Standard multi-purpose conduit

B

yes

B

yes

B

yes

yes

yes

TBDL

UL / CSA approved, silicone free
for heavy-duty use, multi-purpose

TBOR

Same as TBEF – plus high resistance
to oil and chemicals

Export-oriented mechanical
and plant engineering
(USA, Canada etc.)
Mechanical engineering with
high exposure to oil or chemicals

TBEHC

Remains flexible at extreme
temperatures

Same as TBEF but for higher
temperatures

B

yes

TBZH

Halogen-free, low smoke and flexible

Where human life is at risk e.g.
underground, railway stations

B

yes

Robotics, export version

A

yes

yes

A

yes

yes

A

yes

yes

yes

SHURESEAL™ FLEXIBLE NON-METALLIC LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUITS
TYPEA
Multi-layer construction,
UL / CSA approved
EFC

Highly flexible, crush-resistant,
very good chemical resistance

LTC

Smooth inner and outer surfaces,
UL & CSA listed

OEM: flexing component
wiring protection, fiber optic
cable protection etc
Industrial applications: machinery,
food processing equipment, etc

LTC-GY

Smooth inner and outer surfaces,
UL & CSA listed, grey

Commercial applications:
indoor & outdoor lighting, etc

A

yes

Industrial and commercial
applications such as lighting, security
cameras and underfloor wiring
Industrial and commercial applications
such as lighting, security cameras
and underfloor wiring

A

yes

B

yes

General wiring, machine tools,
industrial equipment and
automotive
General wiring, machine tools,
industrial equipment and
automotive
Machine tools and machinery,
industrial equipment, railway

A

yes

yes

A

yes

yes

A

yes

yes

A

yes

yes

SHUREFLEX® FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUITS
UGS
Extremely flexible, even at industrial
and commercial applications such as
extremely high and low temperatures
PGS
Flexible, PVC-covered*

SHUREFLEX® ULTRA-FLEXIBLE NYLON CONDUITS
LG
Halogen-free Polyamide 6
Very flexible and cost effective
Easy installation (push-mount fitting)
SG
Halogen-free Polyamide 6
Very flexible and light
Easy installation (push-mount fitting)
MG
Halogen-free Polyamide 6
Flexible with increased
mechanical strength
Easy installation (push-mount fitting)
EG
Halogen-free Polyamide 12
Extremely flexible, even at negative
temperatures and in very dry atmosphere
Easy installation (push-mount fitting)

264

Typical Applications

Demanding applications requiring
repetitive bending and flexing
movements: robotics, automation,
production equipment

A = ultra flexible, B = flexible
* LFH (Limited Fire Hazard) covering is available upon request
** Only applicable when correctly installed with Thomas & Betts fittings
*** Fittings with IP65 rating are available upon request for the PGS conduits

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Zero
halogen

yes

yes

Low
acid

yes

Limited
fire
hazard

yes

Flame
retardant

Temperature
rating

IP
rating**

Standard
colour

Material
Covering

Material
Core

UL
file Nr

CSA
file Nr

Page

yes

-25 to
+105°C

IP67

black

PVC

galvanised
steel

yes

-25 to
+105°C

IP67

black

PVC

galvanised
steel

yes

-25 to
+105°C

IP67

black

PVC

galvanised
steel

268

yes

-50 to
+130°C

IP67

black

Polyester

galvanised
steel

269

yes

-25 to
+90°C

IP67

black

Olefin

galvanised
steel

270

-20 to
+60°C

IP66

orange

2 layers
of PVC

E95745

232580

271

-18 to
+60°C

IP65

black

reinforced
PVC

E96548

LL067241

272

-18 to
+105°C

IP65

black

PVC

E95745

LL80349

273

-18 to
+80°C

IP65

grey

PVC

E95745

LL80349

274

galvanised
steel

275

galvanised
steel

276

266

E125517

LL91693

267

yes

yes

yes

-50 to
+300°C

IP40

metallic

yes

*

yes

-25 to
+70°C

IP54***

black

yes

yes

yes

yes

-40 to
+105°C

IP66/IP69K

black

PA6

E96548

277

yes

yes

yes

yes

-40 to
+105°C

IP66/IP69K

black

PA6

E96548

278

yes

yes

yes

yes

-40 to
+105°C

IP66/IP69K

black

PA6

E96548

279

yes

yes

-50 to
+90°C

IP66/IP69K

black

PA12

PVC

280

265

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type TBEF - universal
Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits
• TBEF (now integrating the TBHT grade) conduit with heavy duty
double interlocked / single interlocked (with packing) galvanised
steel core
• Universal conduit for all liquidtight applications requiring good
mechanical strength and flexibility: machinery, conveyors, etc.
• Cotton packing for high flexibility (up to 1 1/4“)
• High performance acid and oil resistant, self-extinguishing PVC
jacket
• High mechanical stability
• Tested and certified in accordance with DIN VDE 0605:1982-04
(File Nr: 24058-5410-0050 / 32CRB F41 / LR, Document Nr.: 131354)
• Marked lengths (every 1 m) for quick and easy measuring and
cutting
Technical Information
Outer jacket
Core
Packing
Colour
Temperature range
Voltage breakdown
(flash test)
Insulation resistance
IP rating

Length marking
1/4” - 1 1/4”

TBEF0250-50*
TBEF0312-50*
TBEF0375-10

266

TBEF0375-75
TBEF0500-10
TBEF0500-60
TBEF0750-10
TBEF0750-50
TBEF1000-30
TBEF1250-30
TBEF1500-15*
TBEF2000-15*
TBEF2500-15*
TBEF3000-7*
TBEF4000-7*

> 100 MOhm
IP67, when correctly installed with
Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

** (Grey available upon request. Suffix = G, e.g. TBEF0250-50G)

1 1/2” - 4”

Product Ref.

PVC, self-extinguishing within 30 seconds
Galvanised steel
Cotton (up to 1 1/4”)
Black or grey**
Static: -25°C to +105°C
Flexing: -5°C to +105°C
> 2 kV

Nominal
size

Metric
size

Length

Internal
diameter

External
diameter

[inch]

[mm]

[m]

[mm]

[mm]

Min.
bending
radius
[mm]

10
12
16

50
50
10

6.2
10.0
12.5

11.4
14.4
17.8

45
50
50

500
500
1000

1250
1250
1250

20.0
22.2
41.9

A
A
A

16
20
20
25
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
115

75
10
60
10
50
30
30
15
15
15
7
7

12.5
16.0
16.0
21.0
21.0
26.0
34.8
40.4
51.6
63.3
78.4
102.1

17.8
21.1
21.1
26.4
26.4
33.1
41.8
47.7
60.0
72.6
88.4
113.8

50
75
75
90
90
110
130
190
250
480
760
860

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500

1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250

41.9
48.1
48.1
68.9
68.9
97.5
123.3
144.8
161.0
298.0
327.8
394.4

B
A
B
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

1

/4
/16
3
/8

5

3

/8
/2
1
/2
3
/4
3
/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
1

Mechanical values
Weight
Type
min. tensile min. compression
of
strength
strength
packaging
[N]
[N]
[kg/100 m]

* Not VDE approved
Packaging sizes: A = box 370 x 370 x 180 mm, B = box 500 x 500 x 275 mm, C = reel 800 mm ø
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges
For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings see pages 290 to 301

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type TBDL - dual listed UL & CSA
Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits
• Type TBDL with UL / CSA approval, heavy duty double interlocked
/ single interlocked galvanised steel core
• Export and North-America oriented applications: multi-national
projects, power plant, ...
• Copper wire packing for improved grounding (up to 1 1/4”)
• High performance, acid- and oil-resistant PVC jacket, selfextinguishing in accordance with UL360
• Extremely high mechanical stability
• Marked lengths (every 1 m) for quick and easy measuring and
cutting
• Silicone free
Technical Information
Outer jacket
Core
Packing
Colour
Temperature range

PVC, self-extinguishing in 60 seconds
Galvanised steel
Flat copper conductor (up to 1 1/4”)
Black
Static: -25°C to +105°C
(+120°C intermittent)
Flexing: -5°C to +105°C
UL rating: -10°C to +60°C
CSA rating: -10°C to +75°C
IP67, when correctly installed with
Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

IP rating

E125517

091693

Length marking
3/8” - 1 1/4”

1 1/2” - 2”

Product Ref.

TBDL0375-75
TBDL0500-60
TBDL0750-50
TBDL1000-30
TBDL1250-30
TBDL1500-15
TBDL2000-15

Nominal
size

Metric
size

Length

Internal
diameter

External
diameter

[inch]

[mm]

[m]

[mm]

[mm]

Min.
bending
radius
[mm]

/8
/2
3
/4

16
20
25

75
60
50

12.5
16.0
21.0

17.8
21.1
26.4

50
80
105

1000
1000
1000

4000
4000
1250

39.4
48.5
66.3

B
B
C

1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

32
40
50
63

30
30
15
15

26.0
34.8
40.4
51.6

33.1
41.8
47.7
60.0

165
200
280
355

1000
1000
2500
2500

4000
1250
4000
1250

112.0
160.0
193.5
253.0

C
C
C
C

3
1

Mechanical values
Weight
min. tensile min. compression
strength
strength
[N]
[N]
[kg/100 m]

Type
of
packaging

Packaging sizes: B = box 500 x 500 x 275 mm, C = reel 800 mm ø
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges
Other sizes available upon request - please contact your Sales Office
For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings see pages 290 to 301

267

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type TBOR - oil resistant
Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits
• Type TBOR, with heavy duty double interlocked / single interlocked (with packing) galvanised steel core
• Applications in greasy environments: machine tools, assembly
machines, hydraulic machinery
• Cotton packing for high flexibility (up to 1 1/4“)
• High performance acid- and oil-resistant PVC outer jacket, selfextinguishing within 30 seconds
• High mechanical stability in accordance with DIN 49 012
• Marked lengths (every 1m) for quick and easy measuring and
cutting
Technical Information
Outer jacket
Core
Packing
Colour
Temperature range

Length marking

Voltage breakdown
(flash test)
Insulation resistance
IP rating

3/8” - 1 1/4”

1 1/2” - 2”

Product Ref.

TBOR0375-75
TBOR0500-60
TBOR0750-50
TBOR1000-30
TBOR1250-30
TBOR1500-15
TBOR2000-15

PVC, self-extinguishing within 30 seconds
Galvanised steel
Cotton (up to 1 1/4”)
Black
Static: -25°C to +105°C
Flexing: -5°C to +105°C
> 2 kV
> 100 MOhm
IP67, when correctly installed with
Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

Nominal
size

Metric
size

Length

Internal
diameter

External
diameter

[inch]

[mm]

[m]

[mm]

[mm]

Min.
bending
radius
[mm]

/8
/2
3
/4
1

16
20
25
32

75
60
50
30

12.5
16.0
21.0
26.0

17.8
21.1
26.4
33.1

50
75
90
110

1000
1000
1000
1000

1250
1250
1250
1250

41.9
48.1
68.9
97.5

B
B
C
C

1 1/4
1 1/2
2

40
50
63

30
15
15

34.8
40.4
51.6

41.8
47.7
60.0

130
190
250

1000
2500
2500

1250
1250
1250

123.3
144.8
161.0

C
C
C

3
1

Mechanical values
Weight
min. tensile min. compression
strength
strength
[N]
[N]
[kg/100 m]

Type
of
packaging

Packaging sizes: B = box 500 x 500 x 275 mm, C = reel 800 mm ø
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges
Other sizes available upon request - please contact your Sales Office
For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings see pages 290 to 301

268

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type TBEHC - extreme heat/cold
Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits
• Applications at extreme temperatures: refrigeration, transportation,
industrial HVAC, heavy industries
• Very high tolerance to extreme changes in temperature
• Heavy duty double interlocked / single interlocked (with packing)
galvanised steel core
• Cotton packing for high flexibility (up to 1 1/4“)
• High performance acid- and oil-resistant Polyester jacket, selfextinguishing according to UL 94 V-2
• High mechanical stability in accordance with DIN 49 012
• Marked lengths (every 1m) for quick and easy measuring and
cutting
Technical Information
Outer jacket

Polyester, self-extinguishing
within 30 seconds
Galvanised steel
Cotton (up to 1 1/4”)
Black
Static: -50°C to +130°C
(+150°C intermittent)
Flexing: -5°C to +130°C
> 2 kV

Core
Packing
Colour
Temperature range

Voltage breakdown
(flash test)
IP rating

Product Ref.

Length marking
3/8” - 1 1/4”

IP67, when correctly installed with
Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

1 1/2” - 2”

Nominal
size

Metric
size

Length

Internal
diameter

External
diameter

[inch]

[mm]

[m]

[mm]

[mm]

Min.
bending
radius
[mm]

Mechanical values
Weight
min. tensile min. compression
strength
strength
[N]
[N]
[kg/100 m]

Type
of
packaging

16
20

30
30

12.5
16.0

17.8
21.1

50
75

1000
1000

1250
1250

40.7
45.0

B
B

TBEHC0375-30
TBEHC0500-30

3

TBEHC0750-30
TBEHC1000-30
TBEHC1250-30

3

/4
1
1 1/4

25
32
40

30
30
30

21.0
26.0
34.8

26.4
33.1
41.8

90
110
130

1000
1000
1000

1250
1250
1250

64.5
90.7
112.6

C
C
C

TBEHC1500-15
TBEHC2000-15

1 1/2
2

50
63

15
15

40.4
51.6

47.7
60.0

190
250

2500
2500

1250
1250

134.5
148.7

C
C

/8
/2

1

Packaging sizes: B= box 500 x 500 x 275 mm, C= reel 800 mm ø
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges
Other sizes available upon request - please contact your Sales Office
For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings see pages 290 to 301
Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are now available for high temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for product availability.
TBEHC conduits with 316 grade stainless steel core (TBEHCSS series) can be available upon request - please contact your Sales Office for product availability
and Minimum Order Quantities.

269

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type TBZH - zero halogen
Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits
• Halogen free and low smoke outer jacket
• Ideal for applications where human lives can be a concern: public
transportation, metro, train,...
• Heavy duty double interlocked / single interlocked (with packing)
galvanised steel core
• Cotton packing for high flexibility (up to 1 1/4“)
• High performance acid- and oil-resistant Olefin outer jacket, selfextinguishing within 30 seconds
• For use in safety areas (tunnels, public areas and transportation
equipment)
• Marked lengths (every 1m) for quick and easy measuring and
cutting
• NFF16-101 / NFF16-102 tested:
I index = I3 (oxygen index = 40.7), F index = F1
Technical Information
Outer jacket
Core
Packing
Colour
Temperature range

Length marking
5/16” - 1 1/4”

Voltage breakdown
(flash test)
Insulation resistance
IP rating

1 1/2” - 2”

Product Ref.

Olefin, self-extinguishing within 30 seconds
Galvanised steel
Cotton (up to 1 1/4”)
Black
Static: -25°C to +90°C
Flexing: -5°C to +90°C
> 2 kV
> 100 MOhm
IP67, when correctly installed with
Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

Nominal
size

Metric
size

Length

Internal
diameter

External
diameter

[inch]

[mm]

[m]

[mm]

[mm]

Min.
bending
radius
[mm]

16
20

75
60

12.5
16.0

17.8
21.1

60
90

1000
1000

1250
1250

41.9
48.1

B
B

25
32
40
50
63

50
30
30
15
15

21.0
26.0
34.8
40.4
51.6

26.4
33.1
41.8
47.7
60.0

110
130
160
230
300

1000
1000
1000
2500
2500

1250
1250
1250
1250
1250

68.9
97.5
123.3
144.8
161.0

C
C
C
C
C

TBZH0375-75
TBZH0500-60

3

TBZH0750-50
TBZH1000-30
TBZH1250-30
TBZH1500-15
TBZH2000-15

3

/8
/2

1

/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

Mechanical values
Weight
min. tensile min. compression
strength
strength
[N]
[N]
[kg/100 m]

Type
of
packaging

Packaging sizes: B= box 500 x 500 x 275 mm, C = reel 800 mm ø
For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings see pages 290 to 301
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

270

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type TYPEA - smooth outer surface
Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits
• UL and CSA approved
• Double layer construction offers a high level of mechanical stability
for plastic tubing
• The Nylon lining between the 2 layers ensures a high level of
flexibility
• High performance, durable acid- and oil resistant PVC outer jacket
• Perfectly designed for fittings which have to be safe, secure and
electrically insulated
• Marked in lengths of 1 foot / 30.48 cm for quick and easy
measuring and cutting
• High retention assured when used in association with T&B special
fittings (Product Ref. 37XX and 63XX)
(see pages 302 and 303)
Technical Information
Material
Colour
Temperature range
IP rating

2 layers of PVC with a woven Nylon
fabric in between
Orange
-20°C to +60°C
IP66, when correctly installed with
Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

E95745

232580

Length marking

Product Ref.

Nominal
size
[inch]

Metric
size
[mm]

Length

3

[m]

Internal
diameter
[mm]

External
diameter
[mm]

Min. bending
radius
[mm]

Weight
[kg/100 m]

TYPEA38-250
TYPEA50-200
TYPEA75-175
TYPEA100-100
TYPEA125-100

/8
/2
3
/4
1
1 1/4

16
20
25
32
40

76.2
61.0
53.3
30.5
30.5

12.32
15.75
20.70
26.16
34.80

19.63
23.62
29.72
36.58
46.36

63.5
76.2
101.6
152.4
177.8

23.3
33.3
46.7
63.3
93.3

TYPEA150-50
TYPEA200-50

1 1/2
2

50
63

15.2
15.2

40.26
52.71

52.83
65.79

203.2
228.6

120.0
180.0

1

For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits see pages 302 and 303
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

271

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type EFC - with strengthened inner coil
Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits
• UL Type B liquidtight flexible non-metallic conduit, OEM grade
• Highly flexible, liquidtight plastic tubing with strengthened inner
coil
• UV-resistant and weatherproof
• High chemical resistance
• UL recognised under File No. E 96548
• CSA approved File No. LL 067241
• Crush-resistant due to stiffening effects of strengthened inner coil
• The ultra-smooth inner surface ensures that cables and conductors can be fed through very easily
• Can be used with plastic or metallic T&B “Bullet” fittings (see
pages 304 to 308)
Technical Information

LL067241

Material
Colour
Temperature range

E96548

PVC
Black or orange* or blue*
-18°C to +75°C (CSA)
-18°C to +60°C (UL)
IP65, when correctly installed with
Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

IP rating

External
Ø

Internal
Ø

Product Ref.

EFC025
EFC038
EFC050
EFC075
EFC100
EFC125
EFC150
EFC200

Nominal
size
[inch]

Metric
size
[mm]

Length

/4
/8
1
/2
3
/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

1
3

[m]

Internal
diameter
[mm]

External
diameter
[mm]

Min. bending
radius
[mm]

Weight

Type of
packaging

[kg/100 m]

10
16
20
25
32

30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5

10.0
12.3
15.8
20.8
26.4

14.6
18.0
21.3
26.7
33.4

20
25
30
40
50

7.3
10.7
12.4
15.3
23.8

reel
reel
reel
reel
reel

40
50
63

30.5
15.2
15.2

35.1
40.0
51.3

42.2
48.3
60.3

60
70
85

31.6
43.8
59.5

reel
reel
reel

For Shureseal™ “Bullet” fittings see pages 304 to 308
* For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference. (e.g. EFC025-1 for orange conduit)
Standard colour = black, 1 = orange, 2 = blue

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

272

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type LTC - smooth outer surface
Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits
• UL Type B liquidtight flexible non-metallic conduit,
industrial grade
• UL listed (E95745), CSA approved (LL80349)
• Highly flexible, with smooth outer jacket
• UV-resistant and weatherproof
• High chemical resistance
• The smooth inner surface ensures that cables and conductors can
be fed through very easily
• Marked lengths (every 1 foot = 30.5 cm) for quick and easy
measuring and cutting
• Can be used with plastic or metallic Shureseal™ “Bullet” fittings
(see pages 304 to 308)
• Recommended industrial applications include: food processing
equipment, extensions from wireways, sensor and microswitch
control consoles
Technical Information
Material
Colour
Temperature range

Voltage rating
Flammability rating
UL specifications

IP rating

Product Ref.

E95745

LL80349

PVC
Black or blue* or orange*
-18°C to +105°C
CSA rating:
-18°C to +75°C
UL rating:
-18°C to +105°C (dry)
-18°C to +70°C (oil)
-18°C to +60°C (wet)
600V
UL1660
Oil resistant: yes
Outdoor applications: yes (black version only)
Direct burial: yes
IP65, when correctly installed with Shureseal™
plastic or metallic “Bullet” fittings

Nominal
size
[inch]

Metric
size
[mm]

Length

Length marking

[m]

Internal
diameter
[mm]

External
diameter
[mm]

Weight
[kg/100 m]

LTC038

3

16

30.5

12.3

18.0

19.0

LTC050
LTC075
LTC100-TB
LTC125-TB
LTC150-TB
LTC200

1

20
25
32
40
50
63

30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
15.2
15.2

15.8
20.8
26.4
35.1
40.0
51.3

21.3
26.7
33.4
42.2
48.3
60.3

22.0
27.2
42.3
56.1
77.8
105.7

/8

/2
3
/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

Suitable for use in hazardous location where general purpose equipment is specifically permitted by the NEC Class I Div. 2, Class II, Div. 1 & 2 Class III, Div. 1 & 2,
NEC 501-4(b) 502-4(a)(b) 503-3(a)(b).
Other lengths can be available - please contact your Sales Office for availability
For Shureseal™ “Bullet” fittings, see pages 304 to 308
* For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference. (e.g. LTC050-1 for orange conduit)
Standard colour = black, 1 = orange, 2 = blue

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

273

4.1
Type LTC-GY - smooth outer surface
Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits
• UL Type B liquidtight flexible non-metallic conduit, commercial
grade
• UL listed (E95745), CSA approved (LL80349)
• Highly flexible, with smooth outer jacket
• UV-resistant and weatherproof
• High chemical resistance
• The smooth inner surface ensures that cables and conductors can
be fed through very easily
• Can be used with plastic or metallic Shureseal™ “Bullet” fittings
(see pages 304 to 308)
• Recommended for commercial applications
Technical Information
Material
Colour
Temperature range
LL80349

E95745

Voltage rating
UL specifications

IP rating

Length marking

Product Ref.

LTC038GY
LTC050GY
LTC075GY

Nominal
size
[inch]
3

/8

1/2
3

/4

1

Metric
size
[mm]

Length

PVC
Grey
-18°C to +80°C
UL rating:
-18°C to +80°C (dry)
-18°C to +70°C (oil)
-18°C to +60°C (wet)
600V
Oil resistant: yes
Outdoor applications: yes
Direct burial: yes
IP65, when correctly installed with
Shureseal™ plastic or metallic “Bullet”
fittings

[m]

Internal
diameter
[mm]

External
diameter
[mm]

Weight
[kg/100 m]

16
20
25

30.5
30.5
30.5

12.3
15.8
20.8

18.0
21.3
26.7

19.0
22.0
27.2

LTC100GY
LTC125GY
LTC150GY

1 1/4
1 1/2

32
40
50

30.5
30.5
15.2

26.4
35.1
40.0

33.4
42.2
48.3

42.3
56.1
77.8

LTC200GY

2

63

15.2

51.3

60.3

105.7

Other lengths can be available – please contact your Sales Office for availability
For Shureseal™ “Bullet” fittings, see pages 304 to 308

274

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type UGS - uncovered version
Ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduits
• Highly crush-resistant with an excellent pull off strength
• An economic solution for the protection of cables in industrial
and commercial applications where there is flexing, bending or
vibration
• Stainless steel grade 316 conduits and fittings are available for
specialised applications. Please contact your Sales Office for any
specific requirements
• Wide choice of male fittings (fixed or swivel) with PG or metric
threads, as well as a space saver version
• Typical applications include amongst others: lighting, security
cameras, underfloor wiring, transport and machine-tools
Technical Information
Outer jacket
Core
Colour
Temperature range
IP rating

Product Ref.

None
Continuous spiral in galvanised steel
Metallic
-50°C to +300°C
IP40, when correctly installed with
Shureflex® fittings

Nominal
size
[mm]

Length
[m]

Min. inner
diameter
[mm]

Max. outer
diameter
[mm]

Min. bending
radius
[mm]

UGS1010
UGS1030

Weight

Type of
packaging

[kg/100 m]

10
10

10
30

7.0
7.0

9.6
9.6

20
20

8.4
8.4

box
box

UGS1210
UGS1230
UGS1610
UGS1630
UGS2010
UGS2030
UGS2510

12
12
16
16
20
20
25

10
30
10
30
10
30
10

10.0
10.0
12.9
12.9
17.0
17.0
21.1

12.8
12.8
16.1
16.1
20.2
20.2
24.7

20
20
24
24
32
32
32

12.9
12.9
15.6
15.6
21.7
21.7
27.0

box
box
box
box
box
box
box

UGS2530
UGS3210
UGS3220

25
32
32

30
10
20

21.1
28.4
28.4

24.7
32.0
32.0

32
32
32

27.0
36.0
36.0

box
box
box

UGS4010
UGS4020
UGS5010
UGS5020

40
40
50
50

10
20
10
20

36.4
36.4
48.2
48.2

40.1
40.1
53.2
53.2

44
44
95
95

45.5
45.5
98.5
98.5

box
box
box
box

For T&B Shureflex® fittings see pages 313 and 314
For stainless steel grade 316 conduits please contact your Sales Office
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

275

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type PGS - covered version
Ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduits
• Highly crush-resistant with an excellent pull off strength
• Improved IP rating (IP54), compared to the uncovered conduits
(special fittings with IP65 rating are also available upon request)
• An economic solution for the protection of cables in industrial
and commercial applications where there is flexing, bending or
vibration
• Wide choice of male fittings (fixed or swivel) and female fittings
(fixed), both with PG or metric threads, as well as a space saver
version
• Typical applications include amongst others: lighting, security
cameras, underfloor wiring, transport and machine-tools
Technical Information
Outer jacket
Core
Colour
Temperature range
IP rating

Low acid PVC*
Continuous spiral in galvanised steel
Black
-25°C to +70°C
IP54, (or IP65 **), when correctly
installed with Shureflex® fittings

* Limited Fire Hazard covering available upon request
** With special fitting, upon request

Product Ref.

Nominal
size
[mm]

Length
[m]

Min. inner
diameter
[mm]

Max. outer
diameter
[mm]

PGS1010
PGS1030
PGS1210
PGS1230
PGS1610
PGS1630
PGS2010

Min. bending
radius
[mm]

Weight

Type of
packaging

10
10
12
12
16
16
20

10
30
10
30
10
30
10

7.0
7.0
10.0
10.0
12.9
12.9
17.0

10.3
10.3
13.8
13.8
17.1
17.1
21.2

30
30
30
30
35
35
40

12.5
12.5
19.8
19.8
23.1
23.1
31.4

box*
box*
box*
box*
box*
box*
box*

PGS2030
PGS2510
PGS2530

20
25
25

30
10
30

17.0
21.1
21.1

21.2
25.7
25.7

40
50
50

31.4
38.5
38.5

box*
box*
box*

PGS3210
PGS3220
PGS4010
PGS4020
PGS5010
PGS5020

32
32
40
40
50
50

10
20
10
20
10
20

28.4
28.4
36.4
36.4
48.2
48.2

33.0
33.0
41.1
41.1
54.9
54.9

60
60
80
80
180
180

51.7
51.7
64.4
64.4
116.0
116.0

box*
box*
box*
box*
box*
box*

[kg/100 m]

* Packed in a cardboard box which contains a reel
For T&B Shureflex® fittings see pages 315 and 316
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

276

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type LG - Light grade (PA6)
Ultra-flexible nylon conduits
•
•
•
•

Specially modified Polyamide 6
Light grade: cost effective version
Resistant to fuel, mineral oils, greases and diluted bases
To be used with the Shureflex® Nylon Fittings to provide a watertight system (rated IP66) without the need for any additional
accessory
• For the insulation and the mechanical protection of electrical
cables in industrial applications, in accordance with EN60204
(Machine Safety)
• Typical applications include: general wiring, machine tools, industrial
equipment, control equipment and automotive
• For slit version please contact your sales office for product availability

Technical Information
Material
Colour
Temperature range
Flammability rating
IP rating

Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 6
Black
-40°C to +105°C (intermittent: to +150°C)
UL 94 HB
IP66, with Shureflex® Nylon fittings
IP69K, with Shureflex® Nylon fittings and
additional Shureflex® washer and O-ring
Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,
UV-resistant

Nominal
size
[mm]

Length

NY-LG07-BK50
NY-LG10-BK50
NY-LG12-BK50
NY-LG17-BK50
NY-LG23-BK50
NY-LG29-BK50
NY-LG36-BK30
NY-LG48-BK30

E96548

External
diameter
[mm]

Min. bending
radius
[mm]

Type of
packaging

[m]

Internal
diameter
[mm]

7
10
12
17
23

50
50
50
50
50

6.3
9.7
12.2
16.8
22.6

10.0
13.0
15.8
21.2
28.5

15
20
30
40
55

reel
reel
reel
reel
reel

29
36
48

50
30
30

28.3
36.3
47.4

34.5
42.5
54.5

65
80
95

reel
reel
reel

For Shureflex® Nylon Fittings & Accessories: see pages 317 to 325
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

277

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type SG - Standard grade (PA6)
Ultra-flexible nylon conduits
•
•
•
•

High performance Polyamide 6
Standard grade: very flexible and light
Resistant to fuel, mineral oils, greases and diluted bases
To be used with the Shureflex® Nylon Fittings to provide a watertight system (rated IP66) without the need for any additional
accessory
• For the insulation and the mechanical protection of electrical
cables in industrial applications, in accordance with EN60204
(Machine Safety)
• Typical applications include: general wiring, machine tools, industrial equipment, control equipment and automotive

Technical Information
Material
Colour
Temperature range

E96548

Flammability rating
IP rating

Other properties

Product Ref.

Nominal
size
[mm]

Length

NY-SG07-BK50

7

50

NY-SG10-BK50
NY-SG12-BK50
NY-SG17-BK50

10
12
17

50
50
50

NY-SG23-BK50
NY-SG29-BK50
NY-SG36-BK30
NY-SG48-BK30

23
29
36
48

50
50
30
30

[m]

Internal
diameter
[mm]

Polyamide 6
Black
-40°C to +105°C
(intermittent: to +150°C)
UL 94 V-2 (produced from
UL 94 V-0 raw material)
IP66, with Shureflex® Nylon fittings
IP69K, with Shureflex® Nylon fittings
and additional Shureflex® washer
and O-ring
Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,
UV-resistant

External
diameter
[mm]

Min. bending
radius
[mm]

Type of
packaging

6.3

10.0

15

reel

9.7
12.2
16.8

13.0
15.8
21.2

20
30
40

reel
reel
reel

22.6
28.3
36.3
47.4

28.5
34.5
42.5
54.5

55
65
80
95

reel
reel
reel
reel

For Shureflex® Nylon Fittings & Accessories: see pages 317 to 325
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

278

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type MG - Medium grade (PA6)
Ultra-flexible nylon conduits
• High performance Polyamide 6
• Medium grade: flexible with increased mechanical strength (crush
and impact resistance)
• Resistant to fuel, mineral oils, greases and diluted bases
• To be used with the Shureflex® Nylon Fittings to provide a watertight system (rated IP66) without the need for any additional
accessory
• For the insulation and the mechanical protection of electrical
cables in industrial applications, in accordance with EN60204
(Machine Safety)
• Typical applications include: machine tools and machinery, industrial equipment, production equipment and railway industry
Technical Information
Material
Colour
Temperature range
Flammability rating
IP rating

Other properties

Product Ref.

Polyamide 6
Black
-40°C to +105°C
(intermittent: to +150°C)
UL 94 V-2 (produced from
UL 94 V-0 raw material)
IP66, with Shureflex® Nylon fittings
IP69K, with Shureflex® Nylon fittings
and additional Shureflex® washer
and O-ring
Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,
UV-resistant

Nominal
size
[mm]

Length

NY-MG07-BK50
NY-MG10-BK50
NY-MG12-BK50
NY-MG17-BK30
NY-MG23-BK30
NY-MG29-BK30
NY-MG36-BK30
NY-MG48-BK30

23
29
36
48

E96548

External
diameter
[mm]

Min. bending
radius
[mm]

Type of
packaging

[m]

Internal
diameter
[mm]

7

50

6.2

10.0

20

reel

10
12
17

50
50
30

9.6
12.0
16.5

13.0
15.8
21.2

25
35
50

reel
reel
reel

30
30
30
30

22.3
28.2
36.0
47.1

28.5
34.5
42.5
54.5

60
70
85
100

reel
reel
reel
reel

For Shureflex® Nylon Fittings & Accessories: see pages 317 to 325
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

279

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Type EG - Extra Flexible grade (PA12)
Ultra-flexible nylon conduits
• High performance Polyamide 12
• Extremely flexible, even at negative temperatures and in very dry
atmospheres
• Resistant to fuel, mineral oils, greases and diluted bases
• To be used with the Shureflex® Nylon Fittings to provide a watertight system (rated IP66) without the need for any additional
accessory
• For the insulation and the mechanical protection of electrical
cables in industrial applications, in accordance with EN60204
(Machine Safety)
• Especially recommended for demanding applications requiring
repetitive bending and flexing movements, such as robotics,
automation, production equipment
Technical Information
Material
Colour
Temperature range
Flammability rating
IP rating

Other properties

Product Ref.

Nominal
size
[mm]

Length

NY-EG07-BK50
NY-EG10-BK50
NY-EG12-BK50

Polyamide 12
Black
-50°C to +90°C
(intermittent: to +140°C)
UL 94 HB
IP66, with Shureflex® Nylon fittings
IP69K, with Shureflex® Nylon fittings
and additional Shureflex® washer
and O-ring
Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,
UV-resistant

External
diameter
[mm]

Min. bending
radius
[mm]

Type of
packaging

[m]

Internal
diameter
[mm]

7
10
12

50
50
50

6.5
9.5
12.0

10.0
13.0
15.8

20
25
35

reel
reel
reel

NY-EG17-BK30
NY-EG23-BK30
NY-EG29-BK30

17
23
29

30
30
30

16.4
22.6
28.1

21.2
28.5
34.5

50
60
70

reel
reel
reel

NY-EG36-BK10
NY-EG48-BK10

36
48

10
10

36.0
47.5

42.5
54.5

85
100

reel
reel

For Shureflex® Nylon Fittings & Accessories: see pages 317 to 325
See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

280

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Degree of protection (IP rating)
Material specifications
Degrees of Protection of enclosures according to DIN 40050
IEC 144/529
IP (Ingress Protection) and 2 figures (IPXY) indicates the protection
class, the first figure X indicating the degree of protection against
ingress of solid foreign objects, and the second figure Y indicating
the degree of protection against ingress of water.

Degree of protection
Protection of equipment
X
against ingress of solid foreign objects

Degree of protection
Y

0
1
2

Non-protected
Protected against solid foreign objects of 50 mm ø & greater
Protected against solid foreign objects of 12.5 mm ø & greater

0
1
2

3

Protected against solid foreign objects of 2.5 mm ø & greater

3

4
5
6

Protected against solid foreign objects of 1.0 mm ø & greater
Dust-protected
Dust-tight

4
5
6
7
8
9K

Protection of equipment
against ingress of water

Non-protected
Protected against vertically falling water drops
Protected against vertically falling water drops
when enclosure is tilted up to 15°
Protected against spraying water
Protected against splashing water
Protected against water jets
Protected against powerful water jets
Protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water
Protected against the effects of continuous
immersion in water subject to agreement
Protected against the effects of high-pressure, high
temperature steam cleaning: spray nozzle with 80 °C water at
8–10 MPa (80–100 bar) pressure (according to DIN 40050-9)

(CHART-IP Protection in accordance with DIN 40050 / IEC 144/529 )

Minimum Bending Radius
Material specifications
A flexible conduit is able to bend repetitively without permanent
deformation. A way to compare the flexibility of different conduits
is to define the amplitude of the bending that they can withstand,
for example by bending the conduit around a cylindrical object
(mandrel) of known radius.
While bending the conduit around a mandrel of large radius remains
easy, this operation is getting more and more stringent when the
radius is decreased, and the smallest radius that can be reached
before damaging the conduit is called the Minimum Bending Radius.
Therefore the conduits having smaller Minimum Bending Radius can
be qualified as more flexible.

The Minimum Bending Radius shown in the tables is suitable for
both the flexing mode (within the flexing temperature range) and
the static mode (within the static temperature range)

Mandrel Radius =
Minimum Bending Radius

The method for checking the conduit bending is carried out by bending the conduit half turn around a solid mandrel at the Minimum
Bending Radius.
281
As materials get stiffer at low temperatures, the use of the conduits
in flexing mode is limited to a narrower range of temperatures than
their use in static mode, as shown in the technical specifications of
the conduits.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Prescriptions & specifications
Material specifications
Conduits: directions for use

Specifications

Below are a few short extracts taken from the relevant prescriptions.
VDE 0113/12.73
Metal tubing, pipes and conduits must be used in accordance with
the prescribed safety standard.
Paragraph 10.3 1 states that all conduits must be designed to protect
against the expected demands made on the product. This is to say,
for example, that cable can only be fed through conduit if it is suitably protected from liquids, dust (IP-Protection) and other foreign
substances.
Surfaces with which the laid conduits come into contact - such as
edges, threads etc. should not damage the insulation of the conduit.

Shureseal™ fittings and conduits satisfy the following specifications:
• for heavy industrial applications in accordance with DIN 49012.
• according to IP67 rating
• according to DIN/VDE 0650, section, 2.1.1b
• according to BS731, part 1
• and have the necessary approvals
(UL/CSA and VDE)

Fittings: directions for use
Conduits and fitting assemblies must be installed in accordance with
VDE 0113.
It is not adequate just to feed the conduit into a housing. The conduit must be installed using a lock nut and fitting, which ensure a
good electrical connection between the conduit and housing. The
conduit must not reduce the protective capability of the housing.
In order to ensure the effective installation of the conduit, it is
important not only to use a suitable conduit but also to use the
appropriate type of fitting. (see IEC-204)

Shureseal™ Conduit

Installation
Installation is simple. The fitting screws easily onto the conduit, without the need for special tools. The fitting can be removed
and re-used again at any time. The fitting also performs excellently
against severe vibration. The conduit is not deformed by the fitting.
In tests, the fittings have been shown to be extremely secure and
guarantee a high level of security and reliability.

Housing

Sealing ring

Locknut

Length marking

Gland nut

Ground cone

Threaded body

282

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1
Material specifications table
Material specifications
This chart gives an indication of the capabilities of the Shureseal™
liquidtight flexible metallic conduits. It is extremely difficult to provide data on all possible combinations or conditions that can occur.

Chemical

OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
ASTM Oil No 1
ASTM Oil No 2
ASTM Oil No 3
Diesel Oil
Lubricating Oil
Paraffin Oil
Petrol
Skydrol 500B

Therefore it is recommended that this information should be used as
a guideline and that the conduit should be tested in the intended
application by the user, to determine suitability. If you have specific
requirements, please contact Technical Support.

TBEF

TBOR

TBHC

TBZH

TBDL

EFC
LTC
LTC-GY

TYPEA

PGS

T
T
T
T
L
G
G
T

T
T
T
T
L
G
G
T

G
G
G
T
G
T
L
G

P
P
P
T
L
T
T
T

T
L
T
T
L
G
G
T

G
–
L
L
G
G
–
–

–
–
L
L
G
–
–
P

T
L
T
T
L
G
G
T

Transformer Oil
Vegetable Oils
ORGANIC SOLVENTS
Acetone

T
T

T
T

T
T

T
T

T
T

–
–

–
G

T
T

P

P

L

P

P

P

P

P

Benzene
Ethyl Alcohol
Ethylene Glycol

P
P
L

P
P
L

L
L
G

P
L
T

P
P
L

P
G
G

P
L
G

P
P
L

Eteon 12
Methyl Alcohol
Methyl Ethyl Ketone

T
P
T

T
P
T

G
G
L

T
L
P

T
P
T

–
G
P

–
L
P

T
P
T

Toluene 100 %
P
P
Turpentine 100 %
L
L
White Spirit
T
T
ACIDS AND SALTS GIVING ACID SOLUTIONS
Acetic Acid 10 %
G
G
Acetic Acid 20%
L
L
Hydrochloric Acid 10 %
–
–

L
T
T

L
L
L

P
L
T

P
L
–

P
L
–

P
L
T

G
G
–

T
T
–

G
L
–

G
–
–

G
–
G

G
L
–

Hydrochloric Acid 20 %
Hydrochloric Acid 40 %
Lactic Acid (90%)

L
–
T

L
–
T

P
–
T

L
–
T

G
–
P

–
L
–

L
–
T

Oxalic Acid
G
G
Zinc Chloride
G
G
BASES AND SALTS GIVING BASIC SOLUTIONS
Aluminium Chloride (10%)
G
G
Sodium Hydroxide (20%)
T
T
Sodium Hydroxide (45%)
T
T
OTHERS
Ozone Gas
G
G
Sea Water
G
G

T
G

T
T

G
G

G
G

G
G

G
G

G
G
L

G
G
L

G
T
T

G
G
G

G
G
G

G
T
T

T
G

T
G

G
G

–
G

–
G

G
G

L
–
T

G = Good
L = Limited
P = Poor
T = No data available
likely to have minor effect

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

283

4.2

Fittings
Metal and plastic fittings
with positive sealing
against liquids and dust
284

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
CONDUIT & FITTINGS
4.1 FLEXIBLE CONDUITS

260

4.2 FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES

284

Selection guide

288

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for metallic conduits

290

Product description

290

Straight fittings

292

90° fittings

294

45° fittings

296

Stainless steel fitting

298

Chase fittings

300

Female hub and adaptor fitting

301

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits

302

Type TYPEA

302

Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY

304

Shureseal™ accessories for liquidtight fittings

309

Sealing washers

309

Locknuts

310

Wire mesh adaptor

311

Replacement parts

312

Shureflex® fittings for ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduits

313

Type UGS - uncovered conduits

313

Type PGS - covered conduits

315

Shureflex® fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits

317

Straight fittings

318

90° fittings

319

45° fittings

320

T-splits

321

Shureflex® accessories for nylon conduits & fittings

322

Sealing washer

322

O-ring

323

Locknut

324

Mounting brackets

325

Rigid and intermediate metal conduit fittings

326

Metallic fittings for threadless conduits

326

Metallic couplings for threadless conduits

327

Plastic bushing

328

Other Thomas & Betts conduit and fittings

329

4.3 SHURESEAL™ CABLE GLANDS

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

330

285

4.2

Shureseal™
and Shureflex ®
Fittings & Accessories
All our high-performance products are designed to deliver

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for metallic conduits

excellent reliability as well as ease of installation in virtually

Thomas & Betts offers the largest and most technologically

any application. Thomas & Betts offers two ranges of

advanced line of liquidtight fittings in the industry, including

fittings for it’s Shureseal™ and Shureflex® flexible conduits

connectors for highly-specialised applications such as power
and petrochemical plants, paper mills, robot manufacturers,
packaging equipment, machine tool building, and other OEM

286

and MRO applications. At Thomas & Betts, we integrate the

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Metal and Plastic fittings
with positive sealing
against liquids and dust

latest manufacturing technologies with the highest quality ma-

Ideal for industrial and commercial applications where flexibility,

terials available. So you can be assured of reliable, liquidtight

crush and vibration resistance are required

products that offer improved on-the-job performance and reduced

Offers an economic solution for the protection of cables for

installation time and costs.

industrial and commercial applications

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits

Shureflex® fittings for nylon conduits

This engineering breakthrough meets the demand for a tough,

The Shureflex® Nylon conduit and fittings from Thomas & Betts

reusable, non-metallic liquidtight fitting for use with TYPEA, EFC,

provide all the benefits of a Halogen free, flexible watertight

LTC conduits or flexible tubing.

system of protection for electrical cables.

The BULLET non-metallic fitting provides a reliable liquidtight seal

In particular, the high performance fitting, with its unique self-

that combines high pullout resistance and ease of installation.

locking mechanism, allows a quick and secure installation with a

®

watertight protection and an outstanding mechanical strength.
Shureflex fittings for galvanised steel conduits
®

Wide choice of fittings especially manufactured for Shureflex

With four different grades of conduits and a wide range of fittings
®

and accessories available in black, this system is ideally suitable for

galvanised steel conduits

all types of applications in general wiring, industrial equipment,

• Manufactured in nickel-plated brass for a professional quality

machine tools and machinery, production equipment, control

and finish
• Highly crush resistant with an excellent pull-off strength

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

equipment, robotics, automotive, transportation, railway.
287

4.2
Selection guide
Fittings and accessories
Fitting style
type

Conduit

SHURESEAL™ FLEXIBLE METALLIC LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUITS
straight
Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

TB series

EFC

LTC series

X

X

X

X

45° angled

Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

X

90° angled

Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

X

chase

Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

X

hub & adaptor

Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

X

SHURESEAL™ FLEXIBLE NON-METALLIC LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUITS
straight
Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

TYPEA

45° angled

Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

X

X

X

90° angled

Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

X

X

X

chase

Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

X

X

SHUREFLEX® FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUITS
straight male

Flexible metallic conduits

straight female

Flexible metallic conduits

swiveled

Flexible metallic conduits

chase

Flexible metallic conduits

SHUREFLEX® ULTRA-FLEXIBLE NYLON CONDUITS
straight

Ultra-flexible nylon conduits

45° angled

Ultra-flexible nylon conduits

90° angled

Ultra-flexible nylon conduits,

T-split

Ultra-flexible nylon conduits

288

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

UGS
PGS

NY series ISO metric
thread

NPT
thread

Imperial
thread

PG
thread

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

UNEF
thread

Approvals

Material

IP rating

Page

X

UL / CSA

steel /
stainless steel

IP67

292

X

X

UL / CSA

steel /
stainless steel

IP67

296

X

X

UL / CSA

steel /
stainless steel

IP67

294

UL / CSA

steel

IP67

300

UL / CSA

steel

IP67

301

IP65 / IP66

from 302
to 307

steel /
thermoplastic

IP65 / IP66

from 302
to 307

UL / CSA / meets
steel /
coast guard cg293 thermoplastic

IP65 / IP66

from 302
to 307

steel

IP65

308

X

UL / CSA / meets
steel /
coast guard cg293 thermoplastic
UL / CSA

X

X

X

brass

IP40 / IP54

from 313
to 316

X

X

X

brass

IP40 / IP54

from 313
to 316

X

X

X

brass

IP40 / IP54

from 313
to 316

brass

IP40 / IP54

from 313
to 316

X

X

X

X

UL

Polyamide 6

IP66 / IP69K

318

X

X

X

UL

Polyamide 6

IP66 / IP69K

319

X

X

X

UL

Polyamide 6

IP66 / IP69K

320

289
X

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Polyamide 6

IP66 / IP69K

321

4.2
Product description
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
A standard fitting assembly is made of 4 pieces:
1. A screw body with a nylon throat on the connection side
2. The ground cone
3. The patented Nylon sealing ring
4. A gland nut
In addition, a locknut is supplied with the fittings with NPT thread.

Double Bevelled Sealing Ring
Unique sealing mechanism to prevent
backwards installation. Look for the
unique T&B Blue colour, ensuring the
highest quality liquidtight product
available.

Sure-Tight™ Gland Nuts deflects water
away from connector and prevents
“pooling” of moisture. Look for the
distinctive “Pumpkin” appearance
of the gland nut.
Self-Cleaning Threads inside the gland
nut keep dirt and grime out of
the threads as you tighten.

Safe Edge™ Ground Cone
Provides superior bonding, stronger
pullout and easy threading into the
conduit core. The electrical continuity
is ensured while the rounded edge
protects the cable.
Double Plating for superior corrosion
protection. Zinc plating with clear
Chromate finish.

Heat Curled Insulator
curled inside the body provides excellent wire
protection and easier glide of the conductors
through and into the fitting. Also, the
heat-curled finish gives the insulator more
strength compared to “glue-in” versions. Look
for the distinctive blue insulator for your
assurance of T&B quality.

Precision Rolled Threads
provides smooth, easy installations
and is stronger than cut threads. The
body is drawn steel for exceptional
strength and quality.
Case-Hardened Locknut with Teeth
provides superior strength and electrical
bonding and can be installed without a
wrench in the enclosure.

290

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Product description
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
When correctly installed, the Shureseal™ fittings produce a positive
seal against oil, liquids, moisture and dust.
The main features of the assembly include:
• a high resistance to conduit pull-off and a great resistance to
vibration from machines
• an excellent earth continuity
• simplicity of installation: ability to install quickly by hand (or with
standard spanners or wrenches, but no special tools are needed)
• the fittings will not damage or distort the flexible conduit.
• the nylon throat bush makes it easier to pull wires through without risk of damage.
• the fittings have a rugged construction and can be disconnected
and reused.
• available with N.P.T., Imperial, P.G. and metric (l.S.O.) threads
• excellent IP ratings
The patented ground cone design offers the following advantages:
• it compresses the metallic convolutions of the conduit, providing
a high quality ground contact with low impedance and a high
conduit pull-off resistance
• the single helical thread on the ground cone is easy to install without cross threading
• it tolerates variations in conduit diameters and convolution pitch
• its rolled-over edge protects the conductors

Easy assembly without the requirement of any special
tooling

1. Slide the gland nut and the sealing ring onto the conduit

2. Screw the ground cone into the conduit (between the convolutions) as far as possible

The patented sealing ring design has the following exclusive features:
• it grips and seals the conduit without damaging the conduit jacket
• its symmetrical shape assures a foolproof assembly
• it ensures a positive seal against oils, liquids, moisture and dust
The range of fittings includes 5 different styles:
• straight version
• 45° version
• 90° version
• “Chase” = compact version for confined spaces, behind panels
and boxes
• “Female Hub” version, for connecting flexible conduit direct to
rigid conduit and flexible conduits

3. Screw the body and the gland nut together and tighten

Approvals
•
•
•
•
•

C.E.G.B. approved (UK)
UL listed Liquidtight File No E 23018
ISO threads per BS 4568
PG threads per DIN 40430
Canadian Standard Association: File No. 002884,
File No. LR 52391, File No. LR 82069

291

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Straight fittings
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits
• Safe and effective installation without any efforts
• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc
plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland
nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools
• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures
an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as
a very good resistance against vibrations
• Re-useable and independent replacement parts
• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high
temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for
product availability
Technical Information

002884

Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Inner sleeve and
sealing ring
Colour

E23018
B

D

A

C

Product Ref.

For conduit size
[inch]

F

292

1

/4
/8
3
/8
3

Thread
size

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Dimensions
C
[mm]

D
[mm]

F
[mm]

22
22
22

36
36
36

12
12
12

10.0
10.0
6.0

16.0
20.0
16.0

5.1
5.1
3.5

25
25
25

M20
M16
M20

22
29
29

36
40
40

12
16
16

6.0
11.0
11.0

20.0
16.0
20.0

3.5
6.3
6.3

25
25
25

M20
M25
M32

35
42
47

42
45
54

16
16
15

14.5
20.0
25.0

20.0
25.0
32.0

8.1
12.6
23.0

25
25
5

PG 7
PG 9
PG 9
PG 11
PG 13.5
PG 16
PG 21
PG 29
PG 36
PG 42
PG 48

12
21
26
29
29
35
42
47
58
69
83

23
36
36
40
40
41
43
56
67
72
81

6
12
12
14
14
14
14
19
21
21
21

5.6
6.0
10.0
11.0
11.0
14.5
20.0
25.0
33.5
38.5
49.5

12.2
15.2
15.2
18.6
20.4
22.5
28.3
37.0
47.0
54.0
59.3

2.2
3.5
5.1
6.3
6.3
8.1
12.6
23.0
41.4
47.3
72.0

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
5
5
2
1

[mm]

10
16
16

1
9362
/2
20
3
9363
/4
25
9364
1
32
STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG THREAD
1
7329
/4
10
1
7330*
/4
10
5
7360*
/16
12
3
7361
/8
16
3
7362
/8
16
1
7363
/2
20
3
7364
/4
25
7365
1
32
7366
1 1/4
40
7367
1 1/2
50
7368
2
63

Metallic

D = Min. inner ø

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
5
9306*
/16
12
M16
5
9307
/16
12
M20
1
9330*
/4
10
M16
9331*
9360
9361

Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit
Straight
Metric (I.S.O.) and PG
IP67
Galvanised steel chromate finish
Polyamide

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

* The products with a * are not UL/CSA approved

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Straight fittings
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits
• Safe and effective installation without any efforts
• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc
plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland
nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools
• A locknut is supplied with the fittings with NPT thread
• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures
an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as
a very good resistance against vibrations
• Re-useable and independent replacement parts
• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high
temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for
product availability
Technical Information
Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Inner sleeve and
sealing ring
Colour

002884

Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit
Straight
NPT and Imperial
IP67
Galvanised steel chromate finish
Polyamide

B

Metallic

D

A

C

Product Ref.

For conduit size
[inch]

[mm]

Thread
size
[inch]

A
[mm]

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT)
1
1
5229*
/4
10
/4”
21
5
3
5330*
/16
12
/8”
25
5331
5332
5333

3

/8
/2
3
/4
1

16
20
25

5334-TB
1
32
5335
1 1/4
40
5336
1 1/2
50
5337
2
63
5338
2 1/2
75
5339
3
90
5340
4
115
STRAIGHT FITTING WITH IMPERIAL THREAD
6365
1 1/4
40
6366
1 1/2
50
6367
2
63

1

D = Min. inner ø

B
[mm]

Dimensions
C
[mm]

D
[mm]

35
35

12
12

6.0
10.0

3.5
5.1

25
25

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

/2”
/2”
3
/4”

29
35
42

38
40
41

14
14
14

11.0
14.5
20.0

6.3
8.1
12.6

25
25
25

1”
1 1/4”
1 1/2”
2”
2 1/2”
3”
4”

48
58
69
83
95
114
140

52
64
68
78
105
108
114

19
21
21
22
25
25
29

25.0
33.5
38.5
49.5
61.0
75.0
99.0

23.0
41.4
47.3
72.0
135.5
168.8
275.4

10
5
2
5
5
5
1

1 1/2”
2”
2 1/2”

58
69
83

64
68
78

21
21
22

33.5
38.5
49.5

41.4
47.3
72.0

5
2
5

1

* The products with a * are not UL/CSA approved and are supplied without locknut

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

E23018

293

4.2
90° fittings
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits
• Safe and effective installation without any efforts
• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc
plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland
nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools
• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures
an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as
a very good resistance against vibrations
• Re-useable and independent replacement parts
• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high
temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for
product availability
Technical Information

002884

Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Inner sleeve and
sealing ring
Colour

E23018
B

Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit
90°
Metric (I.S.O.) and PG
IP67
Galvanised steel chromate finish
Polyamide
Metallic

A
E
C
D
D = Min. inner ø
F
Product Ref.

For conduit size
[inch]

294

Thread
size

[mm]

90° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
3
9350
/8
16
M16
3
9351
/8
16
M20
1
9352-TB
/2
20
M20
3
9353-TB
/4
25
M25
9354-TB
1
32
M32
90° FITTING WITH PG THREAD
3
7351
/8
16
PG 11
3
7352
/8
16
PG 13.5
1
7353
/2
20
PG 16
3
7354
/4
25
PG 21
7355
1
32
PG 29
7356
1 1/4
40
PG 36
7357
1 1/2
50
PG 42
7358
2
63
PG 48

Dimensions
C
D
[mm]
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

28
28
34
42
47

35
35
39
43
48

16
16
16
16
23

29
29
35
42
47
58
69
83

37
37
40
44
56
70
75
87

14
14
14
14
21
21
21
24

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

F
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

10.1
10.1
14.5
20.0
25.0

34
34
34
38
43

16.0
20.0
20.0
25.0
32.0

12.6
12.6
14.4
20.2
30.6

25
25
25
10
5

11.0
11.0
14.5
20.0
25.0
33.5
38.5
49.5

33
33
37
39
48
56
61
66

18.6
20.4
22.5
28.3
37.0
47.0
54.0
59.3

12.6
12.6
14.4
20.2
30.6
54.0
72.0
103.5

25
25
25
5
5
5
2
1

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
90° fittings
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits
• Safe and effective installation without any efforts
• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc
plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland
nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools
• A locknut is supplied with the fittings with NPT thread
• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures
an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as
a very good resistance against vibrations
• Re-useable and independent replacement parts
• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high
temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for
product availability
Technical Information
Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Inner sleeve and
sealing ring
Colour

Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit
90°
NPT and Imperial
IP67
Galvanised steel chromate finish
Polyamide

002884

E23018

B

Metallic

A
E
C

D

Product Ref.

For conduit size
[inch]

[mm]

Thread
size
[inch]

A
[mm]

90° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT)
3
1/2”
5351
/8
16
29
1
1/2”
5352
/2
20
35
3
3/4”
5353
/4
25
42
5354
1
32
1”
48
5355
1 1/4
40
1 1/4”
58
5356
1 1/2
50
1 1/2”
69
5357
2
63
2”
83
5358
2 1/2
75
2 1/2”
95
5359
3
90
3”
114
5360
4
115
4”
140
90° FITTING WITH IMPERIAL THREAD
6355
1 1/4
40
1 1/2”
58

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

B
[mm]

Dimensions
C
D
[mm]
[mm]

D = Min. inner ø

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

35
40
45
56
70
75
287
225
260
321

14
14
14
19
21
21
22
25
25
29

11.0
14.5
20.0
25.0
33.5
38.5
49.5
61.0
75.0
99.0

33
37
39
48
56
61
66
149
219
299

12.6
14.4
20.2
30.6
54.0
72.0
103.5
270.0
393.8
551.0

25
25
10
5
5
5
2
1
1
1

64

21

33.5

56

54.0

5

295

4.2
45° fittings
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits
• Safe and effective installation without any efforts
• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc
plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland
nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools
• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures
an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as
a very good resistance against vibrations
• Re-useable and independent replacement parts
• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high
temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for
product availability
Technical Information

002884

Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Inner sleeve and
sealing ring
Colour

E23018

B

Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit
45°
Metric (I.S.O.) and PG
IP67
Galvanised steel chromate finish
Polyamide
Metallic

E
A

D
F

C

D = Min. inner ø
Product Ref.

For conduit size
[inch]

296

Thread
size

B
[mm]

M16
M20
M20
M25
M32

28
28
34
42
47

35
35
39
43
48

16
16
16
16
23

PG 11
PG 13.5
PG 16
PG 21
PG 29
PG 36
PG 42
PG 48

29
29
35
42
47
58
69
83

37
37
40
44
56
70
75
87

14
14
14
14
21
21
21
24

[mm]

45° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
3
9340
/8
16
3
9341
/8
16
1
9342
/2
20
3
9343-TB
/4
25
9344
1
32
45° FITTING WITH PG THREAD
3
7341
/8
16
3
7342
/8
16
1
7343
/2
20
3
7344-TB
/4
25
7345
1
32
7346
1 1/4
40
7347
1 1/2
50
7348-TB
2
63

Dimensions
C
D
[mm]
[mm]

A
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

F
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

10.1
10.1
14.5
20.0
25.0

34
34
34
38
43

16.0
20.0
20.0
25.0
32.0

12.6
12.6
14.4
20.2
30.6

25
25
25
10
5

11.0
11.0
14.5
20.0
25.0
33.5
38.5
49.5

33
33
37
39
48
56
61
66

18.6
20.4
22.5
28.3
37.0
47.0
54.0
59.3

12.6
12.6
14.4
20.2
30.6
54.0
72.0
103.5

25
25
25
5
5
5
2
1

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
45° fittings
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits
• Safe and effective installation without any efforts
• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc
plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland
nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools
• A locknut is supplied with the fittings with NPT thread
• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures
an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as
a very good resistance against vibrations
• Re-useable and independent replacement parts
• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high
temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for
product availability
Technical Information
Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Inner sleeve and
sealing ring
Colour

Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit
45°
NPT and Imperial
IP67
Galvanised steel chromate finish
Polyamide

002884

E23018

B

Metallic
E
A

D
C

Product Ref.

For conduit size
[inch]

[mm]

Thread
size
[inch]

A
[mm]

45° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT)
3
1
5341
/8
16
/2”
29
1
1
5342
/2
20
/2”
35
3
3
5343
/4
25
/4”
42
5344
1
32
1”
48
5345
1 1/4
40
1 1/4”
58
5346
1 1/2
50
1 1/2”
69
5347
2
63
2”
83
5348*
2 1/2
75
2 1/2”
95
5349*
3
90
3”
114
5350*
4
115
4”
140
45° FITTING WITH IMPERIAL THREAD
6346
1 1/2
50
2”
69
* The Product Ref. with a * are not UL/CSA approved

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

B
[mm]

Dimensions
C
[mm]

D
[mm]

E
[mm]

35
40
45
56
70
75
287
225
260
321

14
14
14
19
21
21
22
25
25
29

11.0
14.5
20.0
25.0
33.5
38.5
49.5
61.0
75.0
99.0

68

21

38.5

D = Min. inner ø

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

33
37
39
48
56
61
66
149
219
299

12.6
14.4
20.2
30.6
54.0
72.0
103.5
270.0
393.8
551.0

25
25
10
5
5
2
1
1
1
1

61

72.0

2

297

4.2
Straight stainless steel fittings
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
• Ideal for industrial MRO and OEM applications in food and beverage, pharmaceutical, petrochemical, wastewater, salt water,
and other corrosive environments
• 304 stainless steel body and gland-nut resists corrosion far better
than other metallic fittings
• Stronger, more UV-resistant than non metallic fittings
Technical Information

002884

Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Inner sleeve and
sealing ring
Colour

E23018

Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit
straight
Metric (I.S.O.) and NPT
IP67
304 stainless steel
Blue Polyamide
Metallic

B

A

Product Ref.

For conduit size
[inch]

[mm]

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
3
9361SST
/8
16
1
/2
20
9362SST
STRAIGHT FITTING WITH NPT THREAD
3
5331SST-EU
/8
1
5332SST-EU
/2
5333SST-EU
5334SST-EU
5335SST
5336SST
5337SST

3

/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

Thread
size

M20
M20

16
20

3

25
32
40
50
63

3

/8
/2

1

/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

Dimensions

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

34.5
34.5

27.0
30.0

5.2
6.2

25
25

34.5
34.5

25.9
30.0

5.2
6.2

25
25

35.3
39.7
43.7
51.3
59.3

34.8
45.0
53.9
63.0
77.2

8.9
17.9
27.9
43.8
73.5

25
5
5
5
2

298

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
45° and 90° stainless steel fittings
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
• Ideal for industrial MRO and OEM applications in food and
beverage, pharmaceutical, petrochemical, wastewater, salt water,
and other corrosive environments
• 304 stainless steel body and gland-nut resists corrosion far better
than other metallic fittings
• Stronger, more UV-resistant than non metallic fittings
Technical Information
Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Inner sleeve and
sealing ring
Colour

Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit
45° and 90°
Metric (I.S.O.) and NPT
IP67
304 stainless steel
Blue Polyamide
Metallic

002884

A

A

B

Product Ref.

For conduit size
[inch]

3

/8
/2
3
/4
1

A
[mm]

Dimensions
B
[mm]

M20
M20

46.7
41.2

27.0
30.0

3/8

46.7
41.2
59.0

[mm]

45° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
3
9341SST
/8
16
1
/2
20
9342SST
45° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD
5341SST-EU
5342SST-EU
5343SST-EU

Thread
size

16
20
25

5344SST-EU
1
32
5345SST
1 1/4
40
5346SST
1 1/2
50
5347SST
2
63
90° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
3
9351SST
/8
16
1
9352SST
/2
20
90° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD
3
5351SST-EU
/8
16
1/2
5352SST-EU
20
3
5353SST-EU
/4
25
5354SST-EU
1
32
5355SST
1 1/4
40
5356SST
1 1/2
50
5357SST
2
63

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1/2
3/4

E23018

B

C

C

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

-

7.5
10.6

25
25

25.9
30.0
34.8

36.3
51.8
49.0

7.5
10.6
15.7

25
25
10

C
[mm]

1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

72.6

45.0

60.2

26.5

5

84.6
100.1
120.1

53.9
63.0
77.2

71.1
86.1
107.4

45.2
69.1
125.0

5
2
1

M20
M20

49.5
53.9

27.0
30.0

-

9.5
14.5

25
25

3/8

49.5
53.9
62.7
75.7
89.7
105.7
218.4

25.9
30.0
34.8
45.0
53.9
63.0
77.2

46.7
52.6
62.0
73.7
85.3
98.6
119.1

9.5
14.5
22.0
31.7
57.6
82.9
143.0

25
25
10
5
5
2
1

1/2
3/4

1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2

299

4.2
“Chase” fittings, straight or right-angled
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ liquidtight conduits
• Special compact version (CHASE) for space-saving assembly,
thanks to the male nipple (supplied with the fitting) that can be
screwed into the female thread of the body
• Safe and effective installation without any efforts
• The fitting is composed of 6 parts: the threaded body, the steel
ground cone, the nylon sealing ring, the gland nut, the sealing
washer and a male nipple, ensuring an easy assembly without the
need for specific tools
• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures
an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as
a very good resistance against vibrations
• Re-useable and independent replacement parts
Technical Information
002884

E23018
A

Conduit type
Style/thread
IP rating
Material
Insulation throat and
sealing ring
Colour

A

B

B

Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit
Straight, 90° angled / NPT threads
IP67
Zinc plated steel
Polyamide
Metallic

C
C
D
(wall thickness)
Chase

Standard
Nipple

Sealing washer
C
Comparison

Product Ref.

For conduit
size
[inch]
[mm]

A
[mm]

Dimensions
B
[mm]

C
[mm]

For wall thickness
(D) up to
[mm]

Installation hole
diameter
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

5
5
8
10
12
13
15
15
17
19

22.2
22.2
27.8
33.3
44.5
50.8
63.5
76.2
92.1
117.5

8.1
9.9
15.4
29.0
58.0
68.0
99.7
199.4
253.7
407.7

25
25
25
10
5
2
1
1
1
1

5
5
8
10

22.2
22.2
27.8
33.3

8.1
9.9
18.1
30.8

25
25
10
5

STRAIGHT CHASE FITTING (SUPPLIED WITH MALE NIPPLE AND SEALING WASHER)

300

5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
90° CHASE FITTING
5371
5372
5373
5374

3

/8
16
35
30
3.2
/2
20
35
36
4.7
3
/4
25
41
44
6.3
1
32
52
50
6.3
1 1/4
40
60
69
7.9
1 1/2
50
69
75
9.5
2
63
76
88
9.5
2 1/2
75
100
107
11.1
3
90
105
125
17.2
4
115
111
155
19.0
(SUPPLIED WITH MALE NIPPLE AND SEALING WASHER)
3
/8
16
38
30
3.2
1
/2
20
37
36
4.7
3
/4
25
48
44
6.3
1
32
57
50
6.3
1

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Female hub and adaptor fittings
Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits
• Special type hub fitting with female (internal) thread for connecting
flexible conduits to rigid conduits or for connecting 2 flexible
conduits together (using male fittings)
• Special type adaptor fitting with female (internal) thread for
connecting flexible conduits to AN-MS connector shells (such as
MIL-C-5015 connectors and accessories)
• Safe and effective installation without any efforts
• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc
plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland
nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools
• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures
an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as
a very good resistance against vibrations
• Re-useable and independent replacement parts

002884

E23018

Technical Information
Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Insulation throat and
sealing ring
Colour

Product Ref.

Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduits
Straight
NPT, Metric (I.S.O.) and UNEF female threads
IP67
Zinc plated steel
Polyamide

C
Female thread

A

Metallic

For conduit
size
[inch]
[mm]

B
Inner
thread

AN-MS connector
Shell size

STRAIGHT FEMALE HUB FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
3
9270
/8
16
M16
3
9271
/8
16
M20
1
9272
/2
20
M20
3
9273
/4
25
M25
9274
1
32
M32
STRAIGHT FEMALE HUB FITTING WITH NPT THREAD
3
1
5271
/8
16
/2”
1
1
5272
/2
20
/2”
3
3
5273
/4
25
/4”
5274
1
32
1”
5275
1 1/4
40
1 1/4”
5276
1 1/2
50
1 1/2”
5277
2
63
2”
STRAIGHT ADAPTORS FITTING WITH UNEF THREAD
3
5
LTA03810
/8
16
/8” - 24 UNEF-2B
3
3
LTA03814
/8
16
/4” - 20 UNEF-2B
1
3
LTA05014
/2
20
/4” - 20 UNEF-2B
1
7
LTA05016
/2
20
/8” - 20 UNEF-2B
1
LTA05018
/2
20
1” - 20 UNEF-2B
3
7
LTA07516
/4
25
/8” - 20 UNEF-2B
3
LTA07518
/4
25
1” - 20 UNEF-2B
3
13
LTA07520
/4
25
/16” - 18 UNEF-2B
13
LTA10020
1
32
/16” - 18 UNEF-2B
17
LTA10024
1
32
/16” - 18 UNEF-2B

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Dimensions
B
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

A
[mm]

C
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

–
–
–
–
–

28
30
34
42
47

40
40
43
45
54

15
15
15
15
15

7.0
7.2
10.0
14.5
19.0

25
25
25
25
5

–
–

25
32

40
43

15
15

7.2
10.0

25
25

–
–
–
–
–

38
44
58
70
88

44
54
64
68
78

15
20
20
20
25

14.5
19.0
32.6
54.4
72.5

25
10
5
5
5

25.4
25.4
31.8
31.8
31.8
38.1
38.1
38.1
43.7
43.7

11.9
11.9
23.8
23.8
23.8
27.0
27.0
27.0
44.5
44.5

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

6.8
7.3
8.7
8.7
8.7
13.6
13.6
13.6
21.0
21.0

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
10
10

10SL, 12, 12S
14, 14S
14, 14S
16, 16S
18
16, 16S
18
20, 22
20, 22
25, 28

301

4.2
Type TYPEA - metallic fittings
Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits
•
•
•
•
•

Easy installation
Inner polyamide sleeve for protection of conductors
Liquid- and dust-tight in accordance with IP66
High mechanical stability (high retention)
Supplied with locknut and sealing washer

Technical Information
Conduit type
Style/thread
IP rating
Material
Connecting sleeve and
internal insulation
Sealing washer
Colour

Shureseal™ conduit type TYPEA
Straight, 45°, 90° / NPT thread
IP66
Galvanised steel, chromate finish
Polyamide 6.6
Santoprene
Metallic

E23018
A

A

B

B

A

B

D

C

C

Product Ref.

For conduit
size
[inch]
[mm]

Thread
size
[inch]

A
[mm]

C

Dimensions
B
C
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

D
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

–
–
–

8.2
9.1
13.6

25
25
25

26.0
35.0
41.0
50.0

–
–
–
–

23.6
40.0
59.0
118.0

10
5
2
1

12.0
16.0
21.0
26.0
35.0
41.0

–
–
–
–
–
–

5.4
8.2
20.8
31.2
54.4
77.0

25
25
10
5
5
2

12.0
16.0
21.0
26.0
35.0
41.0
53.2

33.3
35.7
39.7
47.6
57.2
60.3
73.0

5.0
7.7
22.6
30.7
54.4
77.0
145.0

25
25
10
5
5
2
1

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT AND SEALING WASHER)
3
1
3720-TB*
/8
16
/2
29.4
51.0
12.0
1
1
3721-TB
/2
20
/2
34.9
54.0
16.0
3
3
3722-TB
/4
25
/4
41.3
57.2
21.0

302

3723
1
32
1
47.6
63.5
3724-TB
1 1/4
40
1 1/4
60.3
76.2
3725
1 1/2
50
1 1/2
69.9
85.7
3726
2
63
2
89.7
92.1
45° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT AND SEALING WASHER)
3
1
3730-TB*
/8
16
/2
29.4
51.6
1
1
3731-TB
/2
20
/2
34.9
65.1
3
3
3732
/4
25
/4
41.3
76.2
3733-TB
1
32
1
47.6
88.9
3734-TB
1 1/4
40
1 1/4
60.3
104.8
3735-TB
1 1/2
50
1 1/2
69.9
123.8
90° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT AND SEALING WASHER)
3
1
3740*
/8
16
/2
29.4
41.3
1
1
3741
/2
20
/2
34.9
44.5
3
3
3742
/4
25
/4
41.3
57.2
3743-TB
1
32
1
47.6
65.1
3744-TB
1 1/4
40
1 1/4
60.3
82.6
3745
1 1/2
50
1 1/2
69.9
88.9
3746-TB
2
63
2
89.7
104.8
* The Product Ref. with a * are not UL approved

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Type TYPEA - plastic fittings
Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits
• Easy installation
• High strength, chemical resistant, non-burning, non dripping
thermoplastic construction
• Smooth insulated body throughout for maximum dielectric
strength
• Ideal for corrosion resistant applications
• Liquid- and dust-tight in accordance with IP66
• Serrated design provides high mechanical pullout strength
• Supplied with steel locknut and sealing O-ring
Technical Information
Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Gland nut
O-Ring
Locknut
Colour
Flammability rating

Shureseal™ conduit type TYPEA
Straight, 90°
NPT
IP66
Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
Neoprene
Steel, case hardened and zinc plated
Blue
UL 94 V-0

MEETS
COAST
GUARD
CG293

C

E23018

B

C
B

D
A

A

Product Ref.

For conduit
size
[inch]
[mm]

Thread
size
[inch]

A
[mm]

Dimensions
B
C
[mm]
[mm]

STRAIGHT PLASTIC FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT AND SEALING ‘O’ RING)
1
1
6302
/2
20
/2
37.6
57.9
3
3
6303
/4
25
/4
44.7
62.5
6304
1
32
1
53.3
67.6
6305
1 1/4
40
1 1/4
67.8
78.5
90° PLASTIC FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT AND SEALING ‘O’ RING)
1
1
6322
/2
20
/2
37.6
39.6
3
3
6323
/4
25
/4
44.7
44.2
6324
1
32
1
53.3
45.2
6325
1 1/4
40
1 1/4
67.8
54.1

Quantity
D
[mm]

[pieces]

14.5
19.1
24.4
32.0

–
–
–
–

20
10
5
5

14.5
19.1
24.4
32.0

39.9
43.4
50.8
61.2

10
10
5
5

303

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY - plastic Bullet fittings
Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits
• Liquid-tight, dust-tight and oil-resistant
• Thomas & Betts patented quick connecting feature designed to
prevent unlocking
• The spiral-shaped EFC conduit coil locks into fitting
• No loose pieces - secure against vibration
• Supplied with sealing washer O-ring
• Fittings with NPT threads are supplied with locknut
Technical Information

LR52391

Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Locknut
O-ring
Colour
Temperature range
Flammability rating

E23018
C

Shureseal™ conduit type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY
Straight
NPT and Metric (I.S.O.)
IP65
UV-resistant thermoplastic
Zinc plated steel
Nitryl
Black
-45°C to +105°C
Self-extinguishing according to UL 94 V-2

F*

A

D

E
Thread

* Variable dimensions

Product Ref.

For conduit
size
[inch]
[mm]

Thread size
E

Dimensions
A
C
[mm]
[mm]

D Min. throat
diameter
[mm]

F*
Approx.
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

34.4
36.8
44.2

10.6
14.0
18.8

40.5
41.6
44.6

3.9
4.1
6.3

20
20
10

34.4
36.8
44.2
52.5
63.4
70.7
85.4

10.6
14.0
18.8
23.9
31.9
36.9
47.8

40.5
41.6
44.6
48.8
55.0
59.8
66.2

3.9
4.1
6.3
9.9
15.2
21.3
34.0

20
20
10
5
5
2
1

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
3
LT38PISO20
/8
16
M20
14.5
1
LT50PISO20
/2
20
M20
14.5
3
/4
25
M25
14.8
LT75PISO25
STRAIGHT FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT)
3
1
LT38P
/8
16
/2”
14.5
1
1
LT50P
/2
20
/2”
14.5
3
3
LT75P
/4
25
/4”
14.8
LT100P
1
32
1”
18.4
LT125P
1 1/4
40
1 1/4”
19.1
LT150P
1 1/2
50
1 1/2”
19.5
LT200P
2
63
2”
20.2

304

* Dimensions F are after assembly (approx.)

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY - plastic Bullet fittings
Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits
• Liquid-tight, dust-tight and oil-resistant
• Thomas & Betts patented quick connecting feature designed to
prevent unlocking
• The spiral-shaped EFC conduit coil locks into fitting
• No loose pieces - secure against vibration
• Supplied with sealing washer O-ring
• Fittings with NPT threads are supplied with locknut
Technical Information
Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Locknut
O-ring
Colour
Temperature range
Flammability rating

Shureseal™ conduit type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY
45°, 90°
NPT and Metric (I.S.O.)
IP65
UV-resistant thermoplastic
Zinc plated steel
Nitryl
Black
-45°C to +105°C
Self-extinguishing according to UL 94 V-2

E23018

LR52391
C
G*

F*
C

B

E
Thread

A

A

E
Thread

G*
D

D

Product Ref.

For conduit
Thread size
size
E
[inch]
[mm]

90° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
3
LT938PISO20
/8
16
M20

Dimensions
B
[mm]

F*
Approx.
[mm]

G*
Approx.
[mm]

Quantity

C
[mm]

D Min. throat
diameter
[mm]

Weight

A
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

14.5

35.0

34.4

10.6

–

47.8

4.9

20

1
LT950PISO20
/2
20
M20
14.5
3
/4
25
M25
14.8
LT975PISO25
90° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT)

37.8
45.5

36.8
44.2

14.0
18.8

–
–

50.4
56.0

4.9
7.8

20
10

3
1
LT938P
/8
16
/2”
14.5
1
1
LT950P
/2
20
/2”
14.5
3
3
LT975P
/4
25
/4”
14.8
LT9100P
1
32
1”
18.4
LT9125P
1 1/4
40
1 1/4”
19.1
LT9150P
1 1/2
50
1 1/2”
19.5
LT9200P
2
63
2”
20.2
45° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WTH LOCKNUT)
3
1
LT438P
/8
16
/2”
14.5
1
1
LT450P
/2
20
/2”
14.5
3
3
LT475P
/4
25
/4”
14.8
LT4100P
1
32
1”
18.4
LT4125P
1 1/4
40
1 1/4”
19.0
LT4150P
1 1/2
50
1 1/2”
19.5
LT4200P
2
63
2”
20.2

35.0
37.8
45.5
53.4
65.1
72.5
87.2

34.4
36.8
44.2
44.2
52.5
63.4
70.7

10.6
14.0
18.8
23.9
31.9
36.9
47.8

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

47.8
50.4
56.2
63.7
72.5
79.9
93.3

4.9
4.9
7.8
12.6
21.3
36.3
40.8

10
10
10
5
2
2
1

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

34.4
36.8
44.2
52.5
43.4
70.7
85.4

10.6
14.0
18.8
23.9
31.9
36.9
47.8

39.0
40.4
46.3
51.7
60.6
66.1
77.5

35.1
37.8
45.5
53.4
65.1
72.5
87.2

4.8
5.0
7.4
11.7
20.9
24.7
38.1

20
20
10
5
5
2
1

* Dimensions F and G are after assembly (approx.)

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

305

4.2
Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY - metallic Bullet fittings
Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits
• Robust construction, ideal for demanding applications like in the
railway industry (can be used with other kind of conduits and
hoses commonly used in the railway industry, such as textile
inserted rubber hoses,...)
• Liquid-tight, dust-tight and oil-resistant
• Thomas & Betts patented quick connecting feature designed to
prevent unlocking
• Separate rotating attachment for easy fitting of conduit
• Spiral-shaped EFC conduit coil locks into fitting
• No loose pieces - secure against vibration
• Delivered with locknut
Technical Information

LR52391

Product Ref.

Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Gland nut
Insert
Colour

E23018

For conduit
size
[inch]
[mm]

Thread size
E

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O) THREAD
3
LT38M-ISO20
/8
16
1
LT50M-ISO20
/2
20
3
LT75M-ISO25
/4
25
STRAIGHT FITTING WITH NPT THREAD
3
LT38M
/8
16
1
LT50M
/2
20
3
LT75M
/4
25
LT100M
1
32
LT125M
1 1/4
40
LT150M
1 1/2
50
LT200M
2
63

Shureseal™ conduit type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY
Straight
NPT and Metric (I.S.O.)
IP65
Zinc plated steel
Zinc steel
Nylon
Metallic

Dimensions
B*
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

A
[mm]

C
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

M20
M20

14.3
14.3

38.1
39.7

29.4
34.9

5.8
7.7

25
25

M25

15.9

41.2

42.1

10.9

25

3

14.3
14.3
15.9
19.0
20.6
20.6
20.6

38.1
39.7
41.2
52.4
63.5
68.2
77.8

29.4
34.9
42.1
47.6
60.3
69.8
88.1

5.8
7.7
10.9
16.1
28.9
46.7
69.9

25
25
25
10
5
2
1

/8”
/2”
3
/4”
1”
1 1/4”
1 1/2”
2”
1

* Dimensions shown with a (*) are after assembly (approx.)

306

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY - metallic Bullet fittings
Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits
• Robust construction, ideal for demanding applications like in the
railway industry (can be used with other kind of conduits and
hoses commonly used in the railway industry, such as textile
inserted rubber hoses,...)
• Liquid-tight, dust-tight and oil-resistant
• Thomas & Betts patented quick connecting feature designed to
prevent unlocking
• Separate rotating attachment for easy fitting of conduit
• Spiral-shaped EFC conduit coil locks into fitting
• No loose pieces - secure against vibration
• Delivered with locknut
Technical Information
Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Gland nut
Insert
Colour

Product Ref.

Shureseal™ conduit type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY
45°, 90°
NPT and Metric (I.S.O.)
IP65
Zinc plated steel
Zinc steel
Nylon
Metallic

For conduit
size
[inch]
[mm]

Thread size
E

90° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O) THREAD
3
LT938M-ISO20
/8
16
1
LT950M-ISO20
/2
20
3
LT975M-ISO25
/4
25
90° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD
3
LT938M
/8
16
LT950M
LT975M
LT9100M

1

/2
3
/4
1

20
25
32

LT9125M
1 1/4
40
LT9150M
1 1/2
50
LT9200M
2
63
45° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O) THREAD
3
LT438M-ISO20
/8
16
1
/2
20
LT450M-ISO20
45° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD
3
LT438M
/8
16
1
LT450M
/2
20
3
LT475M
/4
25
LT4100M
1
32
LT4125M
1 1/4
40
LT4150M
1 1/2
50
LT4200M
2
63

E23018

Dimensions
B
C
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

A
[mm]

F*
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

M20
M20
M25

15.9
15.9
15.9

33.3
36.5
44.4

29.4
34.9
42.1

34.9
39.7
44.4

9.4
13.2
18.1

25
25
25

3

15.9

33.3

29.4

34.9

9.4

25

1

/2”
3
/4”
1”

15.9
15.9
20.6

36.5
44.4
49.2

34.9
42.1
47.6

39.7
44.4
55.5

13.2
18.1
30.2

25
25
10

1 1/4”
1 1/2”
2”

20.6
20.6
22.2

63.5
71.4
88.9

60.3
69.8
88.1

69.8
74.6
87.3

55.7
76.4
116.6

5
2
1

M20
M20

14.3
14.3

49.8*
47.6*

29.4
34.9

–
–

7.7
14.2

25
25

3

14.3
14.3
14.3
20.6
20.6
20.6
22.2

49.8*
47.6*
54.0*
57.1*
69.8*
69.8*
98.4*

29.4
34.9
42.1
47.6
60.3
69.8
88.1

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

7.7
14.2
18.6
25.5
49.6
68.0
99.8

25
25
10
5
5
2
1

/8”

/8”
/2”
3
/4”
1”
1 1/4”
1 1/2”
2”
1

* Dimensions shown with a (*) are after assembly (approx.)

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

LR52391

307

4.2
Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY - metallic Bullet, chase fitting
Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits
• Metallic fitting, designed for type - EFC / LTC / LTC-GY flexible
plastic conduit
• Special version (Chase) for space saving assembly, thanks to the
male nipple that can be screwed into the female thread of the
body
• Liquid-tight, dust-tight and oil-resistant
• Robust construction, ideal for demanding applications like in the
railway industry (can be used with other kind of conduits and
hoses commonly used in the railway industry, such as textile
inserted rubber hoses,...)
• Spiral-shaped EFC conduit coil locks into fitting
• The fitting is composed of 5 components: nipple with insulation
throat, O-ring, body, insert and gland nut (Product Ref. LT6275MI
also includes an additional sleeve)
Technical Information

D

C

B

A

E

Product Ref.

For conduit
size
[inch]

ø A*

Conduit type
Style
IP rating
Material
Gland nut
Insert
O-ring
Colour

F

Dimensions
B
C
across flats
across flats
[mm]
[mm]

Shureseal™ conduit type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY
Straight
IP65
Zinc plated steel
Zinc plated steel
Nylon
Neoprene
Metallic

D
approx.
[mm]

ø E*

ø F*

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

/8
/2
3
/4

16
20
25

14.5
14.5
18.0

24
24
32

30
30
36

30
30
36

12.4
15.4
20.0

18.4
22.0
29.0

LT6100MI
LT6125MI
LT6150MI

1
1 1/4
1 1/2

32
40
50

23.5
31.0
38.0

40
45
54

41
60
65

41
60
65

26.0
34.0
39.0

35.0
44.5
50.0

LT6275MI

-

-

60.0

78

93

125

65.0

70.0

LT638MI
LT650MI
LT675MI

3
1

* ø A = inner diameter in fitting
ø E = min. inner diameter of conduit
ø F = max. outer diameter of conduit

308

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Sealing washers
Accessories for liquidtight fittings
• Design locks resilient sealing material in steel
• Steel retainer protects seal from extruding out under torque and
limits compression to an optimum predetermined value; provides
high quality seal
• Resilient material flows and seals rough surfaces
Technical Information
Fitting Type
Thread
Material

Shureseal™ and Shureflex® fittings
NPT, Metric (I.S.O.) and Imperial
Chromated galvanised steel, with blue
Buna-N rubber or black synthetic rubber
Metallic

Colour

002884

Product Ref.

Thread size

Weight
[kg/100]

SEALING WASHERS FOR METRIC (I.S.O.) FITTINGS
051-72123-1*
M16
0.2
035-72272-1*
M20
0.2
035-72272-2*
M25
035-72272-3*
M32
SEALING WASHERS FOR NPT FITTINGS

Quantity
[pieces]
Box side

100
100

0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
1.8
1.9
2.0

50
50
25
25
5
5
5

5268
2 1/2”
2.2
5269
3”
2.9
5270
4”
3.8
SEALING WASHERS FOR IMPERIAL FITTINGS
035-72272-4
1 1/2”
1.8

5
5
5

3

/8”
/2”
3
/4”
1”
1 1/4”
1 1/2”
2”
1

Box side

100
100

0.3
0.3

5261*
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267

E13938

52XX

051-XXXXX-X
035-XXXXX-X

100

* The Product Ref. with a * are not UL approved

309

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Locknuts
Accessories for liquidtight fittings
• Case-Hardened Locknut with Teeth provides superior strength
and electrical bonding and can be installed without a wrench in
the enclosure.
Technical Information
Fitting Type
Thread
Material
Colour

004484

E23018

Product Ref.

Ground cone
Locknut

Sealing ring
Sealing washer

Shureseal™ fittings
NPT
Galvanised steel, chromated
Metallic

Body of
standard fitting

Gland nut

Thread size
[inch]

Weight
[kg/100]

Quantity
[pieces]

0.4
0.5

100
100

/2
/4
1

0.5
0.9
1.8

100
100
50

1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4

3.2
4.0
6.3
11.7
18.0
19.8
23.4

50
50
25
15
5
5
5

139
140

1

141
142-TB
143

1

144
145
146-TB
147
148
149
150

/4
/8

3

3

310

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Wire mesh adaptor
Accessories for liquidtight fittings
• Strain Relief Wire Mesh adaptor with integrated gland nut
• Simple installation: just replace the existing gland nut in the fitting
with the wire mesh adaptor
• Provides a support function (strain relief), to protect the conduit
at the point of connection
• Rounded corners ensure secure attachment of the conduit without
the risk of damage
• Anti-corrosive
Technical Information
Fitting Type

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for metallic
conduits (straight, 45°, 90°, chase, female hub)
Replaces the standard gland nut
Gland nut: zinc plated steel
Collar: aluminium, Wire mesh: aluminium
Metallic

Thread
Material
Colour

Locknut

002884
004484

E13938
E23018

A

Ground cone Sealing ring

Wire mesh adaptor with gland nut

is inserted instead of
Body of
Sealing washer standard fitting the standard gland nut of the fitting

Product
Ref.

Conduit
size
[inch]
[mm]

FOR FITTINGS WITH ISO THREAD
3
WMG-LT1
/8
16
1
WMG-LT2
/2
20
3
WMG-LT3
/4
25
WMG-LT4
1
32
FOR FITTINGS WITH PG THREAD
WMG-LT1
WMG-LT2
WMG-LT3

3

/8
/2
3
/4
1

16
20
25

WMG-LT4
1
32
WMG-LT5
1 1/4
40
WMG-LT6
1 1/2
50
WMG-LT7
2
63
FOR FITTINGS WITH NPT THREAD
3
WMG-LT1
/8
16
1
WMG-LT2
/2
20
3
WMG-LT3
/4
25
WMG-LT4
1
32
WMG-LT5
1 1/4
40
WMG-LT6
1 1/2
50
WMG-LT7
2
63
FOR FITTINGS WITH IMPERIAL THREAD
WMG-LT5
1 1/4
40
WMG-LT6
1 1/2
50
WMG-LT7
2
63

Straight
fitting
[prod. ref.]

45° fitting

90° fitting

[prod. ref.]

9360, 9361
9362
9363
9364

Shureseal™ conduit

Chase 90°
fitting
[prod. ref.]

Adapter

Weight

Quantity

[prod. ref.]

Chase
fitting
[prod. ref.]

[prod. ref.]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

9340, 9341
9342
9343-TB
9344

9350, 9351
9352-TB
9353-TB
9354-TB

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

9270, 9271
9272
9273
9274

2.5
4.0
5.0
10.0

10
10
10
10

7361, 7362
7363
7364

7341, 7342
7343
7344-TB

7351, 7352
7353
7354

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

2.5
4.0
5.0

10
10
10

7365
7366
7367
7368

7345
7346
7347
7348-TB

7355
7356
7357
7358

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

10.0
17.0
29.0
43.0

10
2
2
5

5331
5332
5333
5334-TB
5335
5336
5337

5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347

5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357

5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367

5371
5372
5373
5374
–
–
–

5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277

2.5
4.0
5.0
10.0
17.0
29.0
43.0

10
10
10
10
2
2
5

6365
6366
6367

–
6346
6347

6355
6356
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

17.0
29.0
43.0

2
2
5

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

311

4.2
Replacement parts
Accessories for liquidtight fittings
If after some time the fitting is released and needs to be re-secured,
the seal and the ground cone should be replaced.
The following accessories are appropriate for all the standard
liquidtight Shureseal™ fittings for metallic conduits:
• Steel ground cone: it provides a high quality ground contact with
low impedance and high conduit pull-off resistance. The single
helical thread on ground cone is easy to install by hand without
cross threading. It tolerates variations in conduit diameters and
convolution pitch. Its rolled-over edge protects the conductors.
Manufactured in zinc plated steel.
• Sealing ring: it grips and seals the conduit without damaging the
conduit jacket. Its symmetrical shape assures a foolproof assembly. It ensures a positive seal against oils, liquids, moisture and
dust. Made from high-performance nylon. Colour: blue.

Fitting replacement parts

• Gland nut: rugged construction, made of zinc plated steel. Reinforced corners to allow hand screwing.

Sealing ring

Gland nut

Ground cone
Product Ref.

Ground cone

Sealing ring
Product Ref.

Gland nut
Product Ref.

R 719124
IR 719123
R 719101

–
7 R68301
IR 763101

–
7 R68201
R 735540

R 719125
R 719126
R 719127

IR 763102
IR 763108
IR 763104

R 735503
R 735504
R 735522

IR 719128
IR 719129
053-71814-127
053-71814-128
053-71814-129
053-71814-130

IR 763105
IR 763106
053-71814-137
053-71814-28
053-71814-29
053-71814-30

IR 735509
IR 723418
053-71814-7
053-71814-8
053-71814-9
053-71814-10

Conduit size
[inch]
1

[mm]

/4
/16
3
/8

10
12
16

1

/2
/4
1

20
25
32

1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4

40
50
63
75
90
115

5

3

312

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Type UGS - uncovered conduit
Fittings for ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduit
• Wide choice of fittings especially manufactured for Shureflex®
conduits
• Highly crush resistant with an excellent pull-off strength
• Ideal for industrial and commercial applications where flexibility,
crush and vibration resistance are required
Technical Information
Conduit type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Colour
Temperature range

Shureflex® type UGS uncovered conduits*
Straight fixed male
Metric (I.S.O.) and PG
IP40
Nickel-plated brass
Metallic
-50°C to +300°C

Type UFM

* Can also be used with Shureflex® stainless steel conduits
C

B

A

D

E

Product Ref.

Conduit type

Thread
size

A
[mm]

TYPE UFMM: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) MALE THREAD
UFMM1616
UGS1610 / UGS1630
M16
16
UFMM1620
UGS1610 / UGS1630
M20
20
UFMM2020
UGS2010 / UGS2030
M20
20
UFMM2525
UGS2510 / UGS2530
M25
25
UFMM3232
UGS3210 / UGS3220
M32
32
UFMM4040
UGS4010 / UGS4020
M40
40
UFMM5050
UGS5010 / UGS5020
M50
50
TYPE UFMPG: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG MALE THREAD
UFMPG1007
UGS1010 / UGS1030
PG7
12.5
UFMPG1209
UFMPG1611
UFMPG2016
UFMPG2521
UFMPG3229
UFMPG4036

UGS1210 / UGS1230
UGS1610 / UGS1630
UGS2010 / UGS2030
UGS2510 / UGS2530
UGS3210 / UGS3220
UGS4010 / UGS4020

PG9
PG11
PG16
PG21
PG29
PG36

15.2
18.6
22.5
28.3
37.0
47.0

B
[mm]

Dimensions
C
D
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

10.8
10.8
14.8
18.8
25.8
33.8
41.8

19
24
24
30
36
46
55

10
10
10
12
13
15
15

24.5
24.5
24.5
28.0
29.0
31.5
33.0

550
900
700
450
350
450
400

25
25
25
10
5
5
2

4.8

14.0

5.0

16.5

271

25

7.8
10.9
14.9
18.9
25.9
33.9

17.0
20.0
24.0
30.0
40.0
49.6

8.0
12.0
12.0
13.5
15.0
17.0

21.5
28.0
28.0
31.0
33.0
36.0

532
750
1100
650
350
900

25
25
25
10
5
5

Product reference structure

UFMM1616
U = Uncovered
Conduit

FM = Fixed Male
SM = Swivel Male
SS = Space Saver

Thread size
(PG or Metric)
Thread:
M = Metric
PG = PG

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

For conduit:
10, 12, 16, 20, 25,
32, 40 or 50 mm

313

4.2
Type UGS - uncovered conduit
Fittings for ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduit
• Wide choice of fittings especially manufactured for Shureflex®
conduits
• Highly crush resistant with an excellent pull-off strength
• Ideal for industrial and commercial applications where flexibility,
crush and vibration resistance are required
• The swivel fittings improve the flexibility and decrease the stress
in the connection of the conduit
• The space saver version, with its compact design, is perfectly
appropriate for applications in confined spaces and to install the
fitting directly on a panel
Technical Information
Conduit type
Style

Type USM

Type USS

C

B

C

B

A

D
E

Shureflex® type UGS uncovered conduits*
Straight swivel male and straight space
saver
Metric (I.S.O.) and PG
IP40
Nickel-plated brass
Metallic
-50°C to +300°C

Thread
IP rating
Material
Colour
Temperature range

E
* Can also be used with Shureflex® stainless steel conduits

Product Ref.

Conduit type

Thread
size

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

TYPE USMM: SWIVEL STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) MALE THREAD
USMM1616
UGS1610 / UGS1630
M16
16
10.8

314

Dimensions
C
D
[mm]
[mm]

E
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

19

10

34.3

850

25

USMM2020
UGS2010 / UGS2030
M20
20
USMM2525
UGS2510 / UGS2530
M25
25
USMM3232
UGS3210 / UGS3220
M32
32
USMM4040
UGS4010 / UGS4020
M40
40
USMM5050
UGS5010 / UGS5020
M50
50
TYPE USMPG: SWIVEL STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG MALE THREAD
USMPG1007
UGS1010 / UGS1030
PG7
12.5

14.8
18.8
25.8
33.8
41.8

24
30
36
46
55

10
12
13
15
15

34.3
40.5
41.5
47.3
47.0

1020
840
850
730
750

25
10
5
5
2

4.8

14

5

22.0

550

25

USMPG1209
USMPG1611
USMPG2016

15.2
18.6
22.5

7.8
10.9
14.9

17
20
24

8
12
12

30.3
38.0
38.0

750
1150
1300

25
25
25

28.3
37.0
47.0

18.9
25.9
33.9

30
40
49

12
15
17

41.0
46.0
51.0

1000
800
1250

10
5
5

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

4.8
7.8
10.8
14.8
18.8
25.8
33.8
41.8

14
16
19
24
30
36
46
55

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

11.5
13.5
14.5
14.5
16.0
16.0
16.0
18.0

255
351
470
662
370
254
322
200

25
25
25
25
10
5
5
2

UGS1210 / UGS1230
UGS1610 / UGS1630
UGS2010 / UGS2030

PG9
PG11
PG16

USMPG2521
UGS2510 / UGS2530
PG21
USMPG3229
UGS3210 / UGS3220
PG29
USMPG4036
UGS4010 / UGS4020
PG36
TYPE USSM: SPACE SAVER STRAIGHT FITTING (NO THREAD)
USSM1010
UGS1010 / UGS1030
–
USSM1212
UGS1210 / UGS1230
–
USSM1616
UGS1610 / UGS1630
–
USSM2020
UGS2010 / UGS2030
–
USSM2525
UGS2510 / UGS2530
–
USSM3232
UGS3210 / UGS3220
–
USSM4040
UGS4010 / UGS4020
–
USSM5050
UGS5010 / UGS5020
–

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Type PGS - covered conduit
Fittings for ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduit
• Wide choice of fittings especially manufactured for Shureflex®
covered conduit
• Highly crush resistant with an excellent pull-off strength
• Improved IP rating (IP54) compared to the uncovered conduit
• Special IP65 rated fittings available on request
• Ideal for industrial and commercial applications where flexibility,
crush and vibration resistance are required
Technical Information
Conduit Type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Colour
Temperature range

Shureflex® type PGS covered conduit
Straight fixed male and female
Metric (I.S.O.) and PG
IP54
Nickel-plated brass
Metallic
-50°C to +300°C*

Type PFF

Type PFM

B

C

A

C

B
D

D

* PGS conduit temperature -25°C to +70°C

E

E

Product Ref.

Conduit type

Thread
size

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

A

Dimensions
C
D
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

TYPE PFMM: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) MALE THREAD
PFMM1616
PFMM1620
PFMM2020

PGS1610 / PGS1630
PGS1610 / PGS1630
PGS2010 / PGS2030

M16
M20
M20

16
20
20

10.8
10.8
14.8

19
24
24

10
10
10

24.5
24.5
24.5

550
900
700

25
25
25

PFMM2525
PGS2510 / PGS2530
M25
PFMM3232
PGS3210 / PGS3220
M32
PFMM4040
PGS4010 / PGS4020
M40
PFMM5050
PGS5010 / PGS5020
M50
TYPE PFMPG: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG MALE THREAD
PFMPG1007
PGS1010 / PGS1030
PG7
PFMPG1209
PGS1210 / PGS1230
PG9

25
32
40
50

18.8
25.8
33.8
41.8

30
36
46
55

12
13
15
15

28.0
29.0
31.5
33.0

450
350
450
400

10
5
5
2

12.5
15.2

4.8
7.8

14.0
17.0

8.0
8.0

16.5
21.5

270
483

25
25

PFMPG1611
PFMPG2016
PFMPG2521

18.6
22.5
28.3

10.9
14.9
18.9

20.0
24.0
30.0

12.0
12.0
13.5

28.0
28.0
31.0

550
1050
650

25
25
10

25.9
33.9

40.0
49.6

15.0
17.0

33.0
36.0

1150
450

5
5

10.8
14.8
18.8
25.8
33.8

19
24
30
36
46

10
10
12
13
15

23.5
23.5
28.0
28.0
30.5

552
765
511
292
535

25
25
10
5
5

7.8

19

8

20.5

389

25

PGS1610 / PGS1630
PGS2010 / PGS2030
PGS2510 / PGS2530

PG11
PG16
PG21

PFMPG3229
PGS3210 / PGS3220
PG29
37.0
PFMPG4036
PGS4010 / PGS4020
PG36
47.0
TYPE PFFM: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) FEMALE THREAD
PFFM1616
PGS1610 / PGS1630
M16
16
PFFM2020
PGS2010 / PGS2030
M20
20
PFFM2525
PGS2510 / PGS2530
M25
25
PFFM3232
PGS3210 / PGS3220
M32
32
PFFM4040
PGS4010 / PGS4020
M40
40
TYPE PFFPG: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG FEMALE THREAD
PFFPG1209
PGS1210 / PGS1230
PG9
15.2

Product reference Structure
315

PFMM1616
P = Covered
Conduit

FM = Fixed Male
FF = Fixed Female

SM = Swivel Male
SS = Space Saver

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Thread size
(PG or Metric)
Thread:
M = Metric
PG = PG

For conduit:
10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40 or 50 mm

4.2
Type PGS - covered conduit
Fittings for ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduit
• Wide choice of fittings especially manufactured for Shureflex®
covered conduit
• Highly crush resistant with an excellent pull-off strength
• Improved IP rating (IP54) compared to the uncovered conduit
• Special IP65 rated fittings available on request
• Ideal for industrial and commercial applications where flexibility,
crush and vibration resistance are required
• The swivel fittings improve the flexibility and decrease the stress
in the connection of the conduit
• The space saver version, with its compact design, is perfectly
appropriate for applications in confined spaces and to install the
fitting directly on a panel
Type PSS

Type PSM

C

B

Technical Information

B

C

Conduit Type
Style
Thread
IP rating
Material
Colour
Temperature range

A

D
E

E

Shureflex® type PGS covered conduit
Straight swivel male, straight space saver
Metric (I.S.O.) and PG
IP54
Nickel-plated brass
Metallic
-50°C to +300°C*

* PGS conduit temperature -25°C to +70°C
Product Ref.

Conduit type

Thread
size

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Dimensions
C
D
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

TYPE PSMM: SWIVEL STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) MALE THREAD
PSMM1616
PGS1610 / PGS1630
M16
PSMM2020
PGS2010 / PGS2030
M20
PSMM2525
PGS2510 / PGS2530
M25
PSMM3232
PGS3210 / PGS3220
M32
PSMM4040
PGS4010 / PGS4020
M40
PSMM5050
PGS5010 / PGS5020
M50
TYPE PSMPG: SWIVEL STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG MALE THREAD
PSMPG1007
PSMPG1209
PSMPG1611

316

PGS1010 / PGS1030
PGS1210 / PGS1230
PGS1610 / PGS1630

PG7
PG9
PG11

PSMPG2016
PGS2010 / PGS2030
PG16
PSMPG2521
PGS2510 / PGS2530
PG21
PSMPG3229
PGS3210 / PGS3220
PG29
PSMPG4036
PGS4010 / PGS4020
PG36
TYPE PSSM: SPACE SAVER STRAIGHT FITTING (NO THREAD)
PSSM1010
PGS1010 / PGS1030
–
PSSM1212
PGS1210 / PGS1230
–
PSSM1616
PGS1610 / PGS1630
–
PSSM2020
PGS2010 / PGS2030
–
PSSM2525
PGS2510 / PGS2530
–
PSSM3232
PGS3210 / PGS3220
–
PSSM4040
PGS4010 / PGS4020
–
PSSM5050
PGS5010 / PGS5020
–

16
20
25
32
40
50

10.8
14.8
18.8
25.8
33.8
41.8

19
24
30
36
46
55

10
10
12
13
15
15

34.3
34.3
40.5
41.5
47.3
47.0

860
1060
850
800
850
700

25
25
10
5
5
2

12.5
15.2
18.6

4.8
7.8
10.9

14.0
17.0
20.0

8
8
12

22.0
30.3
38.0

280
550
1100

25
25
25

22.5
28.3
37.0
47.0

14.9
18.9
25.9
33.9

24.0
30.0
40.0
49.6

12
12
15
17

38.0
41.0
46.0
51.0

1300
950
750
850

25
10
5
5

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

4.8
7.8
10.8
14.8
18.8
25.8
33.8
41.8

14
16
19
24
30
36
46
55

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

11.5
13.5
14.5
14.5
16.0
16.0
16.0
18.0

203
296
405
560
350
240
382
213

25
25
25
25
10
5
5
2

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Product description
Fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits
Three grades of Halogen free flexible
conduits, available in 8 sizes, with an excellent
combination of flexibility and mechanical strength

“One piece assembly” fitting, no loose
piece, handy to use, requires no tool

Release ring, for easy removal without any tool

Twelve flat edges, for easy tightening

Self-locking (push-fit): mounting and locking at
the same time, for a quick and easy installation

Solid construction: robust design, shock
resistant and high quality material (Halogen
free Polyamide 6), for a durable performance

After mounting, the fitting can rotate freely
on the conduit, allowing the possibility to
pre-mount the straight fittings on the conduits
before the final installation on the support
(without causing the cables to be twisted)

Conduit size marking on the fitting,
for immediate identification

Six flat edges, for spanner tightening
Crown of self-locking clips around the
whole circumference of the conduit, for a
secure locking and a superior pull-off strength

Thread style/size marking,
for immediate identification

Tapered fitting body, providing a standard
IP66 watertight system, without the
need for any additional accessory

Optional O-ring and sealing washer,
for IP69K rating

Broad contact base, with 2 built-in sealing rings

Range of accessories: locknuts for panel
mounting, mounting brackets for attaching
the conduits, T-splits for connecting 3
conduits together

Available in straight, 90° and 45° versions,
with Metric (I.S.O.) and PG threads

One push and you’re ready
Installation with IP66 protection

Installation with IP69K protection

Easily released & removed

• Self-locking (push-fit) installation: simply
push the conduit completely into the
fitting. Mounting and locking the fitting
are done simultaneously

• Optional sealing washer can be used
(placed around the thread of the fitting), in
combination with an optional O-ring
(inserted in the first groove of the conduit)

• Just press the release ring of the fitting and
pull the conduit out. No tool is required!

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

317

4.2
Straight fittings
Fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

High quality Polyamide (PA6)
UV and shock resistant
Secure: self-locking (push-fit) installation onto the conduit
Quick and easy to install and remove, no tool required
Strong: high pull-off strength thanks to the self-locking clips
around the whole circumference of the conduit
Handy: “one-piece assembly” construction, no loose parts
Watertight: IP66 rating as standard, without additional accessories
Sealing washers and O-rings available (delivered separately) for
the applications requiring a maximum IP rating (IP69K)
Locknuts (delivered separately) are available for installations on
panels and enclosures

Technical Information
Conduit type
Style / thread
IP rating

E96548

Spanner

Material
Colour
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Other properties

inner ø
Thread

Product Ref.

318

For conduit
size
[mm]

Thread
size

Shureflex® Nylon conduits
Straight / Metric (I.S.O.), PG thread
IP66 (standard), IP69K (with additional
Shureflex® washer and O-ring)
Polyamide 6
Black
-30°C to +100°C (intermittent: to +150°C)
UL 94 V-2 (produced from UL 94 V-0 raw
material)
Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,
UV-resistant. Good resistance to fuel,
mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

Inner
diameter
[mm]

A
[mm]

Dimensions
B
C
[mm]
[mm]

Spanner
size
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

D
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
NY-SF07-BKM12
7
M12 x 1.5
6.5
NY-SF10-BKM16
10
M16 x 1.5
10.0

35.0
37.0

11.0
11.0

19.0
21.0

17.0
21.0

15
18

0.4
0.6

100
100

NY-SF12-BKM16
NY-SF12-BKM20
NY-SF17-BKM20

12
12
17

M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5

10.0
14.0
14.5

37.0
37.0
44.0

11.0
11.0
11.0

26.0
31.0
31.0

25.5
25.5
30.0

20
20
27

0.7
0.8
1.2

100
100
100

NY-SF23-BKM25
23
M25 x 1.5
NY-SF29-BKM32
29
M32 x 1.5
NY-SF36-BKM40
36
M40 x 1.5
NY-SF48-BKM50
48
M50 x 1.5
STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG THREAD
NY-SF07-BKPG7
7
PG7
NY-SF10-BKPG9
10
PG9
NY-SF12-BKPG11
12
PG11
NY-SF17-BKPG13
17
PG13.5
NY-SF17-BKPG16
17
PG16
NY-SF23-BKPG21
23
PG21
NY-SF29-BKPG29
29
PG29
NY-SF36-BKPG36
36
PG36
NY-SF48-BKPG48
48
PG48

18.5
25.5
32.0
42.0

48.0
52.0
60.0
61.0

12.0
15.0
19.0
19.0

37.0
46.0
54.0
69.0

37.0
46.0
54.0
69.0

34
42
50
66

1.6
2.8
3.9
6.2

50
30
20
10

8.0
10.3
14.0
14.0
17.0
22.0
30.0
37.5
50.0

35.5
37.5
37.5
44.5
44.5
48.5
49.5
55.0
56.0

11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
12.5
12.5
14.0
14.0

19.0
21.0
26.0
31.0
31.0
37.0
46.0
54.0
69.0

17.0
21.0
25.5
28.0
29.0
36.5
46.0
56.0
69.5

15
18
20
27
27
34
42
50
66

0.4
0.6
0.8
1.2
1.2
1.6
2.8
3.9
5.6

100
100
100
100
100
50
30
20
10

See pages 322 to 325 for locknuts and accessories

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
90° fittings
Fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

High quality Polyamide (PA6)
UV and shock resistant
Secure: self-locking (push-fit) installation onto the conduit
Quick and easy to install and remove, no tool required
Strong: high pull-off strength thanks to the self-locking clips
around the whole circumference of the conduit
Handy: “one-piece assembly” construction, no loose parts
Watertight: IP66 rating as standard, without additional accessories
Sealing washers and O-rings available (delivered separately) for
the applications requiring a maximum IP rating (IP69K)
Locknuts (delivered separately) are available for installations on
panels and enclosures

Technical Information
Conduit type
Style / thread
IP rating

Shureflex® Nylon conduits
90° / Metric (I.S.O.), PG thread
IP66 (standard), IP69K (with additional
Shureflex® washer and O-ring)
Polyamide 6
Black
-30°C to +100°C (intermittent: to +150°C)
UL 94 V-2 (produced from
UL 94 V-0 raw material)
Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,
UV-resistant. Good resistance to fuel,
mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

Material
Colour
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

For conduit
size
[mm]

Thread
size

Inner
diameter
[mm]

E96548

inner ø
Thread

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Dimensions
C
D
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

E
[mm]

F
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

90° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
NY-90F10-BKM16
10
M16 x 1.5
NY-90F12-BKM16
12
M16 x 1.5

10.0
10.5

35.0
39.0

11.0
11.0

21.0
25.0

21.0
23.0

42.5
44.0

11.0
15.0

0.9
1.3

50
50

NY-90F12-BKM20
NY-90F17-BKM20
NY-90F23-BKM25

M20 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5

12.3
14.5
18.5

39.0
45.0
53.0

11.0
11.0
12.0

25.0
30.0
36.5

26.0
30.0
37.0

45.5
58.0
66.0

15.0
18.0
23.0

1.3
2.2
3.4

50
50
30

M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5

25.5
32.0
42.0

66.0
79.0
92.0

15.0
19.0
19.0

45.0
54.0
68.0

46.0
55.0
69.0

76.0
89.0
103.0

27.0
33.0
39.0

5.5
9.2
15.0

20
10
10

PG9
PG11
PG13.5
PG16
PG21
PG29
PG36
PG48

10.3
14.0
14.0
17.0
22.0
30.0
37.5
50.0

35.0
39.0
45.0
45.0
53.0
65.0
79.0
92.0

11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
12.5
12.5
14.0
14.0

21.0
25.0
30.0
30.0
37.0
45.0
54.0
68.0

21.5
25.0
27.0
29.0
36.5
46.0
56.0
69.5

42.5
45.0
56.5
57.5
65.5
76.0
89.5
103.5

11.0
15.0
18.0
18.0
23.0
28.0
33.0
39.0

0.8
1.1
2.2
1.9
3.0
4.6
7.5
11.7

50
50
50
50
30
20
10
10

12
17
23

NY-90F29-BKM32
29
NY-90F36-BKM40
36
NY-90F48-BKM50
48
90° FITTING WITH PG THREAD
NY-90F10-BKPG9
10
NY-90F12-BKPG11
12
NY-90F17-BKPG13
17
NY-90F17-BKPG16
17
NY-90F23-BKPG21
23
NY-90F29-BKPG29
29
NY-90F36-BKPG36
36
NY-90F48-BKPG48
48

See pages 322 to 325 for locknuts and accessories

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

319

4.2
45° fittings
Fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

High quality Polyamide (PA6)
UV and shock resistant
Secure: self-locking (push-fit) installation onto the conduit
Quick and easy to install and remove, no tool required
Strong: high pull-off strength thanks to the self-locking clips
around the whole circumference of the conduit
Handy: “one-piece assembly” construction, no loose parts
Watertight: IP66 rating as standard, without additional accessories
Sealing washers and O-rings available (delivered separately) for
the applications requiring a maximum IP rating (IP69K)
Locknuts (delivered separately) are available for installations on
panels and enclosures

Technical Information
Conduit type
Style / thread
IP rating

E96548

Shureflex® Nylon conduits
45° / Metric (I.S.O.), PG thread
IP66 (standard), IP69K (with additional
Shureflex® washer and O-ring)
Polyamide 6
Black
-30°C to +100°C (intermittent: to +150°C)
UL 94 V-2 (produced from
UL 94 V-0 raw material)
Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,
UV-resistant. Good resistance to fuel,
mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

Material
Colour
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Other properties
inner ø
Thread

Product Ref.

For conduit
size
[mm]

Thread
size

Inner
diameter
[mm]

Quantity

B
[mm]

Dimensions
C
[mm]

Weight

A
[mm]

D
[mm]

E
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

45° FITTING WITH METRIC METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
NY-45F12-BKM16
NY-45F17-BKM20
NY-45F23-BKM25

12
17
23

NY-45F29-BKM32
29
NY-45F36-BKM40
36
NY-45F48-BKM50
48
45° FITTING WITH PG THREAD
NY-45F12-BKPG11
12
NY-45F17-BKPG16
17
NY-45F23-BKPG21
23
NY-45F29-BKPG29
29
NY-45F36-BKPG36
36
NY-45F48-BKPG48
48

320

M16 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5

10.5
11.5
18.5

50.0
60.0
70.0

11.0
11.0
12.0

24.0
29.0
37.0

23.0
27.0
34.0

45.0
56.0
67.0

0.9
1.4
2.2

50
50
30

M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5

25.7
32.0
42.0

80.0
96.0
109.0

15.0
19.0
19.0

45.0
53.0
67.0

41.0
50.0
60.0

76.0
90.0
106.0

3.6
5.4
8.4

10
10
5

PG11
PG16
PG21
PG29
PG36
PG48

11.5
14.7
18.5
25.5
32.0
42.0

50.0
60.0
69.0
78.0
90.0
102.0

11.0
11.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
13.0

24.0
29.0
37.0
45.0
53.0
67.0

26.0
30.0
37.0
46.0
56.0
69.0

47.0
58.0
69.0
79.0
94.0
112.0

0.9
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
8.8

50
50
30
10
10
5

See pages 322 to 325 for locknuts and accessories

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
T-splits
Fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

High quality Polyamide (PA6)
UV and shock resistant
Secure: self-locking (push-fit) installation onto the conduit
Quick and easy to install and remove, no tool required
Strong: high pull-off strength thanks to the self-locking clips
around the whole circumference of the conduit
Handy: “one-piece assembly” construction, no loose parts
Watertight: IP66 rating as standard, without additional accessories
O-rings are available (delivered separately) for the applications
requiring a maximum IP rating (IP69K)
Can be used with all the types of Shureflex® ultra-flexible nylon
conduits, from 10 mm to 36 mm nominal sizes

Technical Information
Conduit type
Style
IP rating
Material
Colour
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

Shureflex® Nylon conduits
T-split
IP66 (standard)
IP69K (with additional Shureflex® O-ring)
Polyamide 6
Black
-30°C to +100°C (intermittent: to +150°C)
UL 94 V-2 (produced from UL 94 V-0 raw
material)
Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,
UV-resistant. Good resistance to fuel,
mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

For conduit
size
[mm]

Thread
size

Inner
diameter
[mm]

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Dimensions
C
[mm]

D
[mm]

E
[mm]

NY-T10-BK

10 (3x)

NY-T12-BK
NY-T17-BK
NY-T23-BK

12 (3x)
17 (3x)
23 (3x)

NY-T29-BK
NY-T36-BK

29 (3x)
36 (3x)

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

M4 (2x)

11.2 (3x)

46.0

72.0

20.0 (3x)

19.0

27.0

1.5

20

M4 (2x)
M5 (2x)
M5 (2x)

12.8 (3x)
18.0 (3x)
25.5 (3x)

52.0
63.0
76.0

81.0
96.0
117.0

23.5 (3x)
29.0 (3x)
37.0 (3x)

20.5
28.0
36.0

30.0
35.0
40.0

2.1
3.4
5.3

20
20
10

M5 (2x)
M6 (2x)

31.5 (3x)
38.5 (3x)

85.0
97.0

128.0
144.0

45.0 (3x)
53.0 (3x)

41.5
50.5

41.0
46.0

8.6
11.7

5
5

See pages 322 to 325 for accessories

321

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Sealing washers
Accessories for nylon conduit and fittings
• To be placed around the thread of the Shureflex® Nylon fitting,
between the fitting and the entry panel
Technical Information
Fitting type
Material
Colour
Temperature range

Product Ref.

Thread
size

Inner diameter
I.D.
[mm]

SEALING WASHERS FOR METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
NY-SW-M12
M12
12
NY-SW-M16
M16
NY-SW-M20
M20
NY-SW-M25
M25
NY-SW-M32
M32
NY-SW-M40
M40
NY-SW-M50
M50
SEALING WASHERS FOR PG THREAD

Shureflex® Nylon fittings
Deformable, asbestos free material
Blue
-40°C to +200°C

Outer diameter
O.D.
[mm]

Thickness
T
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

18

1.5

0.04

100

16
20
25
32
40
50

22
27
35
43
55
69

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

0.05
0.07
0.14
0.19
0.34
0.50

100
100
50
30
20
10

NY-SW-PG7
NY-SW-PG9
NY-SW-PG11

PG7
PG9
PG11

12.4
15.2
18.6

18
21
26

1.5
1.5
1.5

0.04
0.04
0.07

100
100
100

NY-SW-PG13
NY-SW-PG16
NY-SW-PG21
NY-SW-PG29
NY-SW-PG36
NY-SW-PG48

PG13.5
PG16
PG21
PG29
PG36
PG48

20.4
22.5
28.3
37.0
47.0
59.3

29
33
39
49
59
71

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

0.09
0.13
0.29
0.34
0.25
0.30

100
100
50
30
20
10

322

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
O-rings
Accessories for nylon conduit and fittings
• To be inserted in the first groove of the Shureflex® Nylon conduit,
prior to the insertion of the conduit into the fitting
Technical Information
Conduit type
Material
Colour
Temperature range

Product Ref.

Shureflex® Nylon conduits
NBR70 elastomer
Black
-30°C to +100°C

Conduit
size
[mm]

Inner diameter
I.D.
[mm]

Diameter
T
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

NY-OR-07
NY-OR-10

7
10

6.35
10.00

1.27
1.30

0.004
0.011

100
100

NY-OR-12
NY-OR-17
NY-OR-23
NY-OR-29
NY-OR-36
NY-OR-48

12
17
23
29
36
48

11.50
16.00
22.00
29.00
34.00
44.60

1.50
1.80
2.00
2.00
2.30
2.40

0.013
0.022
0.037
0.036
0.073
0.110

100
100
50
30
20
10

323

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Hexagonal locknuts
Accessories for nylon conduit and fittings
•
•
•
•

For mounting the Shureflex® Nylon fittings on panels and enclosures
High quality Polyamide (PA6)
Shock resistant
Thread style and thread size marked on the locknut for immediate
identification
• Good resistance to mineral oils, greases and fuel
Technical Information
Fitting type
Thread
Material
Colour
Temperature range
Flammability rating
Other properties

Product Ref.

324

Thread
size

Shureflex® Nylon fittings
Metric (I.S.O.), PG
Polyamide 6
Black
-30°C to +100°C
UL 94 V-2
Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free

Dimensions
B - Across corner
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

A - spanner size
[mm]

T - thickness
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

LOCKNUT WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
NY-LNBK-M12
M12

17

18.0

5

0.09

100

NY-LNBK-M16
NY-LNBK-M20
NY-LNBK-M25

22
26
32

24.0
28.0
35.0

5
6
6

0.14
0.20
0.30

100
100
100

42
52
62

47.0
57.5
68.0

7
7
9

0.60
0.88
1.66

100
50
50

15
19
22
24
27
32
41
54
67

16.5
20.9
24.2
26.4
29.7
35.2
45.1
59.4
73.7

4.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.5
9.0
9.5

0.05
0.11
0.12
0.17
0.25
0.29
0.48
0.79
1.16

100
100
100
100
100
100
50
20
1

M16
M20
M25

NY-LNBK-M32
M32
NY-LNBK-M40
M40
NY-LNBK-M50
M50
LOCKNUT WITH PG THREAD
NY-LNBK-PG7
PG7
NY-LNBK-PG9
PG9
NY-LNBK-PG11
PG11
NY-LNBK-PG13
PG13.5
NY-LNBK-PG16
PG16
NY-LNBK-PG21
PG21
NY-LNBK-PG29
PG29
NY-LNBK-PG36
PG36
NY-LNBK-PG48
PG48

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Mounting brackets
Accessories for nylon conduit and fittings
• A range of mounting brackets for quickly and easily attaching the
Shureflex® Nylon conduits to existing equipment
• Screw mounted (with 1 screw) for secure installation
• Quick installation: the cover is just snapped after inserting the
conduit
• The conduits can rotate freely in the mounting bracket
• Releasable and re-usable
• Resistant to UV, to oils, greases, fuels, cleaning fluids and synthetic
fluids
Technical Information
Conduit type
Material
Colour
Temperature range

Shureflex® Nylon conduits
Polyamide 6.6
Black
-40°C to +120°C
(intermittent: to +150°C)
Halogen free, UV resistant

Other properties

Product Ref.

NY-MB-07
NY-MB-10
NY-MB-12
NY-MB-17
NY-MB-23
NY-MB-29
NY-MB-36
NY-MB-48

Conduit
size A
[mm]

E
[mm]

F
[mm]

ØG
Installation hole
[mm]

Quantity

C
[mm]

Dimensions
D
[mm]

Weight

B
[mm]

[g/piece]

[pieces]

7
10
12
17
23
29
36
48

22.6
22.6
26.7
33.8
43.8
52.8
64.5
81.0

12.9
12.9
15.1
19.5
23.4
26.9
32.4
38.5

23.3
23.3
26.9
34.9
43.7
51.6
62.5
77.0

11.6
11.6
13.7
17.5
20.7
23.2
27.0
32.1

7.5
7.5
8.8
10.4
10.3
10.2
10.2
10.2

4.2
4.2
5.1
6.1
6.1
6.2
6.2
6.2

1.9
1.7
2.6
4.8
8.6
12.7
19.5
34.7

10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5

325

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Metallic fittings for threadless conduits
Rigid and intermediate metal conduit fittings
• Makes a permanent connection and eliminates the need for cutting
a thread on the rigid conduit.
• A split steel ring with diagonal serrations grips the conduit and
bites into it for positive ground.
• Insulation helps to guarantee continuity of service with protection
of the conductor at the critical point: the bushing
• Available in 2 versions, with or without nylon insert
• Components: gland nut, steel ring, steel spacer (only for sizes up
to 1 inch), body (with or without insert), locknut
Technical Information

002884

Conduit Type
Style
Thread
Material
Gland nut

E23018

Metallic rigid conduits
Straight
NPT (up to 1”) or NPS (larger than 1”)
Zinc plated steel or malleable iron
Zinc plated steel (up to 1”) or malleable
iron (larger sizes)
Zinc plated steel
Nylon

Locknut
Insert

B

A

C

Product Ref.
insulated

Product Ref.
non-insulated

8123
8223

8121
8221

8323
8423
8523

8321
8421
8521

8623
8723-TB
8823-TB
8853
8973

8621
8721
8821
8851
8971

For conduit
size
[inch]

Thread
size

1

1

3

3

/2
/4

A
[mm]

Dimensions
B
C
[mm]
[mm]

Weight
insulated
[kg/100]

Weight
non-insulated
[kg/100]

Quantity
insulated
[pieces]

Quantity
non-insulated
[pieces]

/2” NPT
/4” NPT

31.0
38.9

42.9
44.5

38.1
38.1

9.1
12.0

9.5
11.7

10
10

25
25

1
1 1/4
1 1/2

1” NPT
1 1/4” NPS
1 1/2” NPS

48.4
34.9
68.3

50.8
61.9
66.7

14.3
27.0
19.1

18.1
36.3
40.8

18.0
34.7
48.8

5
5
2

5
5
2

2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4

2” NPS
2 1/2” NPS
3” NPS
3 1/2” NPS
4” NPS

82.6
104.8
123.8
139.7
153.2

71.4
96.8
101.6
104.8
123.8

21.4
28.6
13.5
28.6
28.6

72.6
154.2
181.4
220.0
275.0

71.2
160.6
195.0
226.8
283.5

2
2
1
1
1

2
2
1
1
1

Note: insulated version also available in right angled (elbow) style up to 2”

326

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Metallic couplings for threadless conduits
Rigid and intermediate metal conduit fittings
• Easy coupling between 2 rigid conduits
• Eliminates the need for cutting a thread on the rigid conduits
• When tightened with a wrench, they form a UL listed and CSA
approved concrete-tight connection
• Components: 2 gland nuts, steel ring, steel spacer (only for sizes
up to 1 inch), body
Technical Information
Conduit Type
Style
Material
Gland nut

Metallic rigid conduits
Straight
Zinc plated malleable iron or steel
Zinc plated steel (up to 1”) or malleable
iron (larger sizes)

002884

E23018

B

A

Product Ref.

Weight

Quantity

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

/2
/4

32.5
40.5

50.8
58.7

8.2
14.6

25
25

8320
8420
8520

1
1 1/4
1 1/2

47.6
60.3
66.7

68.3
71.4
92.1

22.2
54.0
68.5

5
5
2

8620
8720
8820
8850
8970

2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4

82.6
100.0
119.1
131.8
144.5

96.8
136.5
139.7
139.7
139.7

98.9
227.7
258.6
317.5
378.8

2
2
1
1
1

8120
8220

For conduit
size
[inch]
1
3

Dimensions

327

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Plastic bushing
Rigid and intermediate metal conduit fittings
• For threadless rigid conduits and intermediate metal conduits
• When assembled to the end of a threadless conduit, provides a
well rounded insulating surface over which conductors may be
pulled or on which conductors may bear while in service.
• Designed to be popped onto, and bush, conduit end.
• Fast easy installation without screws
• High impact thermoplastic construction, for applications up to
+105°C
• Flammability rating UL 94 V-1
Technical Information

2884
4484

Product Ref.

Conduit Type
Style
Material
Conformity

E13938

For conduit
size
[inch]

Metallic rigid conduits
Straight
UL 94 V-1 rated thermoplastic
UL514, ANSI C80.4, ANSI C33.84
NFPA 70-1978 (ANSI)

Dimensions
B
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

A
[mm]

C
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

TRIB50
TRIB75

1/2
3/4

15.1
19.8

15.1
35.3

27.0
31.8

0.4
1.1

50
50

TRIB100
TRIB125
TRIB150
TRIB200
TRIB250
TRIB300
TRIB350
TRIB400

1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4

25.4
23.8
38.9
50.0
59.9
74.2
85.7
97.6

38.1
41.3
42.1
46.0
50.8
56.4
58.7
61.1

39.7
48.8
55.2
68.3
82.6
99.2
113.1
127.0

1.5
2.9
4.3
7.9
7.7
5.0
14.7
14.7

25
10
5
2
2
2
2
2

328

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2
Other Thomas & Betts Conduit and Fittings
Examples of other fittings and accessories for the rigid and intermediate metal conduit:

The product ranges shown in this catalogue represent only a small
part of the extensive range of conduits and fittings that Thomas &
Betts offer on a global scale, including among others:

• Conduit straps and supports
• Other special fittings for flexible metallic conduits (e.g. PVC coated
fittings, aluminium fittings, fittings with revolving grounding lug,
etc)
• Conduit outlet bodies, for ordinary and hazardous locations
• Explosion proof conduit outlet bodies, elbows, reducers, plugs,
adapters and couplings
• Uncoated and PVC-coated hubs for threaded rigid conduits

• Explosion proof aluminium sealing fittings

• Set screw connectors and couplings

• STAR Teck metal clad cable glands for harsh and corrosive
environments

• Threaded Erickson couplings

• Non-metallic sheathed cable glands

• Insulated nipples and bushings

• OCAL, corrosion resistant PVC-coated rigid conduits, junction
boxes and accessories

329
For more detailed information on these products, please visit the Thomas & Betts global web site: www.tnb-europe.com and / or contact your Sales Office
for product availability.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

Cable glands
Providing strain relief
and sealing
for cable entries
330

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3
CONDUIT & FITTINGS
4.1 FLEXIBLE CONDUITS

260

4.2 FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES

284

4.3 SHURESEAL™ CABLE GLANDS

330

Metallic cable glands

334

Plastic cable glands

336

Housing entry tubes with strain relief

337

331

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

Whatever the application.
Whatever the size.
Thomas & Betts is your
connection to tough,
versatile cable glands.
332

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

Shureseal™ Cable glands
Providing strain relief and sealing
for cable entries

The Liquidtight cable glands take twice the cable range of

Standard application

most ordinary strain relief connectors. T&B’s cable glands

• Provide means for passing a cable into an enclosure, through

allow you to reduce your inventory and save time, with
one connector that can do the work of two. The sturdy
nylon material of the plastic cable glands adds corrosion

a bulkhead or into a rigid conduit.
• Form a mechanical grip and water and/or oil resistant seal for
round cables.

resistance to your installation.

• Form a non-slip connection or termination for flexible cable.

Thomas & Betts offers a complete line of rugged, reliable cable

Features

glands. All fittings are produced to the highest standards, com-

• Extended range with superior strain relief.

bining innovative design and precision manufacturing methods to

• Reduced overall size fits into tighter spaces.

provide the products you need for your specific applications.

• Gland nut designed to restrict cable bending.

Combining proven performance, installation advantages and
availability of ranges, T&B is also your connection to lower installed
costs for the life of your cord and cable requirements.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

333

4.3
Straight metallic cable glands
Cable glands
• Special construction prevents twisting and ensures effective strain
relief
Technical Information
Style/thread
IP rating
Material
Gland nut
Seal
Colour
Temperature range

004484
002884

E13938

Product ref.

Material
body

Material
seal

Material
nut

Cable ø range
from...to
[mm]

Thread
size

Straight / NPT and metric (I.S.O.)
IP65
Zinc or zinc plated steel
Steel or zinc plated steel
Neoprene or rubber
Metallic
-35°C to +105°C

A
[mm]

Dimensions
B
[mm]

C
[mm]

Quantity
[pieces]

STRAIGHT METALLIC CABLE GLAND WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD
9520*
9521-EU*
9522-EU*

334

zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel

Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene

zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel

3.2 - 6.3
6.3 - 9.5
9.5 - 12.7

M20
M20
M20

28.6
28.6
28.6

42.0
42.0
42.0

14.3
14.3
14.3

25
25
25

9523*
zinc plated steel
Neoprene
zinc plated steel
9524-EU*
zinc plated steel
Neoprene
zinc plated steel
STRAIGHT METALLIC CABLE GLAND WITH NPT THREAD
2920
zinc
rubber
zinc plated steel
2921
zinc
rubber
zinc plated steel
2922
zinc
rubber
zinc plated steel
2930
zinc
rubber
zinc plated steel

11.4 - 14.2
12.7 - 15.8

M20
M20

28.6
34.9

42.0
44.5

14.3
15.0

25
25

3.2 - 9.5
7.9 - 14.2
12.7 - 19.1
3.2 - 9.5

1

/2
/2
1
/2
3
/4

28.6
28.6
34.9
34.9

44.5
44.5
44.5
45.2

15.9
15.9
15.9
19.1

25
25
10
10

2931
2932
2940

zinc
zinc
zinc

rubber
rubber
rubber

zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel

7.9 - 14.2
12.7 - 19.1
7.9 - 14.2

3

/4
/4
1

34.9
34.9
34.9

45.2
45.2
44.5

19.1
19.1
20.6

10
10
10

2941
2942
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2558
2559
2562
2563
2574
2575

zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc
zinc

rubber
rubber
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene

zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel

12.7 - 19.1
17.8 - 24.1
3.2 - 6.4
6.4 - 9.5
9.5 - 12.7
11.4 - 14.2
12.7 - 15.9
15.9 - 19.1
22.4 - 27.1
27.1 - 30.6
20.6 - 25.4
25.4 - 30.1
34.9 - 41.3
41.3 - 47.6

1
1
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
2
2

34.9
41.3
29.4
29.4
29.4
29.4
34.9
34.9
53.2
53.2
59.5
59.5
71.4
71.4

44.5
47.6
42.9
42.9
42.9
42.9
44.5
44.5
54.8
54.8
63.5
63.9
66.7
66.7

20.6
20.6
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
20.6
20.6
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5

10
10
25
25
25
25
25
25
5
5
5
5
1
1

1

3

* The Product Ref. with a * are not CSA approved

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3
45° and 90° metallic cable glands
Cable glands
• Special construction prevents twisting and ensures effective strain
relief
Technical Information
Style/thread
IP rating
Material
Gland nut
Seal
Colour
Temperature range

45° and 90° / NPT
IP65
Zinc or zinc plated steel
Steel or zinc plated steel
Neoprene or rubber
Metallic
-35°C to +105°C

052391
002884
004484

Product ref.

Material
body

Material
seal

Material
nut

Cable ø range
from...to
[mm]

Thread
size

steel
steel
steel

3.2 - 9.5
7.9 - 14.2
3.2 - 9.5

1

/2
/2
3
/4

28.6
28.6
34.9

44.5
44.5
45.2

15.9
15.9
17.5

25
25
10

34.9
34.9

45.2
45.2

17.5
17.5

10
10

A
[mm]

Dimensions
B
C
[mm]
[mm]

E13938

Quantity
[pieces]

90° METALLIC CABLE GLAND WITH NPT THREAD
4960
4961
4970

zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel

rubber
rubber
rubber

1

4971
zinc plated steel
rubber
4972
zinc plated steel
rubber
45° METALLIC CABLE GLAND WITH NPT THREAD
2200
zinc plated malleable iron
Neoprene
2201
zinc plated malleable iron
Neoprene
2202
zinc plated malleable iron
Neoprene
2203
zinc plated malleable iron
Neoprene

steel
steel

7.9 - 14.2
12.7 - 19.0

3

zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel

3.2 - 6.3
6.3 - 9.5
9.5 - 12.7
11.4 - 14.2

1

/2
/2
1
/2
1
/2

29.4
29.4
29.4
29.4

32.5
32.5
32.5
32.5

14.3
14.3
14.3
14.3

25
25
25
25

2204
2205
2206-TB

zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron

Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene

zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel

12.7 - 15.9
15.9 - 19.1
3.2 - 6.3

1

/2
/2
3
/4

34.9
34.9
34.9

35.7
35.7
35.7

14.3
14.3
15.9

10
10
10

2207-TB
2208-TB
2209
2210
2211
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220-TB
2221
2222
2223

zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron
zinc plated malleable iron

Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene

zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel
zinc plated steel

6.3 - 9.5
9.5 - 12.7
12.7 - 15.9
15.9 - 19.1
19.1 - 22.2
9.5 - 12.7
12.7 - 15.9
15.9 - 19.1
19.1 - 22.2
22.2 - 25.0
22.3 - 27.0
27.0 - 30.1
22.3 - 27.0
27.0 - 30.1
30.1 - 34.9
34.9 - 37.7

3

34.9
34.9
34.9
34.9
42.9
34.9
34.9
34.9
42.9
42.9
53.2
53.2
53.2
53.2
59.5
59.5

35.7
35.7
35.7
35.7
38.1
38.1
38.1
38.1
37.3
37.3
50.0
50.0
48.4
48.4
57.2
57.2

15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
38.1
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.8
20.6
20.6
20.6
20.6

10
10
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
2
2
2

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

/4
/4

3

1

1

/4
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
3

335

4.3
Plastic cable glands
Cable glands
• High performance plastic cable fittings
• Special construction prevents twisting and ensures effective strain
relief
• Easy to install
• For all cable sizes between 3.2 and 24.1 mm of outer diameter
Technical Information

052391

Style/thread
IP rating
Material
Steel locknut
Seal
Colour
Flammability rating
Temperature range

E13938

Straight and 90° / NPT threads
IP65
UV resistant polyamide 6.6.
Chromate finished steel or zinc
Neoprene
Black
UL 94 V-2
-34°C to +105°C

A

A
B
B
C
C

Product ref.

Cable diameter range
from...to
[mm]

STRAIGHT PLASTIC CABLE GLAND WITH NPT THREAD
2920NM
3.2 - 9.5
2921NM
2922NM
2930NM

7.9 - 14.2
12.7 - 19.0
3.2 - 9.5

2931NM
7.9 - 14.2
2932NM
12.7 - 14.2
2940NM
7.9 - 14.2
2941NM
12.7 - 19.0
2942NM
17.8 - 24.1
90° PLASTIC CABLE GLAND WITH NPT THREAD
4960NM
3.2 - 9.5
4961NM
7.9 - 14.2
4970NM
3.2 - 9.5
4971NM
7.9 - 14.2
4972NM
12.7 - 19.0

Thread
size
[inch]

A
[mm]

Dimensions
B
[mm]

C
[mm]

[pieces]

1

26.2

54.0

15.9

25

1

/2
1
/2
3
/4

26.2
35.7
35.7

54.0
54.0
55.6

15.9
15.9
15.9

25
25
10

3

35.7
35.7
35.7
35.7
42.5

55.6
55.6
59.5
59.5
60.3

15.9
15.9
19.8
19.8
19.8

10
10
10
10
10

30.9
30.9
35.7
35.7
35.7

31.8
31.8
34.9
34.9
34.9

15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9

25
25
10
10
10

/2

/4
/4
1
1
1

3

1

/2
/2
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
1

Quantity

336

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3
Housing entry tubes with strain relief ties
Cable glands
•
•
•
•
•

Highly elastic material allows passing of single wires
Resistant to chemicals
Weatherproof
Simple and fast installation
Supplied with a UV-resistant Ty-Rap® cable tie (see chapter 1 for
cable tie specifications) for strong, secure and watertight strainrelief

Technical Information
Material - Housing
Material - Tie
Temperature range
Colour
Flammability rating
Other properties

Neoprene
Polyamide 6.6, UV-resistant
-30°C to +110°C for the housing
-40°C to +85°C for the cable tie
Black (housing and tie)
UL 514 (housing)
UL 94 V-2 (cable tie)
Halogen free, Silicone free
E

B

D
A

Product Ref.

7401
7402
7403
7404
7405

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

18.6
18.7
22.0
24.0
24.5

24
28
34
43
51

Dimensions
D
E
[mm]
[mm]
13.6
13.7
17.0
19.0
18.5

5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.0

for cable ø
from … to
[mm]

ø of hole
in panel
[mm]

for panel
thickness up to
[mm]

Type of
included
cable tie

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

4.0 - 9.0
7.0 - 12.0
12.0 - 18.0
18.0 - 25.0
25.0 - 32.0

16
19
25
32
38

2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2

TY24MX
TY25MX
TY25MX
TY25MX
TY25MX

420
690
1100
1500
1950

10
10
10
5
5

337

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Sta-Kon ®
Solderless crimp
connectors to
terminate cables
338

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
TERMINATION SYSTEMS
5.1 STA-KON® - CRIMP TERMINALS

338

Selection guide

342

Insulated terminals

344

Ring terminals

344

Fork terminals

347

Pin terminals & Blade terminals

350

Bootlace ferrules

352

Disconnect terminals

353

Sectional terminal block

356

Bullet disconnects

356

Butt splices

358

Wire joints

359

Quick splices

359

Non-insulated terminals

360

Ring terminals

360

Fork terminals

361

Pin terminal

362

Butt splices

362

Copper tube ring terminals

363

Disconnect terminals

365

Tabs for soldering

367

Screw mounted disconnect tabs

368

Crimping tools

370

Plier type crimping tools

370

Standard crimping tools

370

Ergonomic hand tools with interchangeable dies

372

Ergonomic hand tools with fixed die

372

Large hand tool

374

Hydraulic tools

375

Tooling and die selection chart

376

Stripping & cutting tools

377

Ergonomic hand tools

377

Standard hand tools

378

Heavy-duty cable cutters

381

5.2 COLOR-KEYED® - POWER CABLE CONNECTORS

382

5.3 DRAGON TOOTH® - MAGNET WIRE TERMINALS

396

5.4 SHIELD-KON® - SHIELDED CABLE CONNECTORS

428

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

339

5.1

Sta-Kon ® Solderless
crimp connectors
Experience the Sta-Kon® advantage!

Since then, the crimping technology, in which a permanent join-

Thomas & Betts developed the first tool-applied solderless

ing of wires / cables to connectors is achieved by the insertion of

terminals and connectors more than 60 years ago in

a conductor into the barrel of the connector, which is then com-

response to industry awareness of the need for better

pressed to form a solid joint, has proven its many advantages year

performance of electrical systems.

after year. Reliability of connection, low installed cost, low level of
skill required to produce repeatable and quality crimps, environmental compliance (versus soldering for instance) are examples of
benefits that have given this technology its natural superiority.

340

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Wide range of styles,
materials and
application tools

Easy entry design

Wide range of styles, materials and application tools

This feature makes wire insertion faster and easier. Chamfering

Extensive range of styles to suit the various applications: rings,

eliminates wire strand “hang up” and departure upon insertion

forks, blades, pins, bootlace ferrules, disconnects, splices…

into the terminal’s barrel. The loss of even a couple of wire strands

Non-insulated or insulated with various types of material (Poly-

can have negative results on electrical efficiency and resistance to

carbonate, Vinyl, Polyamide, Tefzel®…) according to the specific

mechanical strain.

requirements.
Complete range of tooling, from ergonomic hand tool to pneu-

Brazed seam / tubular construction

matic and hydraulic power tools.

Sta-Kon connectors have a barrel with brazed seam (or a tubu®

lar construction), which provides increased mechanical properties
(no barrel separation during the crimp process, higher wire pullout force) and electrical properties (reduced chances of wirestrand
loss and electrical failure) compared to butted seam connectors.
341

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Selection guide
Crimp terminals
With the Sta-Kon® range of solderless terminals, Thomas & Betts
offer a complete termination system:
• Terminals for wires / cables from 0.25 to 150 mm2
• Insulated, non-insulated, disconnects and splices
• Copper lugs and compression connectors
• Standard and unique products for specific applications
• Products for harsh or ambient environments
• Low to high volume applications
• Complete range of tooling, from ergonomic hand tool to
pneumatic and hydraulic power tools
Sta-Kon® terminals are available in insulated and non insulated
versions (including copper tube terminals)

Features
Easy entry design
High conductivity electrolytic copper
Disconnects in brass with min. 70% copper
Electro-tin plating
The contact area on the terminal
(e.g. in forks, rings,...) is harder than
the crimp area
Brazed seam (*)
Internal barrel serrations (with some terminals)

342

Benefits

Insulated
terminals

Non insulated
terminals

Copper
tube lugs

Avoid wire hang up and allows fast
and secure insertion of the conductor
Superior conductivity and low contact
resistance with a strong connection
Improved mechanical properties
(spring effect)
Maximum corrosion resistance
Better resistance to mechanical deformations

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x
x

x
x

No barrel separation during crimping
Better contact (low contact resistance)
and improved mechanical properties
(against vibration and pull out)
Instant identification and selection of the terminal

x
x

x
x

x

x

Cable size and bolt size marking
(on most terminals)
Dimensional specifications according to
Standardised dimensioning
DIN 46235 and DIN 46234
Several styles: Rings, Forks, Blades, pins,
To cover all types of application
bootlace ferrules, Male and female disconnects, …
Special styles: Copper tube ring terminals,
To cover specific applications
PCB terminals (DIN 46244)
Colour coded insulators, according to
Instant identification and selection of the terminal
DIN cable sizes
Several insulation materials:
Multiple temperature and flammability rating
PVC (Vinyl), PA (Nylon), PC, Tefzel®
Specifications
According to DIN specifications MIL, UL,
CSA approved terminals available upon request
Dedicated tooling range:
crimp tools
Reliable and high quality crimps, for all kind of volumes
cable strippers and cutters
Standard, ergonomic and heavy duty ranges

x

x
x

x
x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x
x

Tefzel® is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemours
(*) Note: some non-insulated terminals have a copper tube construction, for maximum resistance against barrel opening during the crimp process

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Selection guide
Crimp terminals
Terminal type

Material

Plating

Marking

Metal
barrel

Insulation

Colour
coding

Cable
insertion

Flammability Page
rating
N°

Copper

Tin plated

Wire size &
bolt size

Brazed
seam

PC / PVC / PA

yes

Easy entry

UL 94 V-0 & 344
UL 94 V-2

Fork

Copper

Tin plated

Wire size &
bolt size

Brazed
seam

PC / PVC / PA

yes

Easy entry

UL 94 V-0 & 347
UL 94 V-2

Pin

Electrolytic
Copper

Tin plated

-

Brazed
seam

PC

yes

Easy entry

UL 94 V-2

350

Blade

Electrolytic
Copper

Tin plated

Wire size

Brazed
seam

PC

yes

Easy entry

UL 94 V-2

351

Bootlace

Copper

Tin plated

-

Copper
tube

PA

yes

-

UL 94 V-2

352

Disconnect

Brass with
70% copper**

Tin plated

-

Brazed
seam*

PC / PVC / PA

yes

Easy entry

UL 94 V-0 & 353
UL 94 V-2

Bullet

Phosphor
bronze / Brass

Tin plated

-

Brazed
seam*

PC / PVC

yes

Easy entry

UL 94 V-0 & 356
UL 94 V-2

Splice

Electrolytic
Copper / Brass

Tin plated

-

Brazed
seam

PA / PC /
heat shrink
insulation / PP

yes

Easy entry

UL 94 V-2

358

Electrotin plating

Wire size &
bolt size

Brazed
seam

-

-

Easy entry

-

360

INSULATED TERMINALS
Ring

NON-INSULATED TERMINALS
Ring
Electrolytic
Copper
Fork

Electrolytic
Copper

Electrotin plating

Wire size &
bolt size

Brazed
seam

-

-

Easy entry

-

361

Pin

Electrolytic
Copper

Tin plated

-

-

-

-

-

-

362

Splice

Copper

Tin plated

-

Tubular
construction

-

-

Easy entry

-

362

Disconnect

Brass with
70% copper

Tin plated

-

-

-

-

-

-

365

Solder tabs

Brass with
70% copper

Tin plated

-

-

-

-

-

-

367

Electrolytic
Copper

Tin plated

Wire size &
bolt size

Copper
tube

-

-

Easy entry

-

363

COPPER TUBE LUGS
Ring

* Non brazed, with brass support sleeve
** 100% Brass for MTB1-TB

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

343

5.1
Polycarbonate insulated ring terminals
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Marking
Metal barrel
Insulation

Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Wire size range

Colour

Stud hole size
d2

[mm2]

W
[mm]

Dimensions
L
D
[mm]
[mm]

Electrolytic copper
Tin plated
Wire size and bolt size stamped on
the tongue
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PC = Polycarbonate
High temperature applications,
excellent deformation characteristics
+115°C / +125°C
According to the wire size
Easy entry
UL 94 V-2

Weight

Quantity

L1
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

RZ 3
RZ 4
RZ 5
RA3RR
RA4RR

0.25 - 0.75
0.25 - 0.75
0.25 - 0.75
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5

Green
Green
Green
Red
Red

M3
M4
M5
M3
M4

5.5
7.5
9.0
5.5
7.0

18.0
21.0
22.0
19.0
20.5

3.2
3.2
3.2
4.0
4.0

15.0
17.5
17.5
16.0
17.0

36
45
51
60
71

100
100
100
100
100

RA5RR
RA6RR
RB 3

0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5

Red
Red
Blue

M5
M6
M3

9.0
11.0
5.5

22.5
26.5
19.0

4.0
4.0
4.5

18.0
21.0
16.0

79
96
75

100
100
100

RB 4-EU
RB 5
RB 6
RB 8
RC 4
RC 5
RC 6-EU
RC 8
RC 10 E

1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0

Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow

M4
M5
M6
M8
M4
M5
M6
M8
M 10

7.0
9.0
11.0
14.0
8.0
9.0
11.0
14.0
17.0

20.5
22.5
26.5
27.5
24.0
25.0
28.5
31.0
34.0

4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4

17.0
18.0
21.0
21.0
20.5
20.5
23.0
24.0
25.5

92
96
117
141
158
166
179
220
245

100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50

Crimping
tool*

ERG2510

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

344

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Nylon insulated ring terminals DIN 46237
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Marking
Metal barrel
Insulation

Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Copper
Tin plated
Wire size and bolt size stamped on the
tongue
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PA = Polyamide
Ideal for harsh environments, excellent
chemical, impact and abrasion resistance
+85°C / +105°C
According to the wire size
UL 94 V-2

Wire size range

Colour

Stud hole size
d2

[mm2]

Dimensions
L1
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

W
[mm]

D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

TRA 3
TRA 35
TRA 4
TRA 5
TRA 6

0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5

Red
Red
Red
Red
Red

M3
M 3.5
M4
M5
M6

5.5
6.6
8.0
8.0
11.6

17.5
20.4
21.8
21.8
27.5

4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0

70
67
76
79
108

100
100
100
100
100

TRA 8
TRB 3
TRB 35

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5

Red
Blue
Blue

M8
M3
M 3.5

11.6
6.0
8.5

27.5
20.6
23.0

4.0
4.5
4.5

134
79
76

100
100
100

TRB 4
TRB 5
TRB 6
TRB 8
TRB 10
TRC 4-EU
TRC 5-EU
TRC 6-EU
TRC 8
TRC 10

1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0

Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow

M4
M5
M6
M8
M 10
M4
M5
M6
M8
M 10

8.5
9.5
12.0
12.0
13.6
7.4
9.5
12.0
15.0
15.0

23.0
22.9
28.0
28.0
31.7
26.7
26.7
32.7
34.9
34.9

4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4

79
89
117
148
204
158
175
187
230
296

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Crimping
tool*

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

345

5.1
Vinyl insulated ring terminals DIN 46237
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Marking

Copper
Tin plated
Wire size and bolt size stamped on the
tongue
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PVC = Polyvinylchloride (Vinyl)
Economical yet premium quality,
moisture resistant
+75°C / 600 Volts max
According to the wire size

Metal barrel
Insulation

Max. electrical rating
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Wire size range

Colour

Stud hole size
d2

[mm2]

346

Easy entry
UL 94 V-0

Dimensions
L1
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

W
[mm]

D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

VB3RR
VB35RR
VB4RR
VB5RR
VB6RR
VB8RR

0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5

Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red

M3
M 3.5
M4
M5
M6
M8

6.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
10.0
14.0

17.2
17.2
18.2
19.2
19.2
23.2

4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0

68
69
73
92
87
139

100
100
100
100
100
100

VB10RR
VB3BR
VB35BR

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5

Red
Blue
Blue

M 10
M3
M 3.5

14.0
6.0
6.0

23.2
17.5
17.5

4.0
4.5
4.5

100
80
94

100
100
100

VB4BR
VB5BR
VB6BR
VB8BR
VB10BR
VB4YR
VB5YR
VB6YR
VB8YR
VB10YR

1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0

Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow

M4
M5
M6
M8
M 10
M4
M5
M6
M8
M 10

8.0
10.0
11.0
14.0
15.0
8.0
10.0
11.0
14.0
18.0

18.5
20.5
22.5
23.5
23.5
22.1
23.1
24.1
27.1
29.1

4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3

83
110
122
146
204
167
196
195
250
305

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Crimping
tool*

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Polycarbonate insulated fork terminals
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Marking
Metal barrel
Insulation

Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Electrolytic copper
Tin plated
Wire size and bolt size stamped on the
tongue
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PC = Polycarbonate
High temperature applications,
excellent deformation characteristics
+115°C / +125°C
According to the wire size
Easy entry
UL 94 V-2

Wire size range

Colour

Stud hole size
d2

[mm2]

W
[mm]

Dimensions
L
D
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

L1
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

RZ 3F
RZ 4F
RA 3F

0.25 - 0.75
0.25 - 0.75
0.5 - 1.5

Green
Green
Red

M3
M4
M3

5.5
7.5
5.5

18.0
21.0
18.0

3.2
3.2
4.0

15.0
17.5
15.0

41
41
60

100
100
100

RA 35F
RA 4F
RA 5F

0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5

Red
Red
Red

M 3.5
M4
M5

5.5
7.0
9.0

21.0
20.5
22.5

4.0
4.0
4.0

17.5
17.0
18.0

62
64
75

100
100
100

RA 6F
RB 3F
RB 4F
RB 5F
RB 6F
RC 4F
RC 5F
RC 6F
RC 8F
RC 10F

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0

Red
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow

M6
M3
M4
M5
M6
M4
M5
M6
M8
M 10

11.0
5.5
7.0
9.0
11.0
8.0
9.0
11.0
14.0
18.0

26.5
19.0
20.5
22.5
26.5
24.0
25.0
28.5
31.0
36.0

4.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4

21.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
21.0
20.5
20.5
23.0
24.0
27.0

90
72
84
96
113
159
161
174
207
280

100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Crimping
tool*

ERG2510

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

347

5.1
Nylon insulated fork terminals DIN 46237
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Marking

Copper
Tin plated
Wire size and bolt size stamped on the
tongue
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PA = Polyamide
Ideal for harsh environments, excellent
chemical, impact and abrasion resistance
+85°C / +105°C
According to the wire size (DIN)

Metal barrel
Insulation

Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Wire size range

Colour

Stud hole size
d2

[mm2]

W
[mm]

Dimensions
L1
[mm]

D
[mm]

Easy entry
UL 94 V-2

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

TRA 3F
TRA 35F
TRA 4F
TRA 5F

0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5

Red
Red
Red
Red

M3
M 3.5
M4
M5

5.7
6.2
7.2
8.0

22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0

4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0

65
62
70
92

100
100
100
100

TRA 6F
TRB 3F
TRB 35F

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5

Red
Blue
Blue

M6
M3
M 3.5

10.8
5.7
6.2

23.0
22.2
22.2

4.0
4.5
4.5

102
81
74

100
100
100

TRB 4F
TRB 5F
TRB 6F
TRC 4F
TRC 5F
TRC 6F

1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0

Blue
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow

M4
M5
M6
M4
M5
M6

7.2
8.0
10.8
8.2
9.0
12.0

22.2
22.2
23.5
26.7
26.7
30.3

4.5
4.5
4.5
6.4
6.4
6.4

80
110
122
163
182
190

100
100
100
100
100
100

Crimping
tool*

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

348

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Vinyl insulated fork terminals DIN 46237
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Marking
Metal barrel
Insulation

Max. electrical rating
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Copper
Tin plated
Wire size and bolt size stamped on the
tongue
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PVC = Polyvinylchloride (Vinyl)
Economical yet premium quality,
moisture resistant
+75°C / 600 Volts
According to the wire size
Easy entry
UL 94 V-0

Wire size
range
[mm2]

Colour

Stud hole size
d2

Dimensions
L1
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

VB3RF
VB35RF
VB4RF
VB5RF

0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5

Red
Red
Red
Red

M3
M 3.5
M4
M5

6.0
6.0
6.8
10.0

17.2
17.2
18.2
19.2

4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0

68
68
73
92

100
100
100
100

VB6RF
VB3BF
VB35BF

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5

Red
Blue
Blue

M6
M3
M 3.5

11.0
5.5
6.0

21.2
19.5
17.5

4.0
4.5
4.5

103
90
97

100
100
100

VB4BF
VB5BF
VB6BF
VB4YF
VB5YF
VB6YF
VB8YF
VB10YF

1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0

Blue
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow

M4
M5
M6
M4
M5
M6
M8
M 10

6.8
10.0
11.0
8.0
10.0
11.0
14.0
18.0

19.2
20.5
22.5
22.1
23.1
24.1
27.1
29.1

4.5
4.5
4.5
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3

83
110
121
169
189
200
235
305

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

W
[mm]

Crimping
tool*

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

349

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Polycarbonate insulated pin terminals DIN 46231
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Insulation

Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Wire size range

Colour

[mm2]
RZ P
RA P
RB P
RC P

0.25 - 0.75
0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0

Green
Red
Blue
Yellow

Electrolytic copper
Tin plated
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PC = Polycarbonate
High temperature applications,
excellent deformation characteristics
+115°C / +125°C
According to the wire size
Easy entry
UL 94 V-2

Quantity

F
[mm]

Dimensions
B
[mm]

Weight

L
[mm]

D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

22.0
22.0
22.0
27.0

12.0
12.0
12.0
14.0

1.8
1.9
1.9
2.8

3.2
4.0
4.5
6.4

47
67
80
175

100
100
100
50

Crimping
tool*

ERG2510
ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

350

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Polycarbonate insulated blade terminals DIN 46231
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Marking
Metal barrel
Insulation

Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Electrolytic copper
Tin plated
Wire size stamped on the tongue
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PC = Polycarbonate
High temperature applications,
excellent deformation characteristics
+115°C / +125°C
According to the wire size (DIN)
Easy entry
UL 94 V-2

Wire size range

Colour

[mm2]
RZ PP
RA PP**
RB PP**
RC PP***

0.25 - 0.75
0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0

Green
Red
Blue
Yellow

Quantity

F
[mm]

Dimensions
B
[mm]

Weight

L
[mm]

t
[mm]

D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

20.0
22.0
22.0
27.0

10.0
11.5
11.5
13.0

2.5
2.9
2.9
4.0

0.5
0.7
0.7
1.0

3.2
4.5
4.5
6.7

39
60
78
120

100
100
100
100

Crimping
tool*

ERG2510
ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
** With locking tab
*** Product Ref. RCPP: PVC insulation and no easy entry
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

351

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Nylon insulated bootlace ferrules
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Insulation

Electrical rating
Colour coding of the
insulation
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Wire size

French
colour*

German
colour*

Din
colour*

[mm2]

352

F
[mm]

L
[mm]

Dimensions
W
B
[mm] [mm]

Copper
Tin plated
Copper tube
PA = Polyamide
Ideal for harsh environments, excellent
chemical, impact and abrasion resistance
+105°C / 300 Volts max
According to the wire size and the
country standard
F=France, D=DIN, G=Germany
UL 94 V-2

Weight Quantity
D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

N-0306C*
N-0308C*
N-0508C*

0.30
0.30
0.50

Pink
Pink
White

Turquoise
Turquoise
Orange

NA
NA
White

6.0
8.0
8.0

10.4
12.4
14.0

1.9
1.9
2.6

1.1
4.4
6.0

4.4
1.1
1.3

4.2
4.9
8.1

1000
1000
1000

N-0510C*
N-7508C*
N-7512C*

0.50
0.75
0.75

White
Blue
Blue

Orange
White
White

White
Grey
Grey

10.0
8.0
12.0

16.0
14.3
18.3

2.6
2.8
2.8

6.0
6.3
6.3

1.3
1.5
1.5

8.5
9.0
12.0

1000
1000
1000

N-1008C*
N-1012C*
N-1508C*
N-1510C*
N-1518C*
N-2508C*
N-2512C*

1.00
1.00
1.50
1.50
1.50
2.50
2.50

Red
Red
Black
Black
Black
Grey
Grey

Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
Red
Blue
Blue

Red
Red
Black
Black
Black
Blue
Blue

8.0
12.0
8.0
10.0
18.0
8.0
12.0

14.3
18.3
14.3
16.36
24.3
15.4
19.4

3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0

6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
7.4
7.4

1.7
1.7
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.6
2.6

10.0
14.0
12.0
13.0
19.0
19.0
21.0

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

N-2518C*
N-4010C*
N-4012C*

2.50
4.00
4.00

Grey
Orange
Orange

Blue
Grey
Grey

Blue
Grey
Grey

18.0
10.0
12.0

25.4
17.4
19.4

4.0
4.5
4.5

7.4
7.4
7.4

2.6
3.2
3.2

27.0
28.0
31.0

1000
1000
1000

N-4018C*
N-6012C*
N-6018C*
N-10012C*
N-10018C*
N-16012C*
N-16018C*
N-25016C*
N-25022C*
N-35016C*
N-35025C*
N-50020C*
N-50025C*

4.00
6.00
6.00
10.00
10.00
16.00
16.00
25.00
25.00
35.00
35.00
50.00
50.00

Orange
Green
Green
Brown
Brown
White
White
Black
Black
Red
Red
Blue
Blue

Grey
Black
Black
Ivory
Ivory
Green
Green
Brown
Brown
Beige
Beige
Olive
Olive

Grey
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
Blue
Blue

18.0
12.0
18.0
12.0
18.0
12.0
18.0
16.0
22.0
16.0
25.0
20.0
25.0

25.4
20.5
26.5
20.8
26.8
22.0
28.0
28.0
34.0
30.0
39.0
36.0
41.0

4.5
6.0
6.0
7.5
7.5
8.7
8.7
11.0
11.0
12.5
12.5
15.0
15.0

7.4
8.5
8.5
8.8
8.8
10.0
10.0
12.0
12.0
14.0
14.0
16.0
16.0

3.2
3.9
3.9
4.9
4.9
6.2
6.2
7.9
7.9
8.7
8.7
10.9
10.9

42.0
45.0
57.0
59.0
76.0
68.0
103.0
126.0
154.0
164.0
202.0
311.0
361.0

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
500
500
250
200
200
100
100

Crimping
tool**
TBZ3

ERG2000KE
ERG2106
TBZ3

ERG2000KE

* For French Colour codes please add suffix “F” e.g. N-0508CF, for German Colour codes please add suffix “G” e.g. N-0508CG,
for Din Colour codes add suffix ”D” e.g. N-0508CD.
** Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Insulated female disconnects DIN 46245
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Insulation

Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Brass with 70% copper
Tin plated
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PC = Polycarbonate
High temperature applications,
excellent deformation characteristics
+115°C / +125°C
(For PVC insulation +65°C / +75°C)
According to the wire size (DIN)
Easy entry
UL 94 V-2

Wire size range

Colour

[mm2]

For male
tab size
[mm x mm]

L
[mm]

Dimensions
D
[mm]

W
[mm]

RA 28
RA 29
RA 48**
RA 49**

0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5

2.8 x 0.8
2.8 x 0.5
4.8 x 0.8
4.8 x 0.5

RA 63
RB 48**
RB 49**

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5

RB 63
RC 63
RC 95**

1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

Red
Red
Red
Red

18.5
18.5
19.0
19.0

3.3
3.3
3.7
3.7

3.5
3.5
5.7
5.7

60
60
82
83

100
100
100
100

6.3 x 0.8
4.8 x 0.5
4.8 x 0.8

Red
Blue
Blue

20.0
19.0
19.0

4.0
4.4
4.4

7.6
5.7
5.7

96
91
87

100
100
100

6.3 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8
9.5 x 1.2

Blue
Yellow
Yellow

20.0
24.0
31.0

4.5
6.4
6.2

7.6
7.6
11.0

106
183
233

100
50
50

Crimping
tool*

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine the appropriate die set (see page 376)
** Non-brazed with support sleeve and PVC insulation, not easy entry
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

353

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Insulated male disconnects DIN 46245
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Insulation

Brass with 70% copper
Tin plated
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PC = Polycarbonate
High temperature applications,
excellent deformation characteristics
+115°C / +125°C
(For PVC insulation +65°C / +75°C)
According to the wire size (DIN)

Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Wire size range
[mm2]

Male tab size
[mm x mm]

Colour

RA 63M
RB 63M

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5

6.3 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8

Red
Blue

22.0
22.0

RC 63M**

4.0 - 6.0

6.3 x 0.8

Yellow

25.0

Easy entry
UL 94 V-2

Dimensions [mm]
L
D

Weight
[g/100]

Quantity
[pieces]

Crimping
tool*

4.0
4.5

107
107

100
100

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A

6.3

155

50

WT2124Y

** PVC insulation. no easy entry and non brazed, with brass support sleeve
* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Insulated piggy back disconnects DIN 46245
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Insulation

Brass with 70% copper
Tin plated
Non brazed, with brass support sleeve
PVC = Polyvinylchloride (Vinyl)
Economical yet premium quality,
moisture resistant
+65°C / +75°C
According to the wire size (DIN)

Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Flammability rating

354

Product Ref.
RA 63T
RB 63T

Wire size range
[mm2]

For tab size
[mm x mm]

Colour

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5

6.3 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8

Red
Blue

L

Dimensions [mm]
D
W

22.0
22.0

3.7
4.3

7.4
7.5

UL 94 V-0

Weight
[g/100]

Quantity
[pieces]

Crimping
tool*

135
146

100
100

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A, WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Fully insulated female disconnects
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Insulation

Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Brass with 70% copper
Tin plated
Non brazed, with brass support sleeve
PA = Polyamide
Ideal for harsh environments, excellent
chemical, impact and abrasion resistance
+85°C / +105°C
According to the wire size (DIN)
UL 94 V-2

Wire size range

For male tab size

Colour
W
[mm]

Dimensions
L
D
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

[mm2]

[mm x mm]

RA 28V

0.5 - 1.5

2.8 x 0.8

Red

5.0

19.3

3.8

110

100

RA 29V
RA 48V
RA 49V

0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5

2.8 x 0.5
4.8 x 0.8
4.8 x 0.5

Red
Red
Red

5.0
7.4
7.4

19.3
20.2
20.2

3.8
3.6
3.6

110
115
115

100
100
100

RA 63V**
RB 48V
RB 49V
RB 63V**
RC 63V

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0

6.3 x 0.8
4.8 x 0.8
4.8 x 0.5
6.3 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8

Red
Blue
Blue
Blue
Yellow

8.8
7.1
7.1
8.8
9.0

21.0
19.5
19.5
21.0
26.0

4.0
3.9
3.9
4.5
5.3

123
120
120
132
215

100
100
100
100
50

Crimping
tool*

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
** Easy entry and brazed barrel, polycarbonate insulator
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

355

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Insulated sectional terminal block (6 male tabs)
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Insulation

Brass
Tin plated
PA = Polyamide
Ideal for harsh environments, provides
excellent chemical, impact and abrasion
resistance
Black
+105°C
250V
UL 94 V-2

Colour
Temperature resistance
Voltage
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

MTB1-TB

Tab size
[mm x mm]

Mounting method

Weight
[g/100]

Quantity
[pieces]

6 male tabs 6.3 x 0.8

M4 fillister head screw

798

100

Fully insulated bullet female receptacles
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material RAB
Material RB5B
Plating
Metal barrel: RAB
Metal barrel: RB5B
Insulation RAB
Insulation RB5B
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion

Product Ref.

Wire size range

Colour

[mm2]

356

RAB
RB5B

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5

Red
Blue

Phosphor bronze
Brass
Tin plated
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
Non brazed, with brass support sleeve
Polycarbonate
PVC
According to the wire size (DIN)
Easy entry for RAB

Dimensions
L
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

W
[mm]

D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

3.9
4.9

25.0
26.0

4.0
4.3

115
144

100
100

Crimping
tool*

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A, WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Insulated bullet male disconnects
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Insulation
Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Brass
Tin plated
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
RABM - Polycarbonate
RB5BM - PVC
RABM: +115°C / +125°C
RB5M: +65°C / +75°C
According to the wire size (DIN)
Easy entry except of RB5BM
PVC: UL 94 V-0
PC: UL 94 V-2

Wire size range

Colour

[mm2]
RABM
RB5BM**

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5

Red
Blue

Dimensions
L
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

W
[mm]

D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

4.0
5.0

22.0
20.0

4.0
4.3

102
109

100
100

Crimping
tool*

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A, WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
** non brazed, with brass support sleeve
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

357

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Fully insulated butt splices
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Insulation
Temperature resistance
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Wire size range

Colour

[mm2]

Dimensions
L
D
[mm]
[mm]

Electrolytic copper
Tin plated
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PC = Polycarbonate
+115°C / +125°C
According to the wire size (DIN)
Easy entry
UL 94 V-2

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

Crimping
tool*

RAA15
RBB25-EU

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5

Red
Blue

24.0
26.0

3.4
4.3

97
150

100
100

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A

RCC6

4.0 - 6.0

Yellow

33.0

6.5

316

50

WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Insulated heat shrink butt splices
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Insulation
Colour coding of the
insulation
Cable insertion
Other properties

Product Ref.

Wire size
range
[mm2]

Colour

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0

Red
Blue
Yellow

Dimensions
L
D
[mm]
[mm]

Electrolytic copper
Tin plated
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
Halogen free heat shrink insulation material
According to the wire size (DIN)
Easy entry
Halogen free
Waterproof after application (heat shrink)

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

100
150
320

25
25
25

Crimping
tool*

358
RAA15SI
RBB25SI
RCC6SI

35.0
35.0
40.0

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications
Requires a hot air tool for heat-shrinkage (see Shrink-Kon® section)

4.5
5.4
6.8

ERG2000KE
ERG2001A
WT2124Y

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Insulated wire joints
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Insulation

Brass
Tin plated
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
PA = Polyamide
Ideal for harsh environments, provides
excellent chemical, impact and abrasion
resistance
+85°C / +105°C
UL 94 V-2

Temperature resistance
Flammability rating

Product Ref.

Wire size range

Colour

[mm2]
RBJ
RCJ

1.0 - 3.0
2.0 - 6.0

White
White

Dimensions
L
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

F
[mm]

D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

8.0
9.0

15.2
17.7

6.4
9.2

86
166

100
50

Crimping
tool*

ERG2000KE, ERG2001A
WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Insulated quick splice
Insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Insulation
Max. electrical rating
Colour coding of the
insulation

Product Ref.

Brass
P.P. = Polypropylene
+105°C / 600V
According to the wire size (DIN)

Wire size range

Colour

[mm2]
TRAWT
TRBWT

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Red
Blue

Dimensions

Quantity

L
[mm]

W
[mm]

[pieces]

31.0
31.0

20.0
20.0

100
100

359

5.1
Non-insulated ring terminals
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Current rating

Marking
Cable insertion

Electrolytic copper for very good
conductivity
Electro-tin plating, excellent corrosion
resistance
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
0.5-1.5 mm2 = 12 Ampere
1.5-2.5 mm2 = 27 Ampere
4.0-6.0 mm2 = 37 Ampere
Diameter and bolt size
Easy entry (chamfered entry edges)

E9809

Product Ref.

Wire size range

Stud size
d2

[mm2]

360

W
[mm]

Dimensions
L
D
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

L1
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

K18-6R-M
K18-8R-M
K18-10R-M
K18-14R-M
K18-516R-M

0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5

M 3.5
M4
M5
M6
M8

6.6
6.6
8.0
11.6
11.6

14.4
14.4
15.8
21.8
21.8

3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4

11.1
11.1
11.8
15.8
15.8

64
61
66
99
85

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

K14-6R-M
K14-8R-M
K14-10R-M

1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5

M 3.5
M4
M5

6.6
6.6
8.5

14.4
14.4
16.8

4.1
4.1
4.1

11.1
11.1
12.6

81
71
87

1000
1000
1000

K14-14R-M
K14-516R-M
K14-38R-M
K10-6R-M
K10-8R-M
K10-10R-M
K10-14R-M
K10-516R-M
K10-38R-M
K10-12R-D

1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0

M6
M8
M 10
M 3.5
M4
M5
M6
M8
M 10
M 12

12.0
12.0
13.6
7.2
7.2
9.5
12.0
15.0
15.0
19.2

21.8
21.8
25.5
15.7
15.7
19.6
22.5
27.0
27.0
31.6

4.1
4.1
4.1
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6

15.8
15.8
18.7
12.1
12.1
15.1
16.5
19.5
19.5
22.0

118
110
114
128
123
155
192
242
207
299

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500

Crimping
tool*

ERG2002E
ERG2000KE

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Non-insulated fork terminals
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Current rating

Marking
Cable insertion

Electrolytic copper for very good
conductivity
Electro-tin plating, excellent corrosion
resistance
Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation
0.5-1.5 mm2 = 12 Ampere
1.5-2.5 mm2 = 27 Ampere
4.0-6.0 mm2 = 37 Ampere
Diameter and bolt size
Easy entry (chamfered entry edges)

E9809

Product Ref.

Wire size range

Stud size
d2

[mm2]

W
[mm]

Dimensions
L
D
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

L1
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

K18-6F-M
K18-8F-M
K18-10F-M

0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5
0.5 - 1.5

M 3.5
M4
M5

5.7
6.4
8.1

16.0
16.0
16.0

3.4
3.4
3.4

11.3
11.3
11.3

66
65
67

1000
1000
1000

K14-6F-M
K14-8F-M
K14-10F-M

1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5

M 3.5
M4
M5

6.0
6.4
8.1

16.0
16.0
16.0

4.1
4.1
4.1

11.3
11.3
11.3

75
75
81

1000
1000
1000

K10-6F-M
K10-8F-M
K10-10F-M
K10-14F-M

4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0
4.0 - 6.0

M 3.5
M4
M5
M6

7.2
9.0
9.0
9.0

17.4
18.5
18.5
18.5

5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6

13.5
13.0
13.0
13.0

140
146
142
143

1000
1000
1000
1000

Crimping
tool*

ERG2002E
ERG2000KE

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

361

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Non-insulated pin terminal DIN 46230
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating

Product Ref.

B6P

Wire size range
[mm2]

L
[mm]

Dimensions
L1
D
[mm]
[mm]

4.0 - 6.0

20.0

14.0

3.4

Electrolytic copper
Tin plated

Weight

Quantity

W
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

2.8

160

100

Crimping
tool*

ERG2002E, ERG2000KE

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Non-insulated butt splices
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Cable insertion

Copper
Tin plated
Tubular construction
Easy entry

E9809

Product Ref.

Wire size range

Quantity

[mm2]

Dimensions
L
[mm]

Weight

d1
[mm]

D
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5
4.0 - 6.0

1.7
2.3
3.5

15.0
15.0
15.0

3.3
3.9
5.4

94
112
183

1000
1000
1000

Crimping
tool*

362
K18-BS-M
K14-BS-M
K10-BS-M

ERG2002E
ERG2000KE

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Non-insulated copper tube ring terminals DIN 46235
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Marking
Cable insertion

Product Ref.

Electrolytic copper
Tin plated
Copper tube
Cable cross-section area and bolt size
Easy entry

Wire
size
[mm2]

Stud
size

L1
[mm]

C1
[mm]

Dimensions
W
s
[mm] [mm]

T 2.5-4**
T 4-6**
T 6-5
T 6-6
T 10-6
T 10-8

2.5
4.0
6.0
6.0
10.0
10.0

T 16-6
T 16-8
T 16-10
T 25-6
T 25-8
T 25-10
T 25-12
T 35-8
T 35-10
T 50-8
T 50-10
T 70-10
T 95-10
T 120-10
T 150-12

Weight

Quantity

d1
[mm]

d2
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

M4
M6
M5
M6
M6
M8

13.0
19.0
24.0
24.0
27.0
27.0

4.0
6.5
6.5
7.5
7.5
10.0

7.5
10.0
8.5
8.5
9.0
13.0

1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.3

2.3
3.0
3.8
3.8
4.5
4.5

4.3
6.5
5.3
6.4
6.4
8.4

0.14
0.21
0.34
0.35
0.40
0.41

100
100
100
100
100
100

16.0
16.0
16.0

M6
M8
M 10

36.0
36.0
36.0

7.5
10.0
12.0

13.0
13.0
17.0

2.5
2.5
2.5

5.5
5.5
5.5

6.4
8.4
10.5

1.50
1.50
1.50

100
100
100

25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
35.0
35.0
50.0
50.0
70.0
95.0
120.0
150.0

M6
M8
M 10
M 12
M8
M 10
M8
M 10
M 10
M 10
M 10
M 12

38.0
38.0
38.0
38.0
42.0
42.0
52.0
52.0
55.0
65.0
70.0
78.0

7.5
10.0
12.0
13.0
10.0
12.0
10.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
15.0
15.0

14.0
16.0
17.0
19.0
17.0
19.0
20.0
19.0
24.0
28.0
32.0
34.0

3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0

7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
8.2
8.2
10.0
10.0
11.5
13.5
15.5
17.0

6.4
8.4
10.5
13.5
8.4
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5

2.20
2.20
2.20
2.20
3.50
3.50
4.40
4.40
6.20
8.70
10.00
12.00

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
25
25
100

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
** Not according to DIN Ring form with inspection hole
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Crimping
tool*

ERG2002E

ERG1016
WT3165B
WTH500 (+Dies)

WT3165B
WTH500 (+Dies)

WT3014E (+Dies)

363

5.1
Non-insulated copper tube ring terminals with inspection window
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Current rating
Marking
Cable insertion

Product Ref.

364

Wire
size
[mm2]

Stud
size

TW 10-6

10

TW 10-8
TW 16-6
TW 16-8
TW 25-6
TW 25-8
TW 25-10
TW 35-6

10
16
16
25
25
25
35

TW 35-8
TW 35-10
TW 50-8
TW 50-10
TW 50-12
TW 70-8
TW 70-10
TW 70-12
TW 95-10
TW 95-12
TW 120-10
TW 120-12
TW 120-14
TW 120-16
TW 150-12
TW 150-14
TW 150-16

Dimensions
s
d1
[mm]
[mm]

Electrolytic copper
Tin plated
Copper tube with inspection window
(hole)
See table
Cable size (cross-section area) and
bolt size
Easy entry

Current
rating
[Ampere]

Weight

Quantity

d2
[mm]

[kg/100]

[pieces]

4.5

6.5

90

0.29

100

4.5
5.5
5.5
7.0
7.0
7.0
8.2

8.4
6.5
8.4
6.5
8.4
10.5
6.5

90
125
125
160
160
160
200

0.27
0.38
0.36
0.68
0.63
0.59
1.14

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

2.5
2.5
2.9

8.2
8.2
10.0

8.4
10.5
8.4

200
200
250

1.03
1.00
1.86

100
100
100

2.9
2.9
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.9
3.9
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.7
4.7
4.7

10.0
10.0
11.5
11.5
11.5
13.5
13.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
17.0
17.0
17.0

10.5
13.0
8.4
10.5
13.0
10.5
13.0
10.5
13.0
15.0
17.0
13.0
15.0
17.0

250
250
310
310
310
380
380
440
380
380
380
510
510
510

1.77
1.71
3.18
3.08
2.94
4.42
4.26
6.83
6.36
5.93
5.52
8.34
8.48
8.34

100
100
50
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

L
[mm]

W
[mm]

M6

27.0

12.6

0.85

M8
M6
M8
M6
M8
M10
M6

27.0
29.5
29.5
33.0
33.0
33.0
38.0

12.6
12.6
12.6
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.2

0.85
0.85
0.85
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.5

35
35
50

M8
M10
M8

38.0
38.0
44.5

15.2
15.2
18.5

50
50
70
70
70
95
95
120
120
120
120
150
150
150

M10
M12
M8
M10
M12
M10
M12
M10
M12
M14
M16
M12
M14
M16

44.5
44.5
54.2
54.2
54.2
59.0
59.0
66.7
66.7
66.7
66.7
74.5
74.5
74.5

18.5
18.5
21.4
21.4
21.4
25.5
25.5
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
31.0
31.0
31.0

Crimping
tool*

ERG1016
WT3165B
WTH500 (+ Dies)

WT3165B
WTH500 (+ Dies)

WT3014E (+ Dies)

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications
Other sizes available upon request - please contact your Sales Office

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Non-insulated female disconnect terminals
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Temperature rating

Product Ref.

Brass with 70% copper
Tin plated
+110°C

Wire size range
[mm2]

Male tab size
[mm x mm]

Dimensions [mm]
L
L1

Weight
[g/100]

Quantity
[pieces]

BA 285
BA 288

0.5 - 1.0
0.5 - 1.0

2.8 x 0.5
2.8 x 0.8

12.7
12.7

5.0
5.0

21
25

100
100

BA 485
BA 488
BA 638
BB 638

0.75 - 1.5
0.75 - 1.5
0.75 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5

4.8 x 0.5
4.8 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8

16.0
16.0
19.0
19.0

6.4
6.4
7.6
7.6

47
47
77
80

100
100
100
100

BC 638

4.0 - 6.0

6.3 x 0.8

19.0

7.6

86

100

Crimping
tool*

ERG0560
ERG1475

ERG0560

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Non-insulated female disconnect terminals
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Temperature rating

Product Ref.

BA 288M
BA 638M
BB 638M

Brass with 70% copper
Tin plated
+110°C

Wire size range
[mm2]

Male tab size
[mm x mm]

0.5 - 1.0
0.5 - 1.5
1.5 - 2.5

2.8 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Dimensions [mm]
L
L1
13.0
19.0
20.0

5.5
8.0
8.0

Weight
[g/100]

Quantity
[pieces]

Crimping
tool*

23
57
61

100
100
100

ERG0560
ERG1475
ERG0560

365

5.1
Non-insulated Piggy back disconnect terminal
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Temperature rating

Product Ref.

BA 638T

Wire size range

For male & female tab size

[mm2]

[mm x mm]

0.5 - 1.5

6.3 x 0.8

Dimensions
L
L1
[mm]
[mm]
19.0

Brass with 70% copper
Tin plated
+110°C

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

108

100

7.5

Crimping
tool*
ERG0560, ERG1475

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Non-insulated disconnect terminals with lock tongues
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Temperature rating

Male: BM638

Product Ref.

B 638
BM 638

366

Wire size range

For tab size

[mm2]

[mm x mm]

1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5

6.3 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8

Dimensions
L
L1
[mm]
[mm]
19.0
28.0

7.5
16.0

Brass with 70% copper
Tin plated
+110°C

Female: B 638

Weight

Quantity

[g/100]

[pieces]

74
82

100
100

Crimping
tool*

ERG0560

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)
See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Non-insulated branch off tab
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Temperature rating

Brass with 70% copper
Tin plated
+110°C

Product Ref.

Tab size

Quantity

[mm x mm]

Dimensions
W
[mm]

Weight

L
[mm]

L1
[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

6.3 x 0.8

18.5

9

7.5

177

100

Z 638-2

Non-insulated tabs for soldering DIN 46244
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Temperature rating

Brass
Tin plated
+110°C

16

13.6

6.3

5
0.9

5
8.5

1.2

8

1.35
1.2

10.4
6.2

B 288L
B 288LD
B 638L
B 638LW

B 638LW

B 638L

B 288LD

B 288L
Product Ref.

6.2

17

Recommended
drill hole Ø [mm]

Tab size
[mm x mm]

Weight
[g/100]

Quantity
[pieces]

1.00
1.30
1.45
1.30

2.8 x 0.8
2.8 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8

16
37
62
83

100
100
100
100

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

367

5.1
Non-insulated screw mounted male disconnect tab terminals DIN 46244
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Temperature rating

Product Ref.

Tab size
[mm x mm]

ZG 638-4

6.3 x 0.8

Product Ref.

Angle

ZG 638-4W

2 x 45°

Dimensions
B
[mm]
7.0

Tab size
[mm x mm]

B
[mm]

6.3 x 0.8

8.0

Brass
Tin plated
+110°C

Hole ø

Weight

Quantity

L
[mm]

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

23.0

4.2

94

100

Dimensions
L1
[mm]
10.0

Hole ø

Weight

Quantity

L2
[mm]

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

12.0

4.3

152

100

368

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Non-insulated screw mounted male disconnect tab terminals DIN 46244
Non-insulated terminals
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Temperature rating

Product Ref.

Brass
Tin plated
+110°C

Weight

Quantity

[mm x mm]

Dimensions
L
[mm]

Hole ø

B
[mm]

L1
[mm]

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

Z 288-2
Z 488-3

2.8 x 0.8
4.8 x 0.8

4.5
6.5

13.1
17.5

5.5
7.0

2.8
3.2

24
68

100
100

Z 638-4
Z 638-5

6.3 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8

8.1
8.0

19.1
19.2

8.3
8.3

4.4
5.4

80
74

100
100

Product Ref.

Z 638-4-4
Z 638-5-4

Product Ref.

Z 488-3-9
Z 638-4-9

Tab size

Angle

Weight

Quantity

[mm x mm]

Dimensions
L1
[mm]

Hole ø

B
[mm]

L2
[mm]

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

45°
45°

6.3 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8

8.0
8.0

8.0
8.0

8.0
8.0

4.1
5.4

81
74

100
100

Angle

Tab size

Weight

Quantity

[mm x mm]

Dimensions
L1
[mm]

Hole ø

B
[mm]

L2
[mm]

[mm]

[g/100]

[pieces]

4.8 x 0.8
6.3 x 0.8

7.8
7.8

8.8
8.3

4.5
5.4

59
76

100
100

90°
90°

Tab size

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

7.5
8.8

369

5.1
Overview
Crimping tools
An extensive range of tooling is available, suiting a variety of
requirements, to crimp the following terminals:
• Insulated terminals and bootlace ferrules
• Non-insulated terminals
• Copper tube terminals

Different types of tooling are offered, depending on volume and
application:
• Plier type hand tools for occasional applications (“Do-ItYourself” users)
• Standard hand tooling for low to medium volume applications
• Ergonomic hand tooling for low to medium volume applications,
where high, repeatable quality is essential
• Large hand tools
• Hydraulic tooling for heavy-duty applications

Plier type crimping tools
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: WT52
•
•
•
•
•
•

Plier type tool
For insulated and non-insulated terminals from 0.5 to 6 mm²
Incorporates wire stripper and bolt cutters
Recommended for ‘Do-It-Yourself’ applications only
Length: 225 mm
Weight: 200 g

Standard crimping tools
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: WT2124Y
• Ratchet type hand tool, fixed die
• For insulated terminals from:
0.5 to 1.5 mm² red
1.5 to 2.5 mm² blue
4.0 to 6.0 mm² yellow
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression
every time
• Length: 228 mm
• Weight: 533 g
Product Ref.: TBZ3
•
•
•
•

370

Ratchet type hand tool, fixed die
Front loading
For insulated bootlace ferrules, 0.5 to 6.0 mm²
Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression
every time
• Length: 195 mm
• Weight: 390 g

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Ergonomic hand tools
Crimping tools
• Ergonomic ratchet style hand tools used for installing insulated
and non-insulated terminals
• Specially designed ergonomic handles distribute the crimping
force more evenly across the user’s hands. This helps to reduce
the risk of Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, the cause of almost one in
two industrial injuries
• Ratchet design greatly reduces handle forces over conventional
hand tools and incorporates the Shure-Stake™ mechanism which
ensures a full crimp cycle every time

For easy visual verification
of crimps, integrity dots are
embossed on the top and
bottom of the terminal.

Colour-coded die nests on both the right
and left sides of the tool are included for
insulated terminals.

• Most dies incorporate wire range mark for easy inspection (insulated only)
• Colour coded die nests (insulated only) makes terminal and die
nest selection easy
• The product design and engineering results in a long lasting precision tool
• Exists in 2 versions: with interchangeable dies or with fixed dies

Patent-pending toggle action increases
mechanical gain, which dramatically reduces
handle force - and the stress on your hands.

Shure-Stake™ mechanism ensures
a complete crimp cycle before it
releases.

Advanced ergonomic
design of handle distributes
the force more evenly
across the hand.

Rubberised thermoplastic handle
combines maximum friction
with a soft, comfortable feel
that reduces muscle tension.

371

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Ergonomic hand tools with interchangeable dies
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: ERG2000KE
• Ergonomic hand tool with interchangeable dies
• Frame, with the option of interchangeable steel dies
• A versatile tool, one frame with a selection of dies covers a
large range of terminals.
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression
every time
• Length: 255 mm
• Weight: 510 g

D-0760DIN

D-1060G

D-0560

D-1025

D-4010

D-3550

ERG2000KE die selection chart
Die Product Ref.

Terminal description

Cross section
[mm2]

D-0760DIN
D-1060G
D-0560

Insulated terminal
Non-insulated terminal & Copper tube lug
Insulated bootlace ferrule & Non-insulated bootlace ferrule

0.5 - 6.0
0.5 - 6.0
0.5 - 6.0

D-4010
D-1025
D-3550

Insulated bootlace ferrule & Non-insulated bootlace ferrule
Insulated bootlace ferrule & Non-insulated bootlace ferrule
Insulated bootlace ferrule & Non-insulated bootlace ferrule

4, 6, 10
10, 16, 25
35, 50

Ergonomic hand tools with fixed die
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: ERG2001A
• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with three colour-coded die nests for
easy selection
• For insulated terminals from:
0.5 to 1.5 mm² red
1.5 to 2.5 mm² blue
4.0 to 6.0 mm² yellow
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression every
time
• Length: 255 mm
• Weight: 560 g
372

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Ergonomic hand tools with fixed die
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: ERG2106
• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with 5 die nests
• For insulated and non-insulated bootlace ferrules (cord
end terminals) from 0.5 to 6.0 mm²
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression
every time
• Length: 255 mm
• Weight: 560 g

Product Ref.: ERG2510
• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with 2 die nests
• For insulated terminals from:
0.25 to 0.5 mm²
0.5 to 1.0 mm²
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression
every time
• Length: 215 mm
• Weight: 470 g

Product Ref.: ERG1475
• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with 3 die nests
• For non-insulated male & female disconnects (F-crimps)
from: 0.1 to 0.5 mm²
0.5 to 1.0 mm²
1.0 to 1.5 mm²
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression
every time
• Length: 215 mm
• Weight: 470 g

Product Ref.: ERG0560
• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with 3 die nests
• For non-insulated male & female disconnects (F-crimps)
from: 0.5 to 1.5 mm²
1.5 to 2.5 mm²
4.0 to 6.0 mm²
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression
every time
• Length: 255 mm
• Weight: 560 g

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

373

5.1
Ergonomic hand tools with fixed die
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: ERG2002E
• Ergonomic fixed die tool with 3 die nests
• For non-insulated terminals and copper tube lugs from:
0.5 to 1.5 mm²
1.5 to 2.5 mm²
4.0 to 6.0 mm²
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression
every time
• Length: 255 mm
• Weight: 550 g

Product Ref.: ERG1016
• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with 2 die nests
• For non-insulated terminals and copper tube lugs of:
10 mm² and 16 mm²
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression
every time
• Length: 255 mm
• Weight: 550 g

Large hand tool
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: WT3165B
• Large fixed die tool, with rotating head and 6 nests
• For non-insulated terminals and copper tube lugs from:
10 to 95 mm²
• According to DIN, SEN, BS, UL, Mil specifications
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression every
time
• Length: 500 mm
• Weight: 2,8 kg
• Max. pressure: 130 kN

374

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Hydraulic tools
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: WTH500
• High quality hydraulic hand tool with interchangeable dies
• For non-insulated terminals and copper tube lugs from:
10 to 95 mm²
• 180° rotating head to get into hard to reach places
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression
every time
• Complete with plastic carrying case
• Length: 470 mm
• Weight: 3 kg
• Max. performance: 60 kN
WTH500 die selection chart
Product Ref.

Terminal description

Cross-section
[mm2]

TB6-8DIN
TB10-12DIN

Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug

10 - 16
25 - 35

TB14-16DIN
TB18DIN

Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug

50 - 70
95

Product Ref.: WT3014E
• Hydraulic tool head with interchangeable dies
• For non-insulated terminals and copper tube lugs from:
10 to 300 mm²
• Crimping according to DIN46235
• Hand or foot activated switch
• Rapid coupling
• To be used with a hydraulic pump
(10.000 p.s.i.= 690 bar = 69 MPa)
• Length: 295 mm
• Weight: 4 kg
• Output pressure: 15 ton
• Max. performance: 130kN
WT3014E die selection chart
Product Ref.
(+ Die adapters)
B6DIN (+V1318, V1316)
B8DIN (+V1318, V1316)
B10DIN (+V1318, V1316)
B12DIN (+V1318, V1316)
B14DIN (+V1318, V1316)
B16DIN (+V1318, V1316)
B18DIN (+V1318, V1316)
B20DIN (+V1318, V1316)
B22DIN (+V1318, V1316)
13B25DIN
13B28DIN
13B32DIN

Terminal description

Cross-section
[mm2]

Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug
Copper tube lug

10
16
25
35
50
70
95
120
150
185
240
300

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

V1318

V1316

375

5.1
Tooling and die selection chart
Crimping tools
Terminal Type

Cross section
[mm2]

WT52

Fixed die hand tool
Product Ref.

ERG2000KE
Die Product Ref.

WTH500
Die Product Ref.

WT3014E
Die Product Ref.

TB6-8DIN
TB6-8DIN

B6DIN*
B8DIN*

INSULATED TERMINALS AND DISCONNECTS
0.25 - 0.5

ERG2510

0.5 - 1.0

WT52

ERG2510

D-0760DIN

0.5 - 6.0

WT52

WT2124Y, ERG2001A

D-0760DIN

0.5 - 6.0
4, 6, 10
10, 16, 25
35, 50

WT52

ERG2106, TBZ3

D-0560
D-4010
D-1025
D-3550

0.5 - 6.0

WT52

ERG2002E

D-1060G

INSULATED BOOTLACE FERRULES**

NON-INSULATED TERMINALS

NON-INSULATED DISCONNECTS (F-CRIMPS)
0.1 - 1.5

ERG1475

0.5 - 6.0

ERG0560

NON-INSULATED COPPER TUBE LUGS
0.5 - 6.0
10
16

ERG2002E
ERG1016 , WT3165B
ERG1016, WT3165B

D-1060G

25
35
50

WT3165B
WT3165B
WT3165B

TB10-12DIN
TB10-12DIN
TB14-16DIN

B10DIN*
B12DIN*
B14DIN*

70
95
120
150
185
240
300

WT3165B
WT3165B

TB14-16DIN
TB18DIN

B16DIN*
B18DIN*
B20DIN*
B22DIN*
13B25DIN
13B28DIN
13B32DIN

* To be used with a Hydraulic pump, with die adaptors V1316, V1318
** The tools WT52, ERG2106, ERG2000KE can also crimp non-insulated bootlace ferrules

376

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Overview
Stripping & cutting tools
Thomas & Betts offer a wide variety of specialty tools used most
commonly by electricians. Easy to use, they are convenient to all
kind of job, whether it is new installation or maintenance.
Designed for the professionals, all the stripping and cutting tools
from Thomas & Betts are manufactured from top quality materials
to assure durability and a long usable life. Single purpose and combination function designs are included.

Different types of tools are offered, depending on volume and application:
• Ergonomic hand tools for medium to high volume applications,
where high, repeatable quality as well as durability and comfort of
use are essential
• Standard hand tools for medium volume applications
• Heavy-duty cable cutters for cables of large cross-section

Ergonomic hand tools
Stripping & cutting tools
Product Ref.: ERG1-WS
• Ergonomic, self-adjusting wire stripping & cutting tool
• The widest stripping range in the industry for this type of tool:
from 0.02 mm2 to 10 mm2 insulated wires
• Incorporates interchangeable stripping cassettes for a wide range
of wire insulations
• The lightweight, ergonomic design makes this tool ideal for
higher volume production as well as portable field usage.
• Replaces the ERG1 cutting / stripping tool
Feature & Benefits:
• Versatile - Interchangeable cassettes for stripping a wide range
of insulations without having to change tools. Integral wire cutter,
to cut and strip with the same tool.
• Powerful - V-Blade cassette designed for stripping difficult insulations like PTFE coated wire.
• Safe & Ergonomic - Stationary handle has a soft grip moulded into
the tool for extra comfort. Optimised grip span and lightweight
ensures comfortable operation for the user. Cutting blades are not
exposed so user’s hands are protected.
• Automatic & Precise - Tool automatically strips wire to preset
length. Hard plastic wire-stop allows the user to easily adjust wire
strip length. The fine adjusting slide allows the user to strip thin insulation jackets without damaging conductors.
• Durable & Reliable - Cutting blades manufactured from high
grade hardened steel. Body is moulded in a new high strength
plastic to withstand the harshest working environments. The tool
has been tested to over 150,000 cycles.
• Stripping Capacity
- Straight Blade Cassette (SBC-1): PVC Insulations, 0.02 - 10 mm2
- “V” Blade Cassette (VBC-1): all insulations, 0.02 - 6 mm2
• Cutting Capacity
- Flexible wires: 10 mm2
- Rigid wires: 1.5 mm2
• Dimensions: 191 x 123 x 20 mm
• Weight: 136 g

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Product Ref.
ERG1-WS

SBC-1
VBC-1

Description
Ergonomic Wire Stripping & Cutting Tool,
interchangeable cassettes.
Supplied with 1ea. SBC-1 cassette
Replacement Cassette - Straight blade,
for PVC insulations from 0.02 to 10 mm2
Replacement Cassette - “V” blade,
for all insulations from 0.02 to 6 mm2

377

5.1
Standard hand tools
Stripping & cutting tools
Product Ref.: Superstrip 5
• Fully insulated automatic wire stripper
• The special scanning system automatically adjusts to the diameter
of the wire and ensures quick and accurate stripping without leaving
witness marks on the insulation, or damage to the conductor
• The ergonomic design and the light weight guarantee fatiguefree operation
• The slim plier type jaw enables access to wiring in confined spaces
such as in switching cabinets, junction and distribution boxes
• Type: stranded and solid wires
• Cross section: 0.2 - 6.0 mm² (24 - 10 AWG)
• Weight: 105 g

Product Ref.: Cabstrip 4-16
• Accurate, fast and safe stripping
• Removable reducing adapter, made of highly abrasion resistant
plastic (POM)
• No damage of the inner conductors due to infinitely variable adjustment of the cutting depth
• Each cable stripper contains a spare swivel-blade inside the handle
• Type: round cables
• Diameter: 4 - 16 mm
• Weight: 70 g

Product Ref.: Cabstrip 4-28H
• Accurate, fast and safe stripping
• Removable reducing adapter, made of highly abrasion resistant
plastic (POM)
• No damage of the inner conductors due to infinitely variable adjustment of the cutting depth
• Each cable stripper contains a spare swivel-blade inside the handle
• Type: round cables
• Diameter: 4 - 28 mm
• Weight: 84 g

Product Ref.: Cabstrip 8-27

378

• Accurate, fast and safe stripping
• Removable reducing adapter, made of highly abrasion resistant
plastic (POM)
• No damage of the inner conductors due to infinitely variable adjustment of the cutting depth
• Each cable stripper contains a spare swivel-blade inside the handle
• Type: round cables
• Diameter: 8 - 28 mm
• Weight: 72 g

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Standard hand tools
Stripping & cutting tools
Product Ref.: Coaxstrip 3
•
•
•
•
•
•

Two or three level stripping
Ergonomic handle, for faster and more convenient stripping
Needs no adjustment of the cutting depth
Easily accessible built-in side cutter
Type: coaxial cables & flexible cable
Size: 4.8 - 7.5 mm diameter (coaxial) & 3 x 0.75 mm², 10 mm² and
16 mm² (flexible)
• Weight: 55 g
Product Ref.: Coaxstrip 2
• In a few quick operations the braid, the dielectric and the inner
conductor of coaxial cables are set free without damage
• Type: coaxial cables & flexible cable
• Size: 4.8 - 7.5 mm diameter (coaxial) & 3 x 0.75 mm², 10 mm² and
16 mm² (flexible)
• Weight: 24 g
Product Ref.: Duocrimp 300
• Stripping and crimping with only one tool
• The special scanning system automatically adjusts to the wire
diameter and allows fast and accurate stripping
• The insulation is stripped off at a length of 5 mm and remains on
the conductor (this allows proper twisting of stranded wire ends)
• A gauge inside the handle simplifies stripping to a pre-set length
• Two crimping ranges are offered: 0.5 - 2.5 mm² (20 - 13 AWG) &
4.0 - 6.0 mm² (12 - 10 AWG)
• Easily accessible built-in side cutter for max 6.0 mm² (10 AWG) and
solid conductors for 4.0 mm² (12 AWG)
• The blades are made of specially hardened steel
• Type: wires
• Size: 0.5 - 6.0 mm² (20 - 10 AWG)
• Weight: 116 g
Product Ref.: Duostrip 200
• Professional cable and wire stripping with only one tool
Cable Stripping:
• Allows variable adjustment of the cutting depth
• The cable holder is adjustable for cable diameters from 4 - 16 mm
or 16 - 28 mm
• The tool handle contains a spare swivel-blade
Wire Stripping:
• Integrated scale for lengths from 8 - 20 mm
• The special scanning system automatically adjusts to the wire diameter and allows quick and accurate stripping
• Type: round cables & stranded and solid wires
• Size: 4 - 28 mm diameter (cables) & 0.5 - 6.0 mm² (20 - 10 AWG)
(wires)
• Weight: 123 g

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

379

5.1
Standard hand tools
Stripping & cutting tools
Product Ref.: Duostrip 150
• Fully insulated automatic wire stripper with integrated scale for
lengths from 8 - 20 mm
• The special scanning system automatically adjusts to the wire
diameter and allows fast and accurate stripping
• Comes with an easily accessible built-in side cutter for stranded
conductors up to 6.0 mm2 (10 AWG) and solid conductors up to
4.0 mm² (12 AWG)
• Type: stranded and solid wires
• Size: 0.5 - 6.0 mm² (20 - 10 AWG)
• Weight: 110 g

Product Ref.: Multistrip 400
• Cable and wire stripper
• Allows circular and longitudinal stripping as well as flush stripping in hard-to-reach areas (e.g. ceilings and walls, junction and
distribution boxes, switch cabinets)
• Easily accessible built-in side cutter for flexible conductors of maximum 6.0 mm2 (10 AWG) and solid conductors of maximum 4.0 mm2
(12 AWG)
• Type: round cables & stranded and solid wires
• Size: 8 - 13 mm diameter (cables) & 0.5 mm², 4.0 mm² and 6.0 mm²
(20 - 10 AWG) (wires)
• Weight: 78 g

Product Ref.: Cabstrip 13
• This tool has been specially designed to remove the outer insulation jacket of round cables in confined spaces
• Enables flush stripping in ceiling and wall areas, junction and
distribution boxes, switch, cabinets, etc.
• The ergonomic tool design provides for a sure grip and comfort
• In only one operation, the cable sheath is cut and pulled off. No
adjustment of cutting depth is necessary
• Type: round cables
• Size: 8 - 13 mm diameter
• Weight: 42 g

380

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1
Heavy-duty cable cutters
Stripping & cutting tools
Product Ref.: 364RF and 366RF
•
•
•
•
•

For copper and aluminium cable
Cuts cables up to 500 mm2
Fiberglass durable handles and carbon steel blades
Precision circular cutting
Easy to operate

Product Ref.

364RF
366RF

Max. cable cross-section
[mm2]

Max. cable diameter
[mm]

Length
[cm]

Weight
[kg]

Replacement blade reference
Product Ref.

250
500

30
50

53
74

1.6
3.6

C150001
C350001

381

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Color-Keyed ®
Solderless compression
connectors for
power cables
382

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2
TERMINATION SYSTEMS
5.1 STA-KON® - CRIMP TERMINALS

338

5.2 COLOR-KEYED® - POWER CABLE CONNECTORS

382

Connectors for 600 V to 25 kV applications

386

Overview

386

Splices

387

Lugs

389

Crimping tools

391

Standard hand tool

391

Large hand tools

391

Hydraulic tools

393

Smart tools

394

Tool and die selection chart

395

5.3 DRAGON TOOTH® - MAGNET WIRE TERMINALS

396

5.4 SHIELD-KON® - SHIELDED CABLE CONNECTORS

428

383

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Color-Keyed ®
Solderless compression
connectors for power cables
The better method to install sorderless compression

A simple installation method in just three steps:

connectors on power cables.

• First, the appropriate connector is chosen for the conductor

Designed to provide a tight degree of reliability in electrical
wiring, this method allows electrical workers to make
installations with little effort and considerable savings in
384

time.

size
• Next, the proper installing die is selected by matching the die
colour to the connector colour
• Last, the die is installed in the tool, and the connector is compressed

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Wide range of copper tube lugs,
splices and installation tools

Color-Keyed®: special lugs for special applications

These special configurations let you:

Thomas & Betts can solve your difficult wire bending and termi-

• run the cable directly to the bus bar with no bending,

nating problems in confined power distribution panels, switchgear

• terminate into very narrow spaces, and

and motor control enclosures. We have the design and production

• utilise minimal bus bar space.

capability to deliver exactly the type of lug you need, shaped the

The specially designed lugs help you “clean up” your cabling in

way you need.

crowded enclosures.

• Straight, 45° and 90° angle
• Stacking or non-stacking

Customised Color-Keyed® lugs

• Narrow tongue or standard

All customised lugs for Copper Cables can be made to order.

• Tin, silver, lead, nickel plated Thomas & Betts offer an extensive

Consult your Sales Office for price and delivery.

line of copper Color-Keyed® lugs for flexible and solid cables.
The lug tongues are modified in several different configurations to
meet your exact needs: 45° and 90° bend angles, narrow tongues
to fit into circuit breakers, offset tongues to stack two cables, and
special stud hole drilling.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

385

5.2
Overview
Power cable connectors
Precision dies form a solid, homogenous mass
The Thomas & Betts method utilising compression tools with matching
dies forms the connector and conductor into a solid, homogenous mass
to provide an optimum electrical bond between connector and conductor.

Color-Keyed® dies are designed to produce a circumferential, hex- or
diamond-shaped compression rather than a simple indent. Precision
dies are an integral part of the Thomas & Betts method.
Before compression, a typical cross section of cable and connector consists
of about 75% metal and 25% air.

Each die is designed so that all conductors receive the same amount
of compression force. The circumferential compression creates a
large area of high pressure contact between cable and connector
which, in turn, assures high conductivity, low resistance, and high
pullout values which exceed UL requirements.
These features result in a permanent, low installed cost connection.
You can install it, and forget it.

Air compression by the T&B Method, the cross section looks like this, 100%
metal with virtually no air spaces.

The Color-Keyed® system from Thomas & Betts tells you
where to place the installing die
Color-Keyed® connectors not only identify the correct installing die
to be used for positive compressions, but also indicate the proper
placement of the die on the connector. This is done by the coloured
rings around the connector which match the colour on the dies.
Compression is made between or on these colour bands. The colour
name is also spelled on the connector as an added means of identification.

The die is positioned between colour bands for copper connectors and on the
bands for aluminium connectors.

Features

Benefits

High conductivity electrolytic copper

Excellent electrical conductivity thanks to lowest electrical resistance,
associated to superior tensile strength

Tubular construction
Electro-tin plated
Colour-coding according to the cross-section of the cable,
by marking the connector with coloured rings and
with the name of the colour
Die-code engraved on the surface of the die
Specifications

No seam, ensuring excellent mechanical properties
Enhanced corrosion resistance
Easy selection of the connector, the die and the tool according
to the size of the cable
Higher level of reliability
Easy and reliable inspection
According to DIN and UL

386

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2
Two-way splice connectors for copper cable - Standard barrel
Connectors for 600 V to 35 kV applications
Two-way connectors provide high pullout values, are easy to insulate,
and provide a low resistance connection of high quality and low
installed cost.
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Voltage
Marking

High conductivity wrought copper
Electro-tin plated
Copper tube
600V to 35kV
Colour reference for die and cable size

004503

Product Ref.

USA
cable size

Approx. European
cable size
[mm2]

Colour

Tooling
die code

Dimensions
A
E
[mm]
[mm]

E9809

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

54504
54505
54506
54507
54508

# 8 AWG
# 6 AWG
# 4 AWG
# 2 AWG
# 1 AWG

8
13
21
25 - 34
42

Red
Blue
Grey
Brown
Green

21
24
29
33
37

25.4
25.4
25.4
31.8
38.1

6.9
7.6
9.4
10.4
11.9

0.540
0.553
0.816
1.252
1.633

50
50
50
25
20

54509
54510
54511

1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG

53
67
85

Pink
Black
Orange

42H
45
50

41.4
44.5
44.5

13.2
14.5
16.0

2.132
2.903
3.221

10
10
10

4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil

107
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
375
500

Violet
Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Brown
Green
Pink
Black
–

54H
62
66
71H
76 / 80
87H
94H
99H
106H
–

47.8
57.2
54.1
57.2
69.9
69.9
76.2
82.6
76.2
92.2

17.8
19.6
21.1
22.9
23.6
28.2
30.0
31.2
33.0
38.1

4.146
4.990
6.328
7.711
10.582
13.699
19.577
19.654
22.362
36.287

10
10
10
10
6
6
6
6
6
3

54512
54513
54514
54515
54516
54518
54520
54522-TB
54523-TB
54528

For tooling see pages 391 to 395
For American cable size conversion, see table page 427
This represents a small part of the Color-Keyed® range, please contact your Sales Office for additional product information

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

387

5.2
Two-way splice connectors for copper cable - Long barrel
Connectors for 600 V to 35 kV applications
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Voltage
Marking

004503

Product Ref.

388

High conductivity wrought copper
Electro-tin plated
Copper tube
600V to 35kV
Colour reference for die and cable size

E9809

USA
cable size

Approx. European
cable size
[mm2]

Colour

Tooling
die code

Dimensions
A
E
[mm]
[mm]

Weight

Quantity

[kg/100]

[pieces]

54804
54805
54806
54807
54808
54809

# 8 AWG
# 6 AWG
# 4 AWG
# 2 AWG
# 1 AWG
1/0 AWG

8
13
21
25 - 34
42
53

Red
Blue
Grey
Brown
Green
Pink

21
24
29
33
37
42H

44.5
44.5
44.5
47.6
50.8
50.8

6.4
7.1
9.1
10.3
11.9
13.5

0.789
0.916
1.315
1.787
2.041
2.631

50
50
50
25
20
10

54810
54811
54812

2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG

67
85
107

Black
Orange
Violet

45
50
54H

54.0
57.2
69.9

14.7
15.9
17.9

3.130
4.014
5.874

10
10
10

54813
54814
54815
54816
54818
54820
54823
54828
54833
54839

250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil
1500 kcmil
2000 kcmil

125
150
175
200
250
300
375
500
750
1000

Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Brown
Green
Black
–
–
–

62
66
71H
76 / 80
87H
94H
106H
–
–
106H

85.7
88.9
95.3
95.3
120.7
108.0
120.7
142.9
165.1
179.3

19.5
21.5
23.9
24.6
27.8
30.2
33.7
39.3
47.6
54.0

7.439
9.571
12.837
13.227
23.678
25.809
35.380
54.068
95.000
150.000

10
10
10
6
6
6
6
3
3
3

For tooling see pages 391 to 395
For American cable size conversion, see table page 427
This represents a small part of the Color-Keyed® range, please contact your Sales Office for additional product information

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2
One hole lug for copper cable - Standard barrel
Connectors for 600 V to 35 kV applications
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Voltage
Marking

High conductivity wrought copper
Electro-tin plated
Copper tube
600V to 35kV
Colour reference for die and cable size

004503

Product
Ref.

USA
cable
size

Approx.
European
cable size
[mm2]

Stud size
Colour
USA
metric
equivalent

Tooling
die code

Weight

Quantity

[mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100]

[pieces]

A

B

Dimensions
C
D

E9809

E

F

54132
54136
54140
54145-TB
54150
54155-TB
54160

# 8 AWG
# 6 AWG
# 4 AWG
# 2 AWG
# 1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG

8
13
21
25 - 34
42
53
67

3

/8
/8
3
/8
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2

M8
M8
M8
M 12
M 12
M 12
M 12

Red
Blue
Grey
Brown
Green
Pink
Black

21
24
29
33
37
42H
45

33.8
35.8
36.1
48.8
53.3
55.9
57.2

16.3
17.0
16.8
27.4
31.8
31.8
31.8

14.2
15.2
15.5
19.1
19.3
19.1
21.1

1.3
1.8
1.8
2.0
2.8
3.3
3.3

6.4
7.9
9.4
10.4
11.9
13.2
14.5

7.1
7.9
7.9
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

1.361
0.603
0.912
1.633
2.041
3.062
3.334

50
50
50
25
20
10
10

54165-TB
54170
54113

3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil

85
107
125

1

/2
/2
1
/2

M 12
M 12
M 12

Orange
Violet
Yellow

50
54H
62

59.7
63.5
66.0

31.8
31.8
31.8

23.4
26.2
28.7

3.3
3.6
3.6

16.0
17.8
19.6

12.7
12.7
12.7

4.082
5.171
6.622

10
10
10

58165
54114
58171
54183
54185
58177
54187
58180
54120
54122-TB
54123-TB

4/0 Weld
300 kcmil
300 Weld
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
400 Weld
500 kcmil
500 Weld
600 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil

–
150
–
175
200
–
250
–
300
350
375

1

M 12
M 12
M 12
M 16
M 16
M 12
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16

Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Blue
Black
Brown
Green
–
Pink
Black

62
66
71H
76
80
107H
87H
94H
–
99H
107H

70.1
68.6
72.4
81.5
89.7
84.1
92.2
96.3
96.3
93.5
98.3

31.8
31.8
31.8
40.1
40.1
31.8
40.1
40.1
40.1
40.1
40.1

31.8
31.8
34.5
34.5
35.8
40.9
40.9
44.5
44.5
46.7
49.3

3.8
3.8
4.6
4.6
4.3
5.6
5.6
6.1
6.1
5.8
6.9

20.1
21.6
23.6
23.6
24.4
26.4
27.9
30.5
30.5
32.0
33.8

12.7
12.7
12.7
15.9
15.9
12.7
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9

8.210
8.210
10.705
10.909
11.340
18.098
19.958
26.195
25.038
23.283
31.661

10
10
10
10
6
6
6
2
6
6
6

3

1

/2
/2
1
/2
5
/8
5
/8
1
/2
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
1

For tooling see pages 391 to 395
For American cable and stud size conversion, see tables page 427
This represents a small part of the Color-Keyed® range, please contact your Sales Office for additional product information

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

389

5.2
Two hole lugs for copper cable - Long barrel
Connectors for 600 V to 35 kV applications
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Metal barrel
Voltage
Marking

007222

Product
Ref.

390

High conductivity wrought copper
Electro tin plated
Copper tube
600V to 35kV
Colour reference for die and cable size

E9809

USA
cable
size

Approx.
Stud size
Colour
European USA
metric
cable size
equivalent
[mm2]

Tooling
die
code

A

B

C

Dimensions
D
E

Weight Quantity
F

H

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

256-30695-1157
256-30695-1158
256-30695-1159
54811 BE

# 8 AWG
# 6 AWG
# 4 AWG
# 3-2 AWG

6-8
10 - 13
20 - 25
25 - 35

3

/8
/8
3
/8
1
/2

M8
M8
M8
M 12

Red
Blue
Grey
Brown

21
24
27
29

76.2
74.4
79.5
108.7

53.3
49.0
50.3
76.2

14.2
15.0
15.0
22.4

1.5
1.5
2.3
2.8

6.6
7.6
9.4
10.4

9.5
9.5
9.5
12.7

25.4
25.4
25.4
44.5

1.361
1.588
2.177
6.577

10
50
10
10

54857 BE
256-30695-593
54862 BE

# 1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG

40
50
70

1

/2
/2
1
/2

M 12
M 12
M 12

Green
Pink
Black

33
37
42H

112.5
110.0
106.7

76.2
76.2
71.4

22.4
19.1
21.1

2.8
3.3
3.3

11.9
13.2
14.5

12.7
15.9
12.7

44.5
44.5
44.5

7.348
5.897
6.124

10
5
10

54864 BE
54866 BE
54868 BE
54870 BE
54872 BE
54874 BE
54876 BE
54878 BE
54880 BE

3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil

80 - 95
100 - 120
125
150
170 - 185
200
250
300
400

1

M 12
M 12
M 12
M 12
M 12
M 12
M 12
M 12
M 12

Orange
Violet
Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Brown
Green
Black

45
50
54H
66
71H
76/80
87H
94H
106H

113.8
119.4
125.0
132.8
137.2
140.0
152.4
148.1
157.5

76.2
76.2
76.2
76.2
76.2
76.2
76.2
76.2
76.2

23.9
26.2
28.7
31.8
34.5
35.8
40.9
44.5
49.3

3.3
3.6
3.6
3.8
4.6
4.3
5.6
6.1
6.9

16.0
17.8
19.6
21.6
23.6
24.4
27.9
30.5
33.8

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

44.5
44.5
44.5
44.5
44.5
44.5
44.5
44.5
44.5

7.802
10.024
11.567
15.377
18.915
20.502
31.797
37.798
47.854

10
10
10
10
10
6
6
6
6

3

1

/2
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1

For tooling see pages 391 to 395
For American cable and stud size conversion, see tables page 427
This represents a small part of the Color-Keyed® range, please contact your Sales Office for additional product information

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2
Standard hand tool
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: TBM25S
• Fixed die tool, with rotating head and 5 nests
• For Color-Keyed® copper tube lugs and splices from:
6 to 35 mm2
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism
• Length: 220 mm
• Weight: 430 g

Large hand tools
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: TBM5-S
• Large hand tool with interchangeable dies
• For Color-Keyed® copper tube lugs and splices from:
8 AWG to 250 kcmil (=8.4 to 126.7 mm2 ) in the case
of copper cables
• Incorporates the Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once the pressing
has commenced, the tool can be re-opened only after successful
completion of the crimping cycle, ensuring a correct crimp every
time
• Furnished complete with carrying case and 5 installing dies
(Product Ref. 13454, 13455, 13456, 13457, 13458)
• Dies are colour-coded and die-code embossed
• Tool length: 650 mm approx.
• Tool weight: 3kg approx.

Product Ref.: TBM5
• Same specifications as Product Ref. TBM5-S but does not incorporate the Shure-Stake™ mechanism
Dies for TBM5 and TBM5-S
• Multi-nest dies, to cover a wire size range from: 8 AWG to 250
kcmil (=8.4 to 126.7 mm2 ) in the case of copper cables
• Each nest is colour-coded and die-code embossed

TBM5 and TBM5S die selection chart
Die Product Ref.

13454

13455

13456

Nest identification
colour-code
Red
Blue
Grey
Brown
Green
Pink
Black
Orange
Violet
Yellow

Nest identification
die-code
21
24
29
33
37
42H
45
50
54H
60

Copper wire size
USA
8 AWG
6 AWG
4 AWG
2 AWG
1AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil

Note: 2 other dies (Product Ref. 13457 and Product Ref. 13458) are available, but for aluminium wire sizes only

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Copper wire size
conversion to metric cross-section
[mm2]
8.4
13.3
21.1
33.6
42.4
53.5
57.4
85.0
107.2
126.7

391

5.2
Large hand tools
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: TBM8S
• Large hand tool with interchangeable dies
• For Color-Keyed® copper tube lugs and splices from:
8 AWG to 500 kcmil (= 8.4 to 253.4 mm2 ) in the case of copper
cables
• Incorporates the Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once the pressing
has commenced, the tool can be re-opened only after successful
completion of the crimping cycle, ensuring a correct crimp every
time
• Furnished complete with carrying case and 8 installing dies
(Product ref. 13461, 13462, 13463, 13464, 13465, 13466,
13467, 13468)
• Dies are colour-coded and die-code embossed
• Tool length: 650 mm
• Weight: 9.3 kg
Product Ref.: TBM8
• Same specifications as Product Ref. TBM8S but does not incorporate the Shure-Stake™ mechanism
Dies for TBM8 and TBM8S
• Multi-nest dies, to cover a wire size range from: 8 AWG to
500 kcmil (= 8.4 to 253.4 mm2) in the case of copper cables
• Each nest is colour-coded and die-code embossed

TBM8 and TBM8S die selection chart
Die Product Ref.

13461

13462

13463
13465
13466
13467
13468

Nest identification
colour-code

Nest identification
die-code

Copper wire size
USA

Copper wire size
conversion to metric cross-section
[mm2]

Red
Blue

21
24

8 AWG
6 AWG

8.4
13.3

Grey
Brown
Green

29
33
37

4 AWG
2 AWG
1AWG

21.1
33.6
42.4

Pink
Black
Orange
Violet
Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Brown

42H
45
50
54H
60
66
71H
76
87H

1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil

53.5
57.4
85.0
107.2
126.7
152.0
177.3
202.7
253.4

Note: 1 other die (Product Ref. 13464) is available, but for aluminium wire sizes only

392

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2
Hydraulic tools
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: TBM14M
• Self-contained hydraulic hand tool with colour-coded interchangeable dies
• For Color-Keyed® copper tube lugs and splices from:
6 to 450 mm²
• Incorporates the Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once the pressing
has commenced, the tool can be re-opened only after successful
completion of the crimping cycle, ensuring a correct crimp every
time
• Swiveled “C”- shaped head rotates 180°
• Complete with carrying case
• Weight: 6.8kg
• Output pressure: 14 ton
Product Ref.: TBM15i
• Hydraulic tool head with interchangeable dies
• For Color-Keyed® copper tube lugs and splices from:
6 to 500 mm2
• New longer, slimmer profile allows easier access into tight spaces
• Wider jaw opening eases crimping of larger connectors
• Available with an insulated head
• Supplied in a carrying case in steel
• Dies to be ordered separately
• Output Force: 15 tons (nominal)
• Operating Pressure: 10,000 psi (nominal) = 690 bar
• Tool weight: 7 kg (without dies)

TBM14M and TBM15i die selection chart
Die Product Ref.

Nest identification
colour-code

Nest identification
die-code

Copper wire size
USA

Copper wire size
conversion to metric cross-section
[mm2]

8 AWG
6 AWG
4 AWG

8.4
13.3
21.1

2 AWG
1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil

33.6
42.4
53.5
57.4
85.0
107.2
126.7
152.0
177.3
202.7
253.4
304.0
354.7
380.0
506.7

15520
15522
15527-CK

Red
Blue
Grey

21
24
29

15528
15513-CK
15508
15526
15530
15511
15510-CK
15534
15514-CK
15512
15506
15611
15505
15515-CK
15603

Brown
Green
Pink
Black
Orange
Violet
Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Brown
Green
Pink
Black
–

33
37
42H
45
50
54H
60
66
71H
76
87H
94H
99H
106H
125H

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

393

5.2
Smart tools
Crimping tools
• The SMART tools are designed to give you a uniform high quality
compression connection over a wide connector range
• It easily installs copper and aluminium lugs from 6 mm2 to
400 mm2 without changing dies
• With its built-in intelligence, the tool will sense the barrel
diameter and apply the correct amount of compression force
• Die selection mistakes are virtually eliminated

• The tool embosses a T&B mark on the connector for positive
verification that the correct tool was used
• Tools are made from forged steel, suited to bench or fieldwork.
Their “C”-shaped heads, light weight and compact size make
them easy to use in almost any application

Product Ref.: TBM8-750
• Hydraulic remote tool head
• For aluminium and copper lugs from the Color-Keyed® line
from 6 to 400 mm2
• Operates on standard 10,000 psi (= 690 bar) hydraulic pumps
• Length: 368 mm
• Weight: 4kg
• Output pressure: 12 ton
• Coupler: Pioneer, female

Product Ref.: TBM8-750M-1
• Self-contained hydraulic tool
• For aluminium and copper lugs from the Color-Keyed® line
from 6 to 400 mm2
• Length: 538 mm
• Weight: 5.9kg
• Output pressure: 12 ton
• Operating pressure: 9800 psi = 676 bar

394

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2
Tool and die selection chart
Crimping tools
USA

Copper wire size
Conversion to
metric cross-section
[mm2]

Nest identification
colour-code

Nest
identification
die-code

TBM8
TBM8S
die product
references

TBM5
TBM5-S
die product
references

TBM14M
TBM15i
die product
references

8 AWG

8.4

Red

21

13461

13454

15520

6 AWG
4 AWG
2 AWG

13.3
21.1
33.6

Blue
Grey
Brown

24
29
33

13461
13461
13461

13454
13454
13454

15522
15527-CK
15528

1 AWG
1/0 AWG

42.4
53.5

Green
Pink

37
42H

13462
13462

13455
13455

15513-CK
15508

2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil

57.4
85.0
107.2
126.7
152.0
177.3
202.7
253.4
304.0

Black
Orange
Violet
Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Brown
Green

45
50
54H
60
66
71H
76
87H
94H

13462
13462
13463
13463
13465
13466
13467
13468

13455
13455
13456
13456

15526
15530
15511
15510-CK
15534
15514-CK
15512
15506
15611

700 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil
1500 kcmil

354.7
380.0
506.7
760.1

Pink
Black
–
–

99H
106H
125H

2000 kcmil

1013.4

Black

15505
15515-CK
15603

For American cable size conversion, see table page 427
Note: This table is based on sizes of copper cable. In the case of aluminium cables, the correspondence between the cable size and the connector colour
code (and therefore the appropriate die) may be different. Please contact your Sales Office for more information on the different possibilities of applications.

395

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Dragon Tooth ®
Insulation piercing
connectors to splice,
tap and terminate
magnet wire
396

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
TERMINATION SYSTEMS
5.1 STA-KON® - CRIMP TERMINALS

338

5.2 COLOR-KEYED® - POWER CABLE CONNECTORS

382

5.3 DRAGON TOOTH® - MAGNET WIRE TERMINALS

396

Insulation piercing connectors

400

Overview

400

Splices

401

Ring terminals

408

Fork terminals

413

Disconnect terminals

414

Taps

416

Modular connectors

417

Washers

419

Crimping tools

420

Hand tools

420

Air-operated tools

421

Auto-feed tools for connectors on strip

422

Hydraulic tools

423

Connectors, tool and die selection chart

425

5.4 SHIELD-KON® - SHIELDED CABLE CONNECTORS

428

397

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Dragon Tooth ®
The insulation
piercing connector

398

The Dragon Tooth® insulation piercing connectors for

In the conventional methods, different techniques are used to

magnet wire penetrate the insulation and oxide layers to

remove the insulating varnish: scratching, brushing, burning-off,

make a reliable electrical contact, eliminating the need for

dissolving. These methods are all costly and time consuming, and

stripping, brazing, welding or other methods of joining

they generally lead to a risk of damage to the conductors and to

magnet wire.

a risk of injury of the operator. Health and environmental considerations can also be an issue.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Dragon Tooth®
Insulation piercing connectors
to splice, tap and terminate
magnet wire

The tough, high temperature insulation on magnet wire used by

magnet wire connections, Thomas & Betts offer the insulation

electrical motor and transformer manufacturers creates problems

piercing Dragon Tooth® compression connector.

in splicing and terminating. The durability of magnet wire insulation
has made dip-soldering or brazing extremely difficult without

The result is a gas-tight, permanent connection with an excep-

stripping the insulation.

tionally low contact resistance, capable of maintaining contact
integrity throughout the life of the connection.

Another splicing and terminating challenge involves the use of

Dragon Tooth® connectors transform the perpendicular compres-

aluminium for magnet applications. A manufacturer connecting

sion force, which would normally contribute to conductor creep,

aluminium magnet wire to copper is faced with the problem of

into distributive forces that effectively resist cold flow.

the different coefficients of thermal expansion of the two metals,
galvanic corrosion, cold flow and the rapid formation of oxide film

These connectors are made of copper alloy, tin plated, with a

on the wire surface.

number of teeth on the inner surface. When the connector is
compressed onto an insulated magnet wire, the sharp hardened

Thomas & Betts offer a solution for a highly reliable connection

teeth penetrate the insulation and the oxide and bite into the

method for magnet wire, which eliminates welding, no longer re-

conductor. An electrically sound, low-resistance connection is

quires removal of insulation and which can be installed in seconds.

established as a result of the combination of high pressures at the

No special operator skills are needed. The connector and matching

tip and edges of the teeth and the sliding action between the

tooling do the entire job. To meet the essential requirements of

teeth and the conductor

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

399

5.3
Overview
Insulation piercing connectors
Thomas & Betts Dragon Tooth® connectors and installing tools are
designed to splice, tap and terminate copper magnet wire from
32 AWG to 460,000 CMA (0,03 to 120 mm2) and aluminium
magnet wire from 20 AWG to 460,000 CMA (0,5 to 120 mm2) in
motor and transformer applications.

Splice

• Can be installed in seconds
• Requires minimal training for installation.
• Made of copper alloy, tin plated, with a number of teeth on the
inner surface
• Splices and taps have an open side permitting easy access to wire
and makes internal coil tapping possible (mid-span tapping and
splicing)
• For aluminium to copper, aluminium to aluminium, or copper to
copper magnet wire connections
• Ring terminals with bolt holes to accommodate M3 through M12
studs
• Male and female 6.35 mm x 0.8 mm disconnects
• Splices and fork terminals accommodate wire sizes 24 AWG
(0.21 mm2) to 12 AWG (3.3 mm2) in a variety of combinations,
including combining magnet wire with stripped wire lead.
For solid or stranded wire 20 AWG (0.52 mm2) to 4/0 AWG
(107.2 mm2)
• Larger connectors accommodate circular mil range from 50,000
to 460,000 CMA (25 to 120 mm2)
• Transition washers with teeth to penetrate aluminium and copper
oxides, enabling copper to aluminium connections to be made in
a bolted joint without the use of inhibiting compounds
Transition washers also accommodate the difference in thermal
expansion between copper and aluminium, and enhance the
efficiency of bolted grounding connections
• Connector and matching tooling do the entire job

Parallel Splice
How to select a connector
1. Define the total cross-section (CMA) of the conductors

Tap

2. In the Ordering Information tables, refer to either Round Wire
column, or Rectangular column, depending on the type you are
using, and check any limitations, (such as max. wire i.e.
width/height). If there are limitations, you may have to make a
selection from next larger size.
3. Select the appropriate tool and die
Formula for calculating Circular Mil Area (CMA)
For square or rectangular wire:
Thickness x Width x 1.273 x 106 = CMA (for dimensions in inch)
Thickness x Width x 1.973 x 103 = CMA (for dimensions in mm)

400

Termination
For round wire:
Diameter2 x 106 = CMA (for diameter in inch)
Diameter2 x 1.55 x 103 = CMA (for diameter in mm)

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Splices
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

220004
220001
220006
220002-TB

A

Dimensions
D

E*

Combined
wire size

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]

Tooling

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

4.7
8.7

2.8
4.4

0.8
2.4

0.23 - 0.87
0.64 - 3.30

0.20 - 1.00**
0.40 - 1.45**

–
0.60 - 1.00

–
0.60 - 2.30

13676A
13678

11.9
8.7

6.4
6.4

2.4
2.4

1.30 - 6.24
1.00 - 3.30

1.30 - 2.05
0.50 - 1.40**

1.30 - 2.05
0.50 - 1.00

1.30 - 4.10
0.50 - 2.30

13696
13679

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** Not recommended for aluminium magnet wire finer than 0.4 mm2
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

401

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Splices
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

22L004
22L001
22L002

3.8
8.1
8.1

2.8
4.1
6.4

1.3
2.5
2.5

0.23 - 0.87
0.20 - 2.10
1.00 - 3.30

0.20 - 1.00**
0.50 - 1.45**
0.50 - 1.40**

–
0.50 - 1.25
0.50 - 1.25

–
0.50 - 2.50
0.50 - 2.80

ERG1804
ERG1801
ERG1802

22L006
22L008
22L009

11.5
17.8
17.8

6.4
12.7
14

3.3
3.8
5.6

1.30 - 6.24
6.50 - 15.50
18.30 - 43.60

1.30 - 2.05
1.00 - 1.30
1.30 - 2.58

1.30 - 1.50
1.00 - 1.60
2.00 - 4.60

1.30 - 4.10
1.60 - 9.53
2.00 - 9.50

ERG1806
–
–

A

Dimensions
D
E*

Combined
wire size

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]

Tooling
Hand
tool

Power
tool***

11903A
11904A
13500
13100A, 13400
TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** Not recommended for aluminium magnet wire finer than 0.4 mm2
*** Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

402

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Splices
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

210214S
204210S

A

Dimensions
D

E*

Combined
wire size

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

15.9
17.5

9.5
13.5

4.3
6.3

2.00 - 10.52
5.20 - 26.60

1.63 (a) - 2.58
2.05 (b) - 6.54 (c)

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]
2.00 - 2.30
2.50 - 4.10

2.00 - 4.57
2.50 - 6.35

Tooling

13100A, 13400
TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
(a) Four wires max
(b) Six wires max
(c) Crimping dies may not bottom. Connector height will depend on number and sizes of wires in barrel. Pump must deliver 9800 PSI minimum
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

403

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Splices
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

204210SH

A

Dimensions
D

E*

Combined
wire size

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

17.5

13.5

11.9

(5.20 - 26.60) x2

2.05 (a) - 6.5 (b)

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]
2.5 - 4.1

2.5 - 6.6

Tooling

13100A, 13400
TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
(a) Six wires max each barrel
(b) Conductors larger than 13 mm2 require special dies
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

404

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Splices
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

22L009H

A

Dimensions
D

E*

Combined
wire size

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

17.8

13.8

9.7

(18.25 - 33.5) x 2

1.3 - 4.6

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]
2.0 - 4.5

2.0 - 9.7

Tooling

13100A, 13400
TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

405

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Splices
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

220015
220019**
220023

A

Dimensions
D

E*

Combined
wire size

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

38.1
38.1
44.5

22.5
22.5
22.5

(a)
(a)
(a)

25 - 58
55 - 88
55 - 115

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]
2.5 - 4.4
4.4 - 8.3
4.4 - 8.3

7.6 - 15.9
7.6 - 15.9
7.6 - 15.9

Tooling

13100A
TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** Not UL recognised
(a) Crimping dies may not bottom. Connector height will depend on number and sizes of wires in barrel. Pump must deliver 9.800 psi min.
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

406

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Splices
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

Product Ref.

314118S

A

Dimensions
D

E*

Combined
wire size
[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

16.0

9.7

3.3

1.65 - 6.25

1.45 - 1.83

1.27 - 1.52

1.27 - 4.57

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

Tooling

13100A, 13400,
TBM15i

Splices
Insulation piercing connectors

Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

Product Ref.

220016
220020
220024

E9809

A

Dimensions
D

E*

Combined
wire size

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

79.5
79.5
92.2

22.5
22.5
22.5

(a)
(a)
(a)

(25.0 - 58.0) x 2
(55.0 - 88.6) x 2
(55.0 - 116.0) x 2

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]
2.5 - 4.4
2.5 - 4.4
2.5 - 4.4

7.6 - 15.9
7.6 - 15.9
7.6 - 15.9

13100A
TBM15i

(a) Crimping dies may not bottom
Connector height will depend on number and sizes of wires in barrel
Pump must deliver 9800 PSI minimum

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications.
Connectors may be suitable for other wire sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with
the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability for the intended purpose.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Tooling

407

5.3
Ring terminals
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

USA
Stud
size**

Dimensions
C
D

A

B

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

E*

Combined
wire size

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]

210219
210217
210216

8
10
1
/4

9.5
9.5
9.5

14.3
14.3
14.3

31.0
31.0
31.0

10.3
10.3
10.3

4.3
4.3
4.3

2.1 - 10.5
2.1 - 10.5
2.1 - 10.5

1.63 (a) - 2.58
1.63 (a) - 2.58
1.63 (a) - 2.58

2.0 - 2.3
2.0 - 2.3
2.0 - 2.3

2.0 - 4.5
2.0 - 4.5
2.0 - 4.5

204217
204212
314125***

10
1
/4
10

13.5
13.5
9.7

15.5
15.5
14.2

40.1
40.1
31.0

12.7
12.7
10.3

6.4
6.4
6.9

5.2 - 26.6
5.2 - 26.6
1.7 - 6.2

2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c)
2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c)
1.45 - 1.83

2.5 - 4.1
2.5 - 4.1
1.27 - 1.52

2.5 - 6.35
2.5 - 6.35
1.27 - 4.57

314123***

1

9.7

14.2

35.7

10.3

6.9

1.7 - 6.2

1.45 - 1.83

1.27 - 1.52

1.27 - 4.57

/4

Tooling

13100A
13400
TBM15i

(a) Four wires max
(b) Six wires max
(c) Conductors larger than 13 mm2 require special dies
* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion
*** Not UL recognised
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

408

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Ring terminals
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

210214-1
210214-2
210214-3

USA
Stud
size**
1

/4
/16
3
/8

5

Dimensions
C
D

E*

Combined
wire size

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

35.7
35.7
35.7

17.5
17.5
17.5

4.3
4.3
4.3

2.0 - 10.5
2.0 - 10.5
2.0 - 10.5

1.6 (a) - 2.58
1.6 (a) - 2.58
1.6 (a) - 2.58

2.0 - 2.3
2.0 - 2.3
2.0 - 2.3

2.0 - 4.6
2.0 - 4.6
2.0 - 4.6

A

B

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

9.5
9.5
9.5

14.3
14.3
14.3

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]

204210-1
204210-2
204210-3

1

/4
5
/16
3
/8

13.5
13.5
13.5

15.5
15.5
15.5

40.1
40.1
40.1

20.6
20.6
20.6

6.3
6.3
6.3

5.2 - 26.6
5.2 - 26.6
5.2 - 26.6

2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c)
2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c)
2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c)

2.5 - 4.1
2.5 - 4.1
2.5 - 4.1

2.5 - 6.6
2.5 - 6.6
2.5 - 6.6

204210-5

1

13.5

15.5

40.1

20.6

6.3

5.2 - 26.6

2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c)

2.5 - 4.1

2.5 - 6.6

/2

Tooling

13100A
13400
TBM15i

(a) Four wires max
(b) Six wires max
(c) Conductors larger than 13 mm2 require special dies
* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

409

5.3
Ring terminals
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

204210-1H
204210-3H

USA
Stud
size**
1

/4
/8

3

Dimensions
C
D

A

B

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

13.5
13.5

15.5
15.5

40.1
40.1

E*

Combined
wire size

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

20.6
20.6

11.9
11.9

(5.2 - 26.6) x 2
(5.2 - 26.6) x 2

2.05 (b) - 6.54 (c)
2.05 (b) - 6.54 (c)

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]
2.5 - 4.1
2.5 - 4.1

2.5 - 6.6
2.5 - 6.6

Tooling

13100A,13400
TBM15i

(b) Six wires max
(c) Conductors larger than 13 mm2 require special dies
* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

410

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Ring terminals
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

USA
Stud size**

A

B

[mm]

[mm]

Dimensions
C

D

E*

Combined
wire size

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]

220017
220018
220021 (b)
220022 (b)

3

/8
/2
3
/8
1
/2

22.4
22.4
22.4
22.4

38.1
38.1
38.1
38.1

70.1
70.1
70.1
70.1

26.9
26.9
26.9
26.9

(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)

25.3 - 58.2
25.3 - 58.2
55.7 - 88.7
55.7 - 88.7

2.5 - 4.4
2.5 - 4.4
4.4 - 6.4
4.4 - 6.4

7.6 - 15.9
7.6 - 15.9
7.6 - 15.9
7.6 - 15.9

220025
220026

3

22.4
22.4

38.1
38.1

70.1
70.1

26.9
26.9

(a)
(a)

55.7 - 116.8
55.7 - 116.8

4.4 - 8.3
4.4 - 8.3

7.6 - 15.9
7.6 - 15.9

1

/8
/2

1

Tooling

13100A
TBM15i

(a) Crimping dies may not bottom. Connector height will depend on number and size of wires in barrel. Pump must deliver 9.800 psi min.
(b) Not UL approved
* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

411

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Ring terminals
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

E9809

Product Ref.

USA
Stud size**

A
[mm]

B

Dimensions
C
D

E*

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

Combined
wire size
[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]

Tooling
Hand
Power
tool
tool

22R061
22R081
22R101

6
8
10

4.1
4.1
4.1

8.1
8.1
8.1

19.8
19.8
19.8

7.6
7.6
7.6

2.5
2.5
2.5

0.2 - 2.1
0.2 - 2.1
0.2 - 2.1

0.51 - 1.45 (a)
0.51 - 1.45 (a)
0.51 - 1.45 (a)

0.51 - 1.27
0.51 - 1.27
0.51 - 1.27

0.51 - 2.54
0.51 - 2.54
0.51 - 2.54

ERG1801

22R086
22R106

8
10

6.4
6.4

11.5
11.5

23.1
23.1

7.6
7.6

3.3
3.3

1.3 - 6.2
1.3 - 6.2

1.29 - 2.05
1.29 - 2.05

1.27 - 2.03
1.27 - 2.03

1.27 - 4.06
1.27 - 4.06

ERG1806

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

11903A
11904A
13500

(a) 0.51 - 0.64 mm diameter and equivalent
rectangular wire size, copper only

Ring terminals
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Product Ref.

USA
Stud size**

A
[mm]

22R146

412

1

/4

6.4

B

Dimensions
C
D

E*

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

11.5

24.2

10.7

3.3

Combined
wire size

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]

1.3 - 6.2

1.29 - 2.05

1.27 - 2.03

1.27 - 4.06

Tooling
Hand
Power
tool
tool

ERG1806

11903A
11904A
13500

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications
NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Fork terminals
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

USA
Stud size**

A
[mm]

B

Dimensions
C
D

E*

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

Combined
wire size
[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]

Tooling
Hand
Power
tool
tool

22F061
22F081
22F101

6
8
10

4.1
4.1
4.1

8.1
8.1
8.1

19.8
19.8
19.8

7.6
7.6
7.6

2.5
2.5
2.5

0.2 - 2.1
0.2 - 2.1
0.2 - 2.1

0.51 - 1.45 (a)
0.51 - 1.45 (a)
0.51 - 1.45 (a)

0.51 - 1.27
0.51 - 1.27
0.51 - 1.27

0.51 - 2.54
0.51 - 2.54
0.51 - 2.54

ERG1801

22F066
22F086
22F106

6
8
10

6.4
6.4
6.4

11.4
11.4
11.4

23.1
23.1
23.1

7.6
7.6
7.6

3.3
3.3
3.3

1.3 - 6.2
1.3 - 6.2
1.3 - 6.2

1.29 - 2.05
1.29 - 2.05
1.29 - 2.05

1.27 - 2.03
1.27 - 2.03
1.27 - 2.03

1.27 - 4.06
1.27 - 4.06
1.27 - 4.06

ERG1806

11903A
11904A
13500

(a) 0.51 - 0.64 mm diameter and equivalent rectangular wire size, copper only
* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

413

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Disconnect terminals
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

22LM01***
22LM06

Male tab
size

[mm x mm] [mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

6.35 x 0.8
6.35 x 0.8

8.1
11.5

0.2 - 2.1
1.3 - 6.2

0.50 - 1.45***
1.29 - 2.05

A

4.1
6.4

B

Dimensions
C
D

19.3
23.0

6.4
6.4

E*

2.5
3.3

Combined
wire size

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]
0.51 - 1.27
1.27 - 2.03

0.5 - 2.5
1.3 - 4.1

Tooling
Hand
Power
tool
tool

ERG1801
ERG1806

11903A,
11904A
13500

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
*** 0.51 - 0.64 mm diameter and equivalent wire size, copper only
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

414

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Disconnect terminals
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

22LF01***
22LF06

For male
tab size

[mm x mm] [mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

6.35 x 0.8
6.35 x 0.8

8.1
11.5

0.2 - 2.1
1.3 - 6.2

0.50 - 1.45***
1.29 - 2.05

A

4.1
6.4

B

Dimensions
C
D

20.1
23.0

6.4
6.4

E*

2.5
3.3

Combined
wire size

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]
0.51 - 1.27
1.27 - 2.03

0.5 - 2.5
1.3 - 4.1

Tooling
Hand
Power
tool
tool
11903A
ERG1801
11904A
ERG1806
13500

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
*** 0.51 - 0.64 mm diameter and equivalent wire size, copper only
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

415

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Taps
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.

204T14
204T38

USA
Stud size**

1

/4
/8

3

A

B

Dimensions
C
D

E*

[mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

41.2
41.2

31.0
31.0

17.8
17.8

12.7
12.7

5.6
5.6

Combined
wire size
[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

5.2 - 26.6
5.2 - 26.6

2.58 - 4.1
2.58 - 4.1

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]
2.3 - 2.9
2.3 - 2.9

2.3 - 8.1
2.3 - 8.1

Tooling

13100A
TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

416

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Modular connectors
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

Product Ref.
A

Dimensions
D

E*

Combined
wire size**

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm2]

Round
wire range
min - max
[mm]

210214MT

16.0

19.1

(a)

10.1 - 53.2

1.8 - 4.62

204210MT

23.8

26.2

(a)

45.6 - 108.9

2.6 - 5.84

Rectangular wire range
Thickness
Width
min - max
min - max
[mm]
[mm]
2.0 - 3.8 (upper half)
6.4 max. (lower half)
2.5 - 6.8 (upper half)
6.4 max. (lower half)

2.0 - 12.4 (upper half)
19.1 max. (lower half)
2.5 - 23.4 (upper half)
26.2 max. (lower half)

Tooling

13100A
13400, TBM15i
13400

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging
(a) Crimping dies may not bottom. Connector height will depend on number and size of wires in barrel. Pump must deliver 9.800 psi min.
** combined wire size is for the whole connector (including upper half and lower half)
Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)
Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

417

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Modular connectors
Insulation piercing connectors
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

E9809

204MT14
204MT38

210MT14
210MT38

Product Ref.

210MT14
210MT38
204MT14
204MT38

USA
Stud size*
1

/4
/8
1
/4
3
/8
3

A
[mm]

B1
[mm]

B2
[mm]

Dimensions
C1
[mm]

C2
[mm]

D
[mm]

E
[mm]

Description

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

36.3
36.3
36.8
36.8

52.1
52.1
55.4
55.4

15.9
15.9
23.2
23.2

20.6
20.6
23.2
23.2

28.6
28.6

2.0
2.0
2.5
2.5

Screw-on clip for connectors 210214MT
Screw-on clip for connectors 210214MT
Screw-on clip for connectors 204210MT
Screw-on clip for connectors 204210MT

* USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire
sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability
for the intended purpose.

418

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Washers
Insulation piercing connectors
Teeth on the transition washers penetrate aluminium and copper
oxides, enabling copper to aluminium connections to be made in a
bolted joint without the use of inhibiting compounds. Transition
washers also accommodate the difference in thermal expansion
between copper and aluminium, and enhance the efficiency of
bolted grounding connections.
Technical Information
Material
Plating
Colour

Product Ref.

Copper alloy
Tin plated
Metallic

USA stud size*

Metric equivalent stud size

FPW14

1/4

FPW516
FPW38
FPW12
FPW58

5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

Recommended installing torque
[Nm]

M6

6.9

17.3

5.5 - 9

M8
M10
M14
M16

8.6
10.9
14.2
17.3

25.4
25.4
31.8
35.6

14 - 18
18 - 27
44 - 61
61 - 82.5

* USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

Plain steel washer

Steel bolt & nut

Transition washer

Lug or bus bar
Lug or bus bar
Plain steel washer

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

419

5.3
Hand tools
Crimping tools
These manually operated tools are suitable for prototyping and limited
production usage. They are equipped with a Shure-Stake™ mechanism, which requires full closure of the dies before release. Appropriate to crimp butt splices, parallel splices, taps and terminations.
Dies are self-contained.
Product Ref. ERG811 and ERG18XX series
• Ergonomic fixed die tool
• Incorporates the ergonomically designed Comfort Crimp™ tool
handles which distribute the force more evenly across the hand
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism ensures a complete crimp cycle before
the tool releases
• Rubberised thermoplastic handles combine maximum friction
with a soft, comfortable feel that reduces muscle tension
• Two-piece movable die nest provides easy connector removal

Product Ref.
ERG1801
ERG1802
ERG1804
ERG1806
ERG811

Tool gauging
[mm]

Connector

1.75 max.
1.93 max.
0.86 max.
2.41 max.
2.62 max.

22,F,L,R-1 Series
22L002
22L004
22,F,L,R-6 Series
214420

420

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Air-operated tools
Crimping tools
Product Ref. 11903A and 11904A
This pneumatic operated hydraulic crimping tool is available in hand
or foot actuated models, with open “C” yoke design.
• The 3 interchangeable dies can crimp the 22xxx1, 22xxx2 and
22xxx6 series terminals and need to be ordered separately
• Product Ref. 11903A: hand-actuated tool (also requires one
Product Ref. 11913 air hose).
• Product Ref. 11904A: foot-actuated tool (also requires two
Product Ref. 11913 air hoses and one Product Ref. 11930 foot
valve).
• Material: Steel with backed enamel paint finish
• Overall length: 276 mm
• Diameter: 57 mm
• Operating Pressure: 90 - 100 PSI (6.2-6.9 bar)
• Weight: 1.4 kg
Accessories
• Product Ref. 11913: 2.43 m long air hose with 1/4 NPT male &
female fittings
• Product Ref. 11930: foot valve for 11904A

Product Ref.: 13500
• Heavy-duty air operated tool installs a wide range of
Dragon Tooth® connectors.
• High-speed installation
• 3 interchangeable dies to be ordered separately
• Bench mounted for stability and operator control
• Compact size, all metallic construction
• Includes hoses, foot pedal and air treatment system
• Equipped with Shure-Stake™ mechanism ensuring full crimp
cycle before release
• Height: 305 mm
• Base: 203 mm x 203 mm
• Weight: 7.7 kg
• Operating Pressure: (85 - 90 PSI) 5.9-6.2 bar

11903A, 11904A and 13500 die selection chart
Product Ref.

13201
13202
13206

Colour code

Connector

Pink
Brown
Yellow

22XXX1 SERIES
22XXX2 SERIES
22XXX6 SERIES

Die gauge
max.
min.
[mm]
[mm]
1.68
1.83
2.29

1.57
1.73
2.18

421

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Auto-feed tools for connectors on strip
Crimping tools
Pneumatic bench mounted foot operated tool for crimping copper
or aluminium magnet wire and copper lead wire, not solder dipped
or bonded.
• Operates on min. 85 psi, 6.0 bar air supply
• Foot pedal contains T&B Shure-Stake™ control mechanism which
ensures a full compression each time
• Insulation piercing connectors are fed on a continuous reel
mounted strip
• Dies are self-contained. Includes foot valve, hoses and air treatment system

Product Ref.

Connector
product ref.

Connector
qty per reel

Tool
weight
[kg]

Tool
width
[mm]

Tool
depth
[mm]

Tool
height
[mm]

13676A
13678
13679

220004
220001
220002-TB

9000
3000
3000

8.6
12.7
12.7

127
152
152

356
457
457

279
356
356

13696

220006

2500

14.5

152

457

406

See page 401 for more information about the connectors on strip.

422

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Hydraulic tools
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: 13100A
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

14 Ton hydraulic head
Output: 14 tons (nominal)
Hydraulic operating pressure: 10,000 psi max., 690 bar
Length (with coupling): 292 mm
Width: 108 mm
Weight (without dies): 4.5 kg
Dies delivered separately

Product Ref.: TBM15i
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

15 Ton hydraulic head
New longer, slimmer profile allows easier access into tight spaces
Wider jaw opening eases crimping of larger connectors
Available with an insulated head
Supplied in a carrying case in steel
Output force: 15 tons (nominal)
Operating pressure: 10,000 psi (nominal), 690 bar
Weight: 7 kg (without dies)
Dies delivered separately
13713

Installing dies for 13100A and TBM15i tool heads
• Material: alloy steel
• For the TBM15i, the 15500TB adapter is required
• The die Nr 13713 is for the TBM15i tool head only
(no adapter required)
• The die Nr 13713B is for the 13100A tool head only

15500-TB Adapter

TBM15i
13100A and TBM15i die selection chart
Product Ref.

Colour
code

For
connector

Gauge
max.
[mm]

Gauge
min.
[mm]

13670B
13671B
13673B

Red
Blue
Green

210xxx series
204xxx series
204xxxH series

4.42
6.25
11.94

4.11
5.94
11.79

13681B
13683B
13684B
13686B
13689B
13713
13713B

Yellow
White
Yellow
Orange
Purple

210214MT
22L008
22L009
22L009H
204Txx series
220015 to 220026
220015 to 220026

4.47
2.84
4.93
9.50
5.18
2.79
2.92

4.17
2.46
4.55
9.12
4.80
2.03
2.16

13670B, 13671B, 13673B

13681B

13683B, 13684B, 13686B

13689B

13713

13713B

423

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Hydraulic tools
Crimping tools
Product Ref.: 13400
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

12 Ton hydraulic head
Output: 12 tons (nominal)
Hydraulic operating pressure: 10.000 psi max., 690 bar
Length (with coupling): 368 mm
Width: 84 mm
Weight (without dies): 6.8 kg
Dies delivered separately

Installing dies for 13400
• Material: alloy steel
13400 die selection chart
Product
Ref.

Colour
code

For
connector

Gauge
max.
[mm]

Gauge
min.
[mm]

13670A
13671A
13673
13681

Red
Blue
Green
Yellow

210xxx series
204xxx series
204xxxH series
210214MT

4.42
6.25
11.94
4.47

4.11
5.94
11.79
4.17

13682
13683

Brown
White

204210MT
22L008

7.65
A: 2.74
B: 3.10

7.34
A: 2.59
B: 2.90

13684
13685
13686

Yellow
Black
Orange

22L009
314xxx series
22L009H

4.83
3.45
9.37

4.65
3.15
9.22

13670A, 13671A, 13673,
13683, 13684, 13685

13681, 13682
13686

424

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Connectors, tool and die selection chart
Crimping tools
Hand tools
(fixed die)

Pneumatic tools
11903A, 11904A
13500

Auto-feed tool for
magnet wire on
strip

14 ton
hydraulic head
13100A

12 ton
hydraulic head
13400

15 ton
hydraulic head
TBM15i

TOOL
–

DIE
–

TOOL
–

DIE
–

DIE
13682

DIE + ADAPTOR
–

204210S
204210SH
204210-1

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

13671B
13673B
13671B

13671A
13673
13671A

13671B with 15500TB
13673B with 15500TB
13671B with 15500TB

204210-1H
204210-2

–
–

–
–

–
–

13673B
13671B

13673
13671A

13673B with 15500TB
13671B with 15500TB

204210-3
204210-3H
204201-5
204211
204212
204217
204MT14
204MT38
204T14

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

13671B
13673B
13671B
13671B
13671B
13671B
–
–
13689B

13671A
13673
13671A
13671A
13671A
13671A
–
–
–

13671B with 15500TB
13673B with 15500TB
13671B with 15500TB
13671B with 15500TB
13671B with 15500TB
13671B with 15500TB
–
–
13689B with 15500TB

204T38
210214MT
210214S
210214-2

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

13689B
13681B
13670B
13670B

–
13681
13670A
13670A

13689B with 15500TB
13681B with 15500TB
13670B with 15500TB
13670B with 15500TB

210214-3
210216
210217

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

13670B
13670B
13670B

13670A
13670A
13670A

13670B with 15500TB
13670B with 15500TB
13670B with 15500TB

210219
210MT14
210MT38

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

13670B
–
–

13670A
–
–

13670B with 15500TB
–
–

214420
220001
220002-TB
220004
220006
220015
220016

ERG811
–
–
–
–
–
–

11956
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
13678
13679
13676A
13696
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
13713B
13713B

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
13713
13713

220017
220018
220019

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

13713B
13713B
13713B

–
–
–

13713
13713
13713

220020
220021
220022
220023
220024
220025
220026

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

13713B
13713B
13713B
13713B
13713B
13713B
13713B

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

13713
13713
13713
13713
13713
13713
13713

TERMINALS
204210MT

(continued on next page)

425

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Connectors, tool and die selection chart
Crimping tools
Hand tools
(fixed die)

Pneumatic tools
11903A, 11904A
13500

Auto-feed tool for
magnet wire on
strip

14 ton
hydraulic head
13100A

12 ton
hydraulic head
13400

15 ton
hydraulic head
TBM15i

TERMINALS
22F061

TOOL
ERG1801

DIE
13201

TOOL
–

DIE
–

DIE
–

DIE + ADAPTOR
–

22F066
22F081
22F086

ERG1806
ERG1801
ERG1806

13206
13201
13206

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

22F101
22F106

ERG1801
ERG1806

13201
13206

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

22L001
22L002
22L004
22L006
22L008
22L009
22L009H
22LF01
22LF06

ERG1801
ERG1802
ERG1804
ERG1806
–
–
–
ERG1801
ERG1806

13201
13202
–
13206
–
–
–
13201
13206

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
13683B
13684B
13686B
–
–

–
–
–
–
13683
13684
13686
–
–

–
–
–
–
13683B with 15500TB
13684B with 15500TB
13686B with 15500TB
–
–

22LM01
22LM06
22R061
22R106

ERG1801
ERG1806
ERG1801
ERG1806

13201
13206
13201
13206

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

22R146
314118S
314123

ERG1806
–
–

13206
–
–

–
–
–

–
13685B
13685B

–
13685
13685

–
13685B with 15500TB
13685B with 15500TB

314125

–

–

–

13685B

13685

13685B with 15500TB

426

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3
Unit conversion tables
Crimping tools
AWG round wire size to diameter and cross-section
Wire size
AWG

Nominal
diameter
[inch]

Nominal
diameter
[mm]

Crosssection
[mm2]

CMA
circular mils
[cmil]

4/0
3/0
2/0

0.4600
0.4096
0.3648

11.684
10.404
9.266

107.219
85.011
67.432

211600
167800
133100

1/0
1

0.3249
0.2893

8.252
7.348

53.488
42.409

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

0.2576
0.2294
0.2043
0.1819
0.1620
0.1443
0.1285
0.1144
0.1019

6.543
5.827
5.189
4.620
4.115
3.665
3.264
2.906
2.588

11
12
13
14

0.0907
0.0808
0.0720
0.0641

2.304
2.052
1.829
1.628

Nominal
diameter
[inch]

Nominal
diameter
[mm]

Crosssection
[mm2]

15
16
17

0.0571
0.0508
0.0453

1.450
1.290
1.151

1.652
1.308
1.040

3260
2580
2050

105600
83690

18
19

0.0403
0.0359

1.024
0.912

0.823
0.653

1620
1290

33.624
26.655
21.149
16.766
13.289
10.551
8.387
6.632
5.262

66360
52620
41740
33090
26240
20820
16510
13090
10380

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

0.0320
0.0285
0.0253
0.0226
0.0201
0.0179
0.0159
0.0142
0.0126

0.813
0.724
0.643
0.574
0.511
0.455
0.404
0.361
0.320

0.519
0.412
0.324
0.259
0.205
0.162
0.128
0.104
0.080

1020
812
640
511
404
320
253
202
159

4.168
3.308
2.627
2.082

8230
6530
5180
4110

29
30
31
32

0.0113
0.0100
0.0089
0.0080

0.287
0.254
0.226
0.203

0.065
0.051
0.040
0.032

128
100
79
64

American bolt sizes

Wire size
AWG

CMA
circular mils
[cmil]

AWG = American Wire Gauge

US
Bolt size

Min. hole diameter
[mm]
[inch]

Matching bolt in
metric size

2
4
6
8
10
1/4

2.337
2.946
3.632
4.292
4.978
6.655

0.092
0.116
0.143
0.169
0.196
0.262

M2
M2.5
M3
M4
M4
M6

5/16
3/8
7/16

8.204
9.855
11.506

0.323
0.388
0.453

M8
M8
M10

1/2
5/8
3/4

13.106
16.510
19.685

0.516
0.650
0.775

M12
M16
M18

1 inch2 = 645.16 mm2
1 mm2 = 0.00155 inch2
1 mm2 = 1973.51 cmil
1 inch2 = 1 273 230 cmil
1 cmil = 1 circular mil = 0.0005067 mm2
1 kcmil = 1000 cmil = 0.5067 mm2

427

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Shield-Kon ®
Solderless connectors
for grounding shielded
and coaxial cables
428

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4
TERMINATION SYSTEMS
5.1 STA-KON® - CRIMP TERMINALS

338

5.2 COLOR-KEYED® - POWER CABLE CONNECTORS

382

5.3 DRAGON TOOTH® - MAGNET WIRE TERMINALS

396

5.4 SHIELD-KON® - SHIELDED CABLE CONNECTORS

428

One-piece connector

432

Installation methods and procedures

432

Connectors

433

Selection gauge

434

Accessories: the RSK-FLAG connectors

434

Ergonomic hand tools

435

Two-piece connectors - Hexagonal Range

436

Installation methods

437

Connector and die selection

438

Tooling

439

Two-piece connectors - Circular Range

442

Installation method

442

Connector and die selection

443

Tooling

444

429

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Shield-Kon ® , the Shield
termination solution
The Shield-Kon® solution from Thomas & Betts involves a

Wherever shielded cables and wires are fitted, there is the problem

crimp technique for shield termination on shielded cables,

of finding a permanent, repeatable, safe and quick connection of

with a proven reliability that has led to a specification for

the braided shield.

the aeronautical and space technology industry and for

Conventional connection methods use soldering, which is more

military applications (MIL-F-21608).

time-consuming and more expensive, and can often result in
damage to the dielectric or to the internal shield conductor
caused by heat. Moreover, the use of lead-based soldering methods
can be in conflict with the latest European regulations.

430

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

The reliability of Shield-Kon®
terminals has led to a specification
for the aeronautical and
space technology industry and
for military applications
(MIL-F-21608).

Thomas & Betts offer two solutions:

The one-piece Shield-Kon® connector, which is wrapped

The two-piece Shield-Kon® connector, which consists of two

around the shield during the crimping process.

sleeves, between which the shielded braid and the drain

This solderless, wraparound connector terminates shielded cable

wire are compressed.

in seconds with uniform precision. It’s particularly well suited for

The Shield-Kon® two-piece shield termination system consists of

production work in aircraft, aerospace, and electronic industries

two cylindrical sleeves: an inner sleeve with a smaller diameter,

where size and weight are of importance.

and an outer sleeve that has a larger diameter but is shorter and

Once crimped, it provides a compact, lightweight, low-resistance,

less hard than the inner sleeve. All inner and outer sleeves are

high-strength connection, which meets and exceeds the per-

colour-coded according to their size.

formance requirements of MIL-F-21608.

The conductors of the cable are inserted through the inner sleeve,

The connector works equally well on braided, wrapped, or foil

whereas the shield (braided or foiled) and the drain wire are

shields and has the added advantage of being able to be used as

inserted between the two sleeves. The crimp operation is done

a mid-span termination.

by compressing the outer sleeve with a tool, while the inner sleeve

Only four sizes, which can be easily identified by the colour of

ensures a mechanical protection to the inner conductors.

their insulation, are needed to cover a range of shielding diameters
from 1.27 mm to 7.62 mm.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

431

5.4
Installation methods and procedure
One-piece connector
Installation methods

Installation procedures

Standard method
Insulation

11 mm

Use the standard method
when the shielded cable or
the inner conductors are
embedded in a dielectric.
Shield

Cable

Fold-back method 1
Insulation

If there is no common
dielectric for several interior
cables but the gaps are
filled by textile threads or
Shield
Cable
something similar, care
should be taken to ensure
that the insulating thickness of the individual cables is not less than
0.38 mm for PVC, and not less than 0.25 mm for Teflon. If this
insulation thickness falls below this value, fold-back method 1
should be used.
Mid-Span method
Allows installation anywhere
along the cable.

Insulation

Shield

Cable

Fold-back method 2
Insulation

Cable

Fold-back method 2 should
be used if the cable shield is
applied spirally or if a foil
shield is being used.
Shield

432

Step 1
Prepare shielded wire and drain
wire insulation as shown.
If two earth wires are required in a
Shield-Kon® connection, twist
both conductors before insertion
into the connector.

Shield

Jacket

Conductors

11 mm

Insulation

Step 2
Select the appropriate connector
Butt insulating jackets against metal edge
according to the size of the
shielded cable (see page 433).
Place the drain wire around the
trap hook and the shielded wire
into the bottom of the connector.
When inserting the shielded cable and grounding wire, care must be
taken to ensure that their insulation is overlapped by the connector’s
Polyester insulation film.
100% insulation is possible after crimping when the stripped length of
outer jacket (visible shielding) is 11 mm maximum.
Step 3
Select the appropriate die set for
the crimp tool, according to the
size of the shielded cable (see page
435) and mount the dies on the
tool. Insert the connector (with the
shielded cable and the drain wire)
between the dies of the tool.
Squeeze the tool handles firmly to
crimp the connector around the
shielding and the drain wire.

Connector opening faces away from tool

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4
Connectors
One-piece connector
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Compact, low profile connector
One piece “Wrap-around” design
Inventory savings: only 4 sizes
Transparent insulation, easily inspected
MIL specified MIL-F-21608, industry approved technology
NO HEAT OR POWER REQUIRED to install
No damage to inner conductor
Less installation time required
Uniform, precise connection every time
Low installed cost
Mid-span termination possible, eliminating the need to demount
a cable already installed

Technical Information
Material
Plating
Insulation
Temperature

Copper, conform to CDA No. 110
Tin, electro-plated (thickness 3 to 8 m),
in accordance with MIL-T-10727A
Polyester film, colour coded for size
identification
-65°C to +125°C

Ground wire
trap

15.0 - 16.3 mm

MIL-F-21608 specifications
Voltage drop
Insulation
dielectric strength
Corrosion resistance
Pullout strength
Vibration

9 mV max. at 1 Ampere after environmental exposure
500 VRMS at 60 Hz for one minute

Insulation
2.8 mm

2.8 mm

48 hours in 5% salt fog
67 N min. with 0.25 mm2 drain wire and
85N min. with 0.5 mm² drain wire
0.76 mm double amplitude between 10
and 55Hz for 6 hours on each of two axis
Product Ref.

Colour

Shield diameter
range
[mm]

Acceptable drain
wire size**

1.27 - 2.28

1 or 2 pieces 0.25mm2

1000
Red

RSK5101
RSK201

100
1000
Blue

2.29 - 3.65

RSK5201
RSK301
Yellow

3.66 - 5.12

RSK5301
RSK401
Green

5.13 - 7.62

1 or 2 pieces 0.25mm2,
or 1 piece 0.5mm2
1 or 2 pieces 0.25mm2,
or 1 piece 0.5mm2
1 or 2 pieces 0.5mm2,
or 1 piece 0.75mm2

100
1000

ERG740

100
500
100

(*) See page 435 for tooling specifications and for die selection
(**) Alternatively, a special accessory (RSK-flag) can be used in place of the drain wire, with the yellow and the green connectors

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Installation
tool*

[pieces]

RSK101

RSK5401

Quantity

433

5.4
Selection gauge
One-piece connector
Product Ref.: RSK-LEHRE
The choice of the appropriate connector and die set mainly depends on
the size of the shielded cable.
The selection can be done very quickly with the RSK-LEHRE gauge.
1. Remove the outer jacket from the shielded cable, making the shielding visible
2. Insert this stripped end of the cable into the slots located around the
gauge. The correct slot will be found when the cable can slide only
in the upper part of the slot. If the cable can slide completely to the
bottom of the slot, you should try with the smaller adjacent slot.
3. Once the appropriate slot is found, the corresponding RSK connector is defined by the colour of the strip around the slot, whereas the
corresponding die set is given by the number marked below the slot
(add prefix “D” to this number)
4. The table on page 433 summarises the different combinations of
connector / die set, as well as the size of drain wire that can be used

Accessories: the RSK-FLAG connectors
One-piece connector
• The RSK-FLAG connector is inserted into the one-piece Shield-Kon®
connector and replaces the drain-wire
• Easy & direct connection of the RSK-FLAG to a piece of earthed
equipment thanks to the installation hole
• Available in 3 sizes of hole
• To be used with the RSK-301 (yellow) or RSK-401 (green) connectors
• Material: Electrolytic copper
• Plating: Zinc alloy

Product Ref.

Termination screw size
ØA

Weight
[g/100]

Quantity
[pieces]

RSK-FLAG-B3
RSK-FLAG-B4
RSK-FLAG-B5

M3
M4
M5

75
75
75

1000
1000
1000

434

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4
Ergonomic hand tools
One-piece connector
Product Ref.: ERG740
•
•
•
•

•

•
•
•
•

Robust construction: metallic frame, partially covered with plastic
Dies are easily interchangeable (to be ordered separately)
Parallel action crimp
Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once pressing has commenced, the
tool can be re-opened only after successful completion of the
crimping cycle
Supplied in a plastic case with: 1 tool, 1 bench-mount stand for
easier use in volume production, 1 gauge (Product Ref. RSK-LEHRE)
for instant selection of the die and the connector to be used
Dimensions of tool (L x W x H): 210 x 155 x 25 mm
Weight of tool: 470 g
Dimensions of plastic case (L x W x H): 245 x 210 x 55 mm
Weight of plastic case with content: 930 g

Product Ref.: ERG740-01
• Same as ERG740, but in addition, supplied with 4 metal dies
(D-101A, D-201D, D-301G, D-401K)
• Dimensions of plastic case (L x W x H): 245 x 210 x 55 mm
• Weight of plastic case with content: 1200 g
Metal Dies for ERG740
• For mass production and medium to high volumes
• Made of hardened steel, does not wear
• The Product Ref. is engraved on the upper part and on the lower
part of the die set and the die is marked with a dot having the
same colour as the corresponding connector
• Packaging: 1 die set in a cardboard box with Euro slot
• Weight: approx. 75 g
• Packaging size (L x W x H): 45 x 45 x 70 mm

ERG740 die selection chart
Product Ref.

Colour

Shield diameter
[mm]

For connector

D-101A
D-101B
D-201C
D-201D
D-201E
D-201F
D-301G
D-301H
D-301J
D-401K
D-401L
D-401M
D-401N

Red

1.27 - 1.79

RSK 101

Red
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Green
Green
Green

1.80 - 2.28
2.29 - 2.55
2.56 - 3.00
3.01 - 3.34
3.35 - 3.65
3.66 - 4.13
4.14 - 4.71
4.72 - 5.12
5.13 - 5.86
5.87 - 6.36
6.37 - 7.00
7.01 - 7.62

RSK 101
RSK 201
RSK 201
RSK 201
RSK 201
RSK 301
RSK 301
RSK 301
RSK 401
RSK 401
RSK 401
RSK 401

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

435

5.4
Overview
Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range
In the “Hexagonal Range” (diameters of dielectric between 1.1 mm
and 9.4 mm), the outer sleeve is crimped with a hand tool and the
result is a hexagonal-shaped crimp.
The choice of the appropriate combination of inner sleeve, outer sleeve
and crimp tool / die will depend on the diameter of the dielectric.
However, a direct correlation with the diameter of the dielectric is
not possible, as several different inner sleeves can be combined with
the same outer sleeve (according to the type of shield).
With the directions shown below, a measuring instrument (calliper)
is all that is required to make the right selection in 3 steps:
1. Selection of the inner sleeve (GSB)
• Strip the outer insulator and remove the shield
• Measure the maximum value of the diameter of the dielectric
(diameter without shield) by gently rotating the cable. When
doing so, it should be possible to turn the cable easily between
the jaws of the calliper
• Add 0.13 mm to the measured value. The sum will give the Inner
Diameter (I.D.) of the GSB inner sleeve
• In the table, select the GSB inner sleeve having this I.D. or the
nearest larger I.D
2. Selection of the outer sleeve (GSC)
Normal method:
• Slide the selected inner sleeve underneath the shield of the cable
• Measure the maximum diameter with the shield over the inner
sleeve
• Add 0.8 mm to the measured value. The sum will give the Inner
Diameter (I.D.) of the GSC sleeve
• In the table, select the GSC sleeve having this I.D. or the nearest
larger I.D.
Quick method:
In most cases, a quicker method can be used to define the correct
GSC outer sleeve:
• Once the appropriate GSB inner sleeve is found, the table will give
the Outer Diameter (O.D.) of this GSB sleeve
• Add 1.5 mm to this O.D. and the sum will give the Inner Diameter
(I.D.) of the GSC sleeve
• In the table, select the GSC sleeve having this I.D. or the nearest
larger I.D.
3. Selection of the die

436

The Product Ref. for the appropriate die is given in the table hereafter, in the same row as the GSC sleeve that has just been defined
and in the column of the chosen tool.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4
Installation methods
Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range
Three installation methods are possible in the hexagonal range, for a quick, neat and accurately completed termination...at a greatly reduced
production cost.

Method 1: Standard
GSC outer sleeve

Outer insulator

Method 2:

Shielding

Method 3:
Shielding

GSB inner sleeve

GSB inner sleeve

12.7 mm

12.7 mm

Outer insulator

A.After stripping the shield (12.7 mm in
length), slip the outer sleeve over the outer
insulation. If this is too big, slip the outer
sleeve on, after method described in Fig. 3.

Outer insulator

25 mm

A.After stripping the shield (12.7 mm in
length), slip the inner sleeve over the outer
insulation.

A.After stripping the shield (25 mm in
length), slip the inner sleeve over the
braided shield

B. Widen the braided shield by gently rotating
the inner conductor.

B. Widen the braided shield by gently rotating
the inner conductor.

GSB inner sleeve

B. Widen the braided shield by gently rotating
the inner conductor, then slip the inner
sleeve under the braided shield.

GSC outer sleeve

GSC outer sleeve

C.Position the inner sleeve so that about
1.6 mm protrudes beyond the end of the
braided shield.

C.Fold back the braided shield over the inner
sleeve and slip the outer sleeve over the
braided shield

C.Fold back the braided shield over the inner
sleeve and slip the outer sleeve over the
braided shield

D.Slip the drain wire (0.25–0.5 mm2) under
the outer sleeve (from the front or behind)
and slip the outer sleeve over the braided
shield.

D.Slip the drain wire (0.25–0.5 mm2) under
the outer sleeve (from the front or behind)
and slip the outer sleeve over the braided
shield.

D.Slip the drain wire (0.25–0.5 mm2) under
the outer sleeve (from the front or behind)
and slip the outer sleeve over the braided
shield.

E. Position the outer sleeve and ensure that
the ends of all wires in the braided shield
and drain wire are covered.
Crimp both sleeves with the correct tool
and tool die. Finished.

E. Position the outer sleeve and ensure that
the ends of all wires in the braided shield
and drain wire are covered.
Crimp both sleeves with the correct tool
and tool die. Finished.

E. Position the outer sleeve and ensure that
the ends of all wires in the braided shield
and drain wire are covered.
Crimp both sleeves with the correct tool
and tool die. Finished.

Thomas & Betts •
www.tnb-europe.com

437

5.4
Connector and die selection
Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range
The Thomas & Betts hexagonal compression (for diameters of
dielectric up to 9.4 mm) is a reliable method for grounding, terminating and insulating shielded and coaxial cable. It has literally
hundreds of millions of installations in communications, aerospace,
electronic, telephone, radio and TV applications.
• Material: Hard bronze (inner sleeve), Soft bronze (outer sleeve)
• Finish***: Tin plated (per MIL-T-10727A)
• Length: 7.9 mm (inner sleeve), 6.4 (outer sleeve)
• Standard packaging quantity: 1000 pcs. For 100 pcs packaging,
add the code ‘5” in the Product Reference just after the “GSB” or
“GSC” code. Example: GSC275 = 1000 pcs packaging, GSC5275
= 100 pcs packaging

Product
Ref.
GSB

438

Colour
code

Inner
Outer
diameter
[mm]
[mm]

Product
Ref.
GSC

GSB 046

INNER SLEEVES
Silver
1.17

1.90

GSC 101

GSB 058
GSB 063
GSB 071
GSB 080

Yellow
Red
Green
Blue

1.47
1.60
1.87
2.00

2.10
2.23
2.44
2.63

GSC 128
GSC 149
GSC 156
GSC 175

GSB 090
GSB 096
GSB 101

Orange
Purple
Yellow

2.20
2.44
2.56

2.90
3.02
3.16

GSB 109
GSB 115
GSB 124

Red
Silver
Green

2.76
2.92
3.14

GSB 128
GSB 134
GSB 149
GSB 156
GSB 165
GSB 175
GSB 187

Silver
Orange
Blue
Red
Silver
Green
Yellow

GSB 194
GSB 205
GSB 219
GSB 225
GSB 232
GSB 250
GSB 261
GSB 266
GSB 275
GSB 281
GSB 287
GSB 297
GSB 312
GSB 348
GSB 375

Colour
code

OUTER SLEEVES
Silver

Inner
Outer
diameter
[mm]
[mm]

Hand
tool
ERG2000KE

Nest
Hand tool*
number WT440/WT540
MIL - Spec.

2.56

3.16

D-419403

DIES
19

4419

Blue
Purple
Yellow
Blue

3.25
3.78
3.96
4.45

3.86
4.54
4.90
5.46

D-419403
D-419403
D-419403
D-419403

00
01
02
03

4400
4401
4402
4403

GSC 187
GSC 194
GSC 199

Orange
Red
Silver

4.75
4.93
5.05

5.76
5.74
5.97

D-406410
D-406410
D-406410

06
06
06

4406
4406
4406

3.36
3.70
3.68

GSC 205
GSC 219
GSC 225

Yellow
Green
Purple

5.20
5.56
5.71

6.22
6.35
6.50

D-406410
D-406410
D-406410

08
08
09

4408
4408
4409

3.25
3.40
3.78
3.96
4.20
4.44
4.75

3.86
4.00
4.54
4.90
4.92
5.46
5.76

GSC 232
GSC 261
GSC 275
GSC 281
GSC 287
GSC 297
GSC 312

Orange
Yellow
Silver
Purple
Blue
Green
Yellow

5.90
6.63
6.98
7.14
7.29
7.54
7.92

6.70
7.54
7.77
8.40
8.30
8.50
9.20

D-406410
D-411414
D-411414
D-411414
D-411414
D-411414
D-415417

10
11
12
14
14
14
15

4410
4411-SK
4412
4414
4414
4414
4415

Blue
Orange
Silver

4.93
5.20
5.56

5.76
6.22
6.35

GSC 327
GSC 348
GSC 359

Silver
Orange
Purple

8.30
8.84
9.12

9.45
9.98
10.13

D-415417
D-415417
D-450451

16
17
50

4416
4417
5450

Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
Silver
Orange
Yellow
Silver
Red
Purple
Orange
Blue

5.71
5.90
6.35
6.63
6.75
6.98
7.14
7.29
7.54
7.92
8.84
9.52

6.50
6.70
7.14
7.54
7.54
7.77
8.40
8.30
8.50
9.20
10.20
10.30

GSC 375
GSC 405
GSC 415
GSC 425
GSC 460
GSC 500

Yellow
Red
Blue
Silver
Silver
Green

9.53
10.28
10.54
10.80
11.68
12.70

10.31
11.50
11.76
12.06
12.95
13.97

D-450451
D-452
D-452
D-454
ERG5456**
ERG5457**

51
52
52
54
56
57

5451
5452
5452
5454
5456
5457

* Dies 4419 and 4400 to 4417 are for the hand tool WT440. Dies 5450 to 5457 are for the hand tool WT540
** Note: Product Ref. ERG-5456 and ERG-5457 are complete hand tools with pre-mounted die set
*** For Nickel plated terminals, add suffix NP to the Product Reference. Example: GSB128NP, GSC128NP

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4
Tooling
Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range
Product Ref.: WT440 and WT540
• MIL-specified parallel action hand tool
• A versatile tool, one frame with a selection of interchangeable
dies covers the whole range of shield diameters in the Hexagonal
Range
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once pressing has commenced, the
tool can be re-opened only after successful completion of the
crimping cycle
• Packaging: box containing 1 frame (dies to be ordered separately)
• Length: 203 mm (WT440), 264 mm (WT540)
• Weight: 450 g (WT440), 540 g (WT540)
Dies for WT440 and WT540
Dies for WT440 tool

Dies for WT540 tool

•
•
•
•
•

Interchangeable dies with single nest
Hexagonal crimp
Material: alloy steel
Finish: black oxide
44xx series dies (for WT440 tool): crimping range (outer sleeves):
from GSC101 to GSC348
• 54xx series (for WT540 tool): crimping range (outer sleeves): from
GSC359 to GSC500
• 54xx series dies are marked with the die number and a colourcoded dot
• Go/no-go gauges are available for inspection

WT440 and WT540 die selection chart
Product Ref.

Dim. A across flats
(+/- 0.10) [mm]

Colour code

For connector

Go / no-go gauge

4419
4400
4401
4402

2.67
3.25
3.84
4.06

-

GSC101
GSC128
GSC149
GSC156

4419-G
4400-G
4401-G
4402-G

4403
4406
4408

4.52
5.00
5.41

-

GSC175
GSC187, GSC194, GSC199
GSC205, GSC219

4403-G
4406-G
4408-G

4409
4410
4411-SK
4412
4414
4415
4416
4417
5450
5451
5452
5454
5456
5457

5.54
5.87
6.48
6.81
7.37
7.85
7.98
8.23
8.71
9.12
9.75
10.90
11.53
12.07

Purple
Yellow
Red
Silver
Silver
Green

GSC225
GSC232
GSC261
GSC275
GSC281, GSC287, GSC297
GSC312
GSC327
GSC348
GSC359
GSC375
GSC405, GSC415
GSC425
GSC460
GSC500

4409-G
4410-G
4411-G
4412-G
4414-G
4415-G
4416-G
4417-G
5450-G
5451-G
5452-G
5454-G
5456-G
5457-G

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Tooling

WT440

WT540

439

5.4
Tooling
Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range
Product Ref.: ERG2000KE
• Ergonomic hand tool
• A versatile tool, one frame with a selection of interchangeable
dies covers a wide range of shield diameters in the Hexagonal
Range
• Most dies have several nests (identified with a number) to allow
the crimp of several GSC outer sleeves with the same die set.
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once pressing has commenced, the
tool can be re-opened only after successful completion of the
crimping cycle
• Length: 252 mm, Weight: 460 g
• Packaging: cardboard box containing 1 frame (dies to be ordered
separately )
Dies for ERG2000KE
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Interchangeable dies (hexagonal crimp), with single or multiple nest
Material: alloy steel
The dies are marked with the die number
Each nest is marked with a number to identify the GSC outer
sleeves that can be crimped (see table)
Crimping range (outer sleeves): from GSC101 to GSC425
Packaging: 1 die set in a cardboard box with Euro slot
Weight: approx. 50 g
Packaging size (L x W x H): 45 x 45 x 70mm

ERG2000KE die selection chart
Product Ref.

D-419403

D-406410

D-411414

D-415417

D-450451
D-452
D-454

440

D-419403

Nest nr.

19
00
01
02
03
6
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
50
51
52
54

For connector

GSC101
GSC128
GSC149
GSC156
GSC175
GSC187, GSC194, GSC199
GSC205, GSC219
GSC225
GSC232
GSC261
GSC275
GSC281, GSC287, GSC297
GSC312
GSC327
GSC348
GSC359
GSC375
GSC405, GSC415
GSC425

D-406410

D-411414

Dimension of the nest

Gauge dimensions

[mm]

Ø Go
[mm]

Ø No-go
[mm]

HEX 2.68
HEX 3.24
HEX 3.80
HEX 4.03
HEX 4.50
HEX 5.00
HEX 5.36
HEX 5.56
HEX 5.84
HEX 6.46
HEX 6.78
HEX 7.32
HEX 7.74
HEX 7.86
HEX 8.32
HEX 8.66
HEX 9.10
HEX 9.72
HEX 10.88

2.63
3.19
3.75
3.98
4.45
4.95
5.31
5.51
5.79
6.41
6.73
7.27
7.69
7.81
8.27
8.61
9.05
9.67
10.83

2.73
3.29
3.85
4.08
4.55
5.05
5.41
5.61
5.89
6.51
6.83
7.37
7.79
7.91
8.37
8.71
9.15
9.77
10.93

D-415417

D-450451

D-452

D-454

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4
Tooling
Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range
Product Ref.: ERG5456
• Fixed die, ergonomic hand tool
• Designed to crimp the GSC460 outer sleeve
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once pressing has commenced, the
tool can be re-opened only after successful completion of the
crimping cycle
• Length: 252 mm
• Weight: 460 g
• Packaging: cardboard box containing 1 tool with pre-mounted
die set

Product Ref.: ERG5457
• Fixed die, ergonomic hand tool
• Designed to crimp the GSC500 outer sleeve
• Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once pressing has commenced, the
tool can be re-opened only after successful completion of the
crimping cycle
• Length: 252 mm
• Weight: 460 g
• Packaging: cardboard box containing 1 tool with pre-mounted
die set

441

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4
Installation method
Two-piece connector - Circular Range
The “Circular Range”, for Multiple or Overall shielded cables, refers to
larger diameters of dielectric (between 9.5 and 36 mm) and owes its
name to the circular shape of the crimp.
The Shield-Kon® Connector System for multiple-conductor shielded
cable is based on the principle of cold swaging. It uses a two-piece
compression connector, which is colour-coded to match the proper
die. The connector consists of a hard brass collector inner sleeve
(ring) and a soft copper compression outer sleeve (ring). Each set of
rings and matching installing die will connect a minimum of 5 shielding braids with one ground wire. The maximum number of braids is
limited only by the space between the inner and outer rings.
The design advantages are:
1. Positive selection of inner and outer rings and installing die by a
complete colour-coded system.
2. A more reliable grounding termination because only one ground
wire connection is made - conventional daisy chain jumper
method is eliminated.
3. Smaller, more compact bundle is easy to inspect.
4. Only one ground wire is required, however additional ground
wires may be used if needed.
5. Smooth insulator protects conductor insulation.
6. With one stroke of the tool, the interlace die will produce a 360°
compression uniformly securing all individual shields around the
connector.
Installation method:
1. After overall insulation is removed to expose shielded cables, each
conductor must be freed from the shielding braid. The braid is
then folded back until all conductors are freed.

2. Flattened shielding braids are evenly distributed around the periphery
of the GSB inner ring.

3. Position the GSC outer ring over the flattened shielding braid,
locating it over the centre of the GSB inner ring. Braid may be
trimmed even with the edge of the outer compression ring before or
after compression. Ground wire or wires may be inserted between
the outer ring and the shield prior to compression.
442

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4
Connector and die selection
Two-piece connector - Circular Range
The choice of the appropriate combination of inner ring, outer ring
and crimp tool / die will depend on the overall diameter of the inner
conductors (underneath the shield)
In the case of the Circular range, there is a direct correlation between
the diameter of the inner conductors and the inner and outer rings.
With the directions shown below, a measuring instrument (calliper) is
all that is required to make the right selection.
Selection of the GSB inner ring
• Measure the maximum value of the overall diameter of the inner
conductors (underneath the flattened shield) by gently rotating
the cable. When doing so, it should be possible to turn the cable
easily between the jaws of the calliper
• Add 0.13 mm to the measured value. The sum will give the Inner
Diameter (I.D.) of the GSB inner ring
• In the table, select the GSB inner ring having this I.D. or the nearest
larger I.D

Technical Information Inner sleeve
Material
Finish
Length

Copper alloy ASTM B135
Electro tin plated (per MIL-T-10727A)
15.2 mm

Selection of the GSC outer ring and of the die

Technical Information Outer sleeve

Once the appropriate GSB inner ring is found, the table hereafter
immediately gives the corresponding GSC outer ring and the appropriate die for the 13640 hydraulic head.

Material
Finish
Length

Product
Ref.
GSB

Colour
code

Inner
Outer
diameter
[mm]
[mm]

Product
Ref.
GSC

GSB 430
GSB 550

INNER SLEEVES
Red
10.92
Blue
13.97

12.70
15.75

GSC 590
GSC 710

GSB 670
GSB 810
GSB 920

Silver
Brown
Green

17.02
20.57
23.37

19.05
22.35
25.40

GSC 840
GSC 1010
GSC 1130

GSB 1040
GSB 1122
GSB 1224
GSB 1353
GSB 1425

Pink
Orange
Purple
Yellow
Red

26.42
28.50
31.09
34.37
36.20

28.45
30.28
32.87
36.14
39.24

GSC 1250
GSC 1332
GSC 1440
GSC 1563
GSC 1670

Colour
code

OUTER SLEEVES
Red
Blue

Copper ASTM B188
Electro tin plated (per MIL-T-10727A)
11.2 mm

Inner
Outer
diameter
[mm]
[mm]

Hydraulic crimp head
13640
MIL-Spec.

14.99
18.03

17.02
20.07

DIES
GS590
GS710

Silver
Brown
Green

21.34
25.65
28.70

23.37
27.61
30.73

GS840
GS1010
GS1130

Pink
Orange
Purple
Yellow
Red

31.75
33.83
36.58
39.70
42.42

33.78
35.87
38.61
41.73
44.45

GS1250
GS1332
GS1440
GS1563
GS1670

Standard packaging quantity: 50 pcs

443

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4
Tooling
Two-piece connector - Circular Range
Product Ref.: 13640
•
•
•
•
•
•

Hydraulic tool head
For all 2-piece Shield-Kon® terminals in the circular range
Quickly interchangeable steel dies (to be ordered separately)
3.5 ton nominal pressure (output)
Pioneer coupling, for quick assembly
Requires a 9800 PSI (approx. 676 bar) operating service pressure
(input)
• Length: 400 mm approx.
• Weight: 5.5 kg approx.

Dies for 13640
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Interchangeable dies with single nest
Circular crimp
Material: alloy steel
Finish: black oxide
Marked with the die number and a colour-coded dot
Crimping range (outer sleeves): from GSC590 to GSC1670
Go/no-go gauges are available for inspection

13640 die selection chart
Product
Ref.

Gauge Ø
min.
max.
[mm]
[mm]

Colour code

For
connector

Go / no-go
gauge

GS590

14.91

GS710
GS840
GS1010
GS1130
GS1250
GS1332
GS1440

17.96
21.26
24.59
27.66
30.71
32.54
35.13

15.16

Red

GSC590

GS590-G

18.21
21.51
24.84
27.91
30.96
32.79
35.38

Blue
Grey
Brown
Green
Pink
Orange
Purple

GSC710
GSC840
GSC1010
GSC1130
GSC1250
GSC1332
GSC1440

GS710-G
GS840-G
GS1010-G
GS1130-G
GS1250-G
GS1332-G
GS1440-G

GS1563
GS1670

38.40
41.00

38.66
41.25

Yellow
Red

GSC1563
GSC1670

GS1563-G
GS1670-G

444

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4
Tooling
Two-piece connector - Circular Range
A small selection of pumps to operate the 13640 head is shown
below (please contact your Sales Office for availability of other types
of pumps).

13810E

Product Ref.: 13810E
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Hydraulic pump, electrical power
Service pressure (output): 10.000 psi (690 bar)
Motor power: 1 1/2 HP - 12 Amp
Voltage & frequency: 230V - 50 Hz
Capability: 3800 cc / min at 200 psi (13.8 bar) 1000 cc / min at
8000 psi (552 bar)
Reservoir volume: 7.6 l
Coupling: Pioneer fitting
Dimensions (L x W x H): 275 x 381x 522 mm
Weight: 27 kg without oil
The Pump 13810E also requires one 13611 hand switch or one
13612 foot switch and one 13613 hydraulic hose

13606

Product Ref.: 13606
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Hydraulic pump, foot (or hand) activated
Service pressure (output): 10.000 psi (690 bar)
Over-pressure security valves
Coupling: Pioneer fitting
Dimensions (L x W x H): 597 x 133 x 165 mm
Weight: 10.4 kg
The pump 13606 also requires one 13613 hydraulic hose

13611

Product Ref.: 13611
• Hand switch
Product Ref.: 13612
• Foot switch

13612

Product Ref.: 13613
• Hydraulic hose 1.82 m long, with Pioneer couplings
Product Ref.: 21061
• Hydraulic oil (0.95l can)

13613

445

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39
Create Date                     : 2008:09:27 16:29:49+02:00
Creator Tool                    : QuarkXPress(R) 7.31
Modify Date                     : 2008:09:27 16:36:58+02:00
Metadata Date                   : 2008:09:27 16:36:58+02:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 8.1.0 (Windows)
X Press Private                 : %%DocumentProcessColors: Cyan Magenta Yellow Black.%%EndComments
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Mise en page 1
Document ID                     : uuid:89896d2c-e00e-407e-953b-145ce599b96a
Instance ID                     : uuid:49431659-7173-4f37-a88e-6eec72455729
Page Count                      : 445
Creator                         : QuarkXPress(R) 7.31

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools